Home
TM 55-1930-209-14&P-13
Contents
1. TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 BALLAST TANK TOWING BRIOLE STOWAGE SEAWATER STRAINERS STARBOARD SHELL SEAWATER SUPPLY SEAWATER PUMPS BOW Figure 1 1 Major Components of ROWPU Barge Systems and Equipment Voids Sheet 3 of 3 1 4 TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 CHAPTER 2 BRIDGE CRANE SYSTEM Section l Description and data 2 1 Description The bridge crane system in the ROWPU space lifts and transports heavy equipment and materials such as diesel generators and 55 gallon drums The bridge crane is also used for loading and unloading equipment and materials through the deckhouse starboard sliding door Bridge crane major components include two 5 ton capacity motor driven overhead cranes with end truck assemblies a manual chain operated geared trolley hoist a cable reel located midway on each ROWPU system and an I beam rail system The I beam rail system over which the cranes move is suspended from the deckhouse structure by a series of support posts Two crossover members located between the port and starboard bridge cranes provide for transfer of the geared trolley hoist A four button hand held electrical control is used for controlling fore and aft crane movement Electric power is provided to the crane through a cable that is extended or retracted by the cable reel as the crane moves forward or aft Additionally a 2 ton electric hoist provides for lifting lig
2. I S MSIE RAS ALN wf D o 5 sika 5 lt PITT 70 o 4 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 TABLE CONTENTS Continued VOLUME 13 Electrical wiring and Cleaning INSPSCHON naa setae oe DS 1 Shor Administrative storage 9 LONG oce enun ee eae Lu eee Manufacturers service manuals instructions 2 S Manufacturers BOW CRANE SYSTEM Description ooa R m SUBE Performance EQUIPMENT specifications wicca II Items required but not 0015 Description of operation nennen nnne Bow ER Operating aaa wa a tL erbe eee ees Operaltifig controls i ere creer ete Bow crane prestart
3. Steio comp 2 9 Distanziaie Cistanziaie Guarnizione OR Anello ayicpioccante DESCRIPTION Main ram Compete ram Cytinoer comp 2 3 Susn Busn O ring Ring nut Seai Dust cover seal Roa comp 9 Bush O nng Set locking ning Pision Seal Grease 58 of seals Secondary ram Complete ram 2 3 usp Spacer O ring Ring nut Seai Dusi ccver 2 9 Soacet Soacar O nng locking ang cooice Pos CODE 100026 52009 82010 GO 05 100044 68405 Gw430 100027 52008 60111 7 466 90162 GP392 INB45 GSC1 6 100019 100020 82008 100058 SO 89 100023 58404 Swag 50002 100059 00022 50128 77207 1 ITEM 2 Pistone Suarnuqone ngrassatore Serie compieia guarnizioni DESCRIPTION aston Seat Grease set ol seals ee JIILL LeJoCC n CE EO 200625 Saat 555 15 551 GAY IDRAULICHE MATING 17 veri 1 W DOUBLE EXTENSION RAM TAV 16 3 ES wa 1 9 f L EM DENOMINAZIONE DESCRIPTION eos DENOMINAZIONE DESCRIPTION or uro comoleto Complete ram 1 00201 Zunara 100202 2 Guaniziane OR O rin
4. CONTROL _ STATION OPA AMOR MEA ORR Mando FIRST COLOR 5 BOOY COLOR OF AR o gt gt SCCO COLON ISS TAEI WANG Dia RAM LOCESTAR O gt Eu A t lon 5 L MOCL S 42 2262 gt gt H 460 3 60 380 50 5 1146 CONNECTOR MECHANICAL NIERLOCK TERMINAL uppen SWITCHES LOWER BRAKE TRANSFORMER SEE CHART BELOS COMMECTIONS WOT LACK BOARD P PURPLE novem SER Ses m Sere tae ee NOTE THE TRANSFORMER LAOS SHOWN ABOVE 45 STOPPING COGE OF TER BAL GOARO AME CONNECTED 43 FOLLOWS TELLOW eut jp ERAS 6 wow COLOR 730 3 40 contro 13 soor pec 320 2 30 a STATION WIRING DIAGRAM LODESTAR 0157 COLOR Of wing een 1 MODELS jZ L2 R2 SECOND COLOR 1 STRIPE J 1 1 220 y 50 380 y 50 lt x LIME COum CTOR MECHANICAL INTERLOCR TERMINAL 26 SECTION E REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST Ordering Instructions The following information must accompany all correspondence or replacement parts orders 1 Hoist model 2 Serial number of hoist 3 Voltage phase hertz the hoist This information is marked on identification plate When ordering trolley parts also specify the trolley capacity For parts orders sp
5. suade F O 3 vannen e secondano tartneto shlamento arene shlamento 2er man onncipas ser seconcano 42 Ser 3ua4meero 57265 55 076 sera oO 0 Sy ema caz on mone GENERAL CRANE NOMENCLATURE Pillar ana oasa assemoiy Culnggers agsembty Ouingger extension rams Suinggera ram ana aisinoulor assemory wit Control s Oistnoutor Rong lor extension ams Prong for ourigger rams gt oinqg for rouanon Extension COOMS F 10 2 Exienson Dooms assemoty F 10 3 Exusngoon DOOMS ENG man F 0 2 Dooms ang main 2103 ano man rams extension ram Thole exterrsson ram Riang lor main rams P oing secondary ram oing 104 COOMS extension am Sil tank assernpiv Aeturn 0101103 NOMENCLATURA GENERALE DELLA GRU Vananti per gru con seggiotino Assierns basamemo e Assieme qistnoutore e ceviaiore Oisinoutore pamcciam Assieme distr e 3290 su coionna Tubazion Orstnautcre upazion oer 2nncipan per seconaano e samento Extra Assieme comandi per sucoiementare Assieme cist 8 COMANO oer 3020 tubaz
6. DENOMINAZIONE DESCRIPTION d ac Coe 1 i ETENSION VO i Extension i 100180 Sora 100216 ci termo Ceck pin 2 SS974 emo Lock E 100188 Wasner 2 RE277 amp Screw 2 550 00195 1 3 Siara Bracxet 1 100222 a Sanno icompi 13 ook compl 13 GA 75 u Complete GA754 3 Sato Shacxie GA752 i e 2erno con dado with nu 753 72 Sicurezza oer gancio Secunty GA104 8 PRCGLUNGA MN EXTENSION Extension 100180 Scina Pin 1 100218 i TS Scina fermo Ceck pin 3 55974 Fermo Lock 100188 P Ronoelia Nasner 4 RE277 Screw 4 971550 ae gt rouunga Extension 100150 D 3 Bracxel i 00222 P mm Sona 2 00195 Panino Guide snoe 100185 Siara 100346 ES Sancio come 16 Hook 181 62751 Sno snackie GA754 752 eng with nut 24753 M Sicurezza cer Security cho 104 U TAV 44 TAV 45 EXTENSION MNP FOR FIO 3 NC at i j B 8 16 8 pos CODICE POS Q TA ITEM DENOMINAZIONE DESCRIPTION ary CODE ITEM DENOMINAZIONE DESCRIPTION CODE gt surge Extension 1 100180 Sena Pin 1 160216 3 Qi termo Ceck
7. Bow crane procedures for deploying Workboat recovery Bow crane shutdown enne nnn Operation under extreme Em a4 lt FER fj gt 10 gt agi NIN 192213 19 2 2 1 cO m 19 2 2 2 1 19 2 2 2 2 ies 09 Ke 102224 192231 19 2 2 3 i cO 4 N ojo N NES p N gt 3 19 2 2 5 2 55 1930 209 14 amp 13 TABLE OF CONTENTS Continued VOLUME 13 Maintenance Gengral PS Maintenance concept Maintenance n nn nn nnns Preventive maintenance checks and Troubleshooting a Maintenance procedures GMO Talli m m m m mm m m au Bow Crane SYSlGIM coe
8. DAYROOM VENT PORT FUEL OIL _ TANK VENT WARNING ALARM AND STROBE LIGHT STATUS LIGHTS ROWPU DIESELS EXHAUST SMOKE DETECTOR BLOWER ASSEMBLY VOID 4 VENTILATION EXHAUST SPACE VENTILATION FANS 8PL 155 KW GENERATOR EXHAUST 2PL 20 KW GENERATOR EXHAUST VOID VENTILATION BOW EXHAUST 10PL 9 1 Strip cable insulation equal to depth of terminal well 2 Slide insulator if used over cable 3 Insert cable into terminal well and crimp 4 Slide insulator if used over crimped end of terminal Figure 2 9 Heplacement of Crimped Terminals 2 18 Condition 1 2 3 4 Crane does not operate when hand held control buttons are pressed Bridge crane chatters or hums Trolley hoist hook difficult to lower or raise Trolley hoist makes scuffing sound when rolling along rails Table 2 2 Bridge Crane Troubleshooting Possible Cause a Power panel 1 circuit breaker 6P5 open OFF b Loose connection or damaged wiring Electrical collectors worn or out of alignment d Hand held control malfunctioning e Crane gearbox drive shaft sheared f Crane drive wheels slipping on I beam Brake improperly adjusted or worn excessively a Load to be hoisted exceeds hoist capacity b Hoist up down chains kinked or twisted Hoist not properly lubricated manual d Hoist internal brake has excessive clearance e Load chain binding lubrication
9. 1 Frame 39 20001 2 Angle Bracket 1 39 20002 3 Roller 4 39 20003 4 Screw Assy Consisting of Socket Cap Screw 4 96 91205 70 Hexagon Nut 4 96 98505 Flat Washer 4 96 12505 ROCKFORD ILLINGIS 617103 Baugruape Anzetgegerat Baugruppen fir green Indicator panel irent mes Typ 3 200680 728 6 S BLOCK Lid n Bezeichnung Seria o 1 Housing part Housing Back part Screw Mounting Knob Decal Key switch Warning light compl red Bulb Toggle switch horn Electr beeper Fuse holder Fuse Relay Terminal strip 6 1 Cable connector PG 9 Screw assy consisting of Cyl screw Washer Screw assy consisting of Screw Nut Washer Key 50 5o oo189 ident ident 51 00138 51 00127 51 00004 53 00111 19 00053 51 00010 51 00009 53 00001 53 00113 12 00058 12 00063 12 00064 33 00032 98 00075 96 08404 40 96 00032 96 96304 10 96 93404 96 00034 19 00017 FROCKFORD ILLINOIS 61109 Saugreppe Hu bendschalter Baugruppen Mr 61 1 vip ds Anti two block switch pid hee 61 10002 t a fr BSereichnung idant fr Serial ident Housing 61 ooo25 Cover 1 61 00028 2 61 00029 5 96 96405 10 Screw assy consisting of Screw 96 93108 5 Lock washer 96 00033 Lever 61 00024 Bolt 61 ooo14 Gear 61 ooo15 Pressure sprinq 61 00016 Switch compl
10. 5 x 5 Lg Connecting Interlock Housing Conecting Elevating Lever Connecting Pin Pin 3 8 Dia Piainwasher 1 8 Dia Cotter Pin x 3 4 Lg Connecting Shoe Cross Connecting Lever Oilite Sleeve Bearing 3 8 16 N C H H C S x 1 1 2 Lg 3 8 16 N C ESNA Nut 3 8 Eye Bolt 3 8 16 UNC Hex Hd Nut Manual Interlock Operator Guard 3 8 Dia Lockwasher 3 8 16 N C 5 x 2 Lg Pusher Rod 5 8 Dia Rod Pusher Dog Crank Assembly Operator Wheel 1 4 Sq Gib Head Key x 2 1 2 Lg 3 16 Dia Roll Pin x 1 Lg 1 2 Dia C R S x 1 1 2 Lg Spanmaster Division of Jervis B Webb Company 139 Moore Road Avon Lake Ohio 44012 216 933 6166 AERO MOTIVE AERO MOTIVE A SUBSIDIARY OF DANIEL WOODHEAD INC P O AERO MOTIVE MFG CO FOR M SM3120 04BK Box 2678 Kalamazoo Michigan 49003 DATED APRIL 1 1980 Telephone 616 381 1242 Telex 224420 Service Manual Series 200a amp 300a POW R MITE A A INSTALLATION OF REEL MOUNTING Reel may be mounted base up base down or in any position which allows the mainshaft to be horizontal Reel should be mounted with centerline of drum in line with cable run PIVOT BASE If optional pivot base BK 43 is used reel will be self aligning to direction of cable run The four roller guide BK 53 must be used with pivot or swivel mounts WIRING Input power connections are made at terminal board BK 47 through a connector or coupling which is inserted into t
11. 2 9 101220 2 sa giokno Seat support 100607 5 Perno Pin 1 100612 i Wasner 2 RP225 E Dado Nut 2 DA697 6 eva Lever 43203 pO sc qha Coner Sonng 1 31293 E 3 Renoella Wasner RP226 gt Knob 1 PO120 5 Seggrouno completo Comolele seat 911 12 ie Screw 2 VI517 22 Rondella Washer 4 RP213 4 Wasner 36269 1005 Nut 2 D 621 15 Disineulore idi sene Distributor Sangard 1 Dn6Q Disinoulore 1 elem suppl Orstnoutor 1 extra segment 0154 2 elem Distnbulor 2 segment 01155 DistriDutore 3 elem 30 Distnputor 3 extra segment 0156 Er e ate Screw 3 614 18 Wasner 3 RE277 18 2aco Nut 3 94502 20 Lock nut Dt232 oy ceva Lever 36220 22 Pomeiio rotarione Rotauon knou i 20 11 53 man principal Main rams 1 29112 man secondario Secondary ram 3 PO113 l 25 sulamento Extension ram nob 1 3 Pomeio Accessory 25115 ip ee Samenc Rotator 116 k 28 vernceilo Wincn POM 33 Teac Frame SE912 914 Me 5taccoio srm rest 52915 32 Cuscino Cusnion 55913 33 SASS FASS Site 16606 weno Aver RIS61 27 JASSY IDRAULICHE mee nams rta 1
12. pee BI n im 4 5 ebat adams Nt 4 6 Sor Fermi et a alte iix aedis Ra a eae aan 4 6 Administrative storage oo ea amr m dod a s qe cs 4 6 5 Lu uuu gt tm eis aes omes ce Hus Manufacturers service manuals instructions J aa 4 6 4 21 Manufacturers 4 6 4 22 4 6 LIST OF APPENDICES 1 MANUFACTURERS SERVICE 5 B 1 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES nnn C 1 NOTE The following appendices common to all TM s in this series are in TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 18 MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART MAC TOOLS AND TEST EQUIPMENT LIST TTEL EXPENDABLE DURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST ESML REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST RPSTL REPAIR PARTS LIST TO FIGURE NUMBER CROSS REFERENCE LIST NOTE The following appendices common to all TM s in this series are in TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 20 COMPONENTS OF END ITEM LIST COEIL AND BASIC ISSUE ITEMS LIST BIILL ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZED ITEMS LIST AAL vi Hg E E gt RIS AJN ICO OO INI RA CO 4 ev 6 NI TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 TABLE OF CONTENTS Continued VOLUME 13 LIST OF IL
13. GRU IGAAUCICHE ASSIEME SFILABILI PER FIO 3 EXTENSION BOOMS ASSEMBLY FOR FIO 3 N POS CODICE POS CODICE ITEM DENOMINAZIONE DESCRIPTION QTY CODE TEM DENOMINAZIONE DESCRIPTION QTY cODE i Srace secondano como 21 Secondary 2 700015 c nz Susn 2 32008 4103 ngrassalore Grease i 14845 Patno Guide shoe 3 90732 D wasner 5 RE269 t Screw 5 11603 07 Guide shoe 1 100450 Scessore 0 51 5 0 5 100448 Soessore 0 8 Shim 0 8 100449 Ring nut 18 36114 i xis braccio silabe Erst extension jib 1 100060 Panno Guide snoe 1 100323 12 Soessore C 5 Shum 0 5 1 100324 Soessore 0 8 Shim 0 8 100325 Seconco braccio stiatue Second extension jb 1 100059 Patine Suide shoe 2 00088 ie AS Soessore 0 5 Shim 0 5 2 100091 Spessore 10 8 0 8 100092 16 Terzo silage Thre extension 0 100078 Parino shoe 2 100087 Soessore 19 5 Shim 0 5 2 00089 Szessore 13 8 0 8 100090 S Gancio icomp 22 Hock 1 GAgT2 25 Bracket 1 GAT7 2 2e no con gaco Pan with nut r 772 22 Secunty tor SA106 Sicurezza oer ganc o ALEHS SI EXTENSION BOOMS AND MAIN JIB ASSEMBLY FOR FIO 3 14 GRU IORAULICHE 1 UN DENOMINAZIONE DESCRIPTION
14. 2 914 hi xe Coupiing 1 817 5 100573 Collar 6 CFO Screw 12 624 9 Soccrenone Pipe union 2 Rv814 79 Ricuzene Reauciion 2 Rv813 Raccordo unon 1 Avg12 2 Nippia u Rv962 3 Raccorao Eloow AVBIS 14 Pipe 1 100572 15 Raccordo gomilo Elbow 1 816 6 llessipie Hose 1 TG560 CODICE an Aci onc Conse 551 PILLAR BASE ASSEMBLY CRANE WITH SEAT I 24 eos CODICE POS ITEM CENOMINAZIONE DESCRIPTION Q TY CODE ITEM DENOMINAZIONE DESCRIPTION Q TY CODE i ue Zasamento Base 5 00698 1 2 wneel 1 100 3 Wasner PP229 Screw 36 100221 25 6 71 Pillar compl 6 71 100439 Soacer 1 100136 T Srenzina Busn 2 82008 i Vile Screw 36 100220 109 ngrassatore Grease 4 NB45 H o Cisinbutore soante Rotaung disinbutor t oR100 a Wasner 14 269 2 vue Screw 4 587 Molonauttore completo Completa motor reducuon 1 100426 4 Vite Screw 10 1526 ae Pero an 3 100016 Keep 2 100018 3 Viasner 4 RE269 i c8 ve Screw 4 VI503 559 Shera Ring nut 2 DA997 29 C omolore molor MTi2 TI Aurore Speed reduce 20100 22 2 P nion gear 21100 23 0100 Tanga
15. Z0r6 rZ8 618 6 PIN RECEPTACLE ON BASE BOOM SECTION PANEL eu IE CABLE REEL 1 1 1 6 RECEPTACLE ON BOOM EXTENSION FIGURE 4 L ue j d SLIPRING ss TERMINAL 6 PIN RECEPTACLE AIN BOOM PANE ON BOOM_NOSE A 2 B rc v vdd Mm c a TERMINAL fi 2 2 zi 1 r TE 7 l f CABLE i I SEE E EG ts 3 L 6 PIN RECEPTACLE PANEL ON BOOM NOSE E IUE Coe Pe cj i si d 2 A 2 B Ges al TERMINAL k zl Eme 1 JUMPER PLUG MAIN BOOM RES foe r T2 2 JUMPER 2 EL PLUG E i L L 4 4 1 6 PIN RECEPTACLE 3 4 2 4j A 2 B E 1 IFIGURE 5 s2 JIB FIGURE 6 tn peog 3102 669b Duy Suajsfig 60119 III p4JOjx2OH Krueger Crane Systems INC 4699 Colt Road Rockford ILL 61109 A B C Trouble Shut off but no light Cause 15 Burned out fuse 2 Light bulb burned out 3 Broken cable Corrective action I Check fuse and replace with20Afuse only 2 Check light bulb and replace 12 VDC 24 VDC 3 Check cable Measure voltage at control panel terminal No 1 hot No 2 ground b Measure voltage where wires are hooked up to the terminals of the crane power supply Measure voltage at terminals No 5 hot and No 2 ground leading to
16. 5 610 5 24 5 242 FOR ADJUSTMENT INSTRUCTIONS SEE PAGE 52 SECTION F NON CURRENT PARTS The parts shown in this section were used on older units See Page 27for ordering instructions Number Number Key Required Key Required No Part Name Per Model No Part Name Per Model S 203 Terminal Board Single Phase With 1 5 403 Shim S 408 included As Required out Contactor Open Type Limit S 408 Shim Gage Switches S 430 2 Weight Centrifugal Mechanism 1 5 204 Limit Switch Shaft Washer 1 See Note 2 S 205 Limit Switch Guide Plate 1 5 430 6 Weight Centrifugal Mechanism 1 5 207 Limit Switch Guide Plate Attaching See Note 2 Screw and Lock washer 2 S 526 Motor Terminal Board 3 5 208 Limit Switch Fibre Cover 1 Mounting Screw 5 209 Limit Switch Fibre Cover Screw S 527 Motor Terminal Board 1 Lock washer 1 Contactor Jumper S 220 Limit Switch Shaft Sub Assembly 1 Single Phase With Type AB Contactor 2 S 221 and S 223 included Three Phase With Type AB Contactor 4 or 6 5 221 Limit Switch Traveling Nut 2 5 614 Contactor Jumper S 223 Limit Switch Shaft Gear 1 Black 2 Lg For 1 S 231 Limit Switch Bracket Sub Assembly 1 S 614 Contactor Jumper Type D Items S 232 and bracket Black 414 Lg Contactor 20r 3 5 231 Limit Switch Bracket Sub Assembly 1 5 614 Contactor Jumper Items S 232 5 243 and bracket See Black 6 Lg 1 Note 1 5 615 Contactor Jumper Set White 1 5 233 Limit Switch Insulator 2 Single Phase With Type AB
17. 20 13 0 02 Fixed End Cable 23 AP 29 TROLLEY TRACK xl 7 Vas SS O HEINE CN FOR FESTOONE LECTRIFICATION o CERAM em Are JSES ONLY TRANSFORMER 30 360 0 11 nus BALLAST RESISTORS 30 900 thru T MAINLINE CONTACTOR 30 211 0 21 or 23 THERMAL UNIT 30 351 0 2 thru 11 REVERSING SWITCH 30 211 0 18 OVERLOAD RELAY 30 350 0 10 ELECTRICAL CONTROL PARTS 5 pea master Page RP 50 1 af Jerrir B Web Compaug BH ger cms a Read Dimensions pre Ter tlima puraoses only bt l vn ki ns Dr int nip S40 bo lt A CSN EOS S YER u H Spanmaster ve aad Division ol fervis B Webb Company BALIAST RESISTOR INFORMATION 33 900 JUMPER WIRE ss 10 RESISTOR COIL D oving clasps in th s direccion decreases resistance and increases acceleration Moving clamps in this direction increascs resistance and de creases acceleration Always keep all clamps n one row as showa SAMPLE BALLAST RESISTOR DIAGRAM The procedure for adjusting the starting acceleration of a crane or tractor with ballast resistance control consists of three steps 1 Pick up the heaviest load that is to be handled 2 Move clamps A B amp C toward 9 12 and 15 until the crane or tractor stalls This coil adjustment increases resistance and decreases the starting acceleration 3
18. 9996 8 5 998 6 4 6 1 7 1 8 925 5 1 1 9 4 10 Lockwasher Threaded nsert 20 250 4 20 250 4 20 250 4 11 1 12 1 13 2 14 1 15 935 6 1 16 1 17 1 18 910 6 1 19 1 20 Chain Hand 21 1 11 gt o 3 L D 3 5 5 e g 5 lw 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 NO 1 10 11 12 13 14 15 17 18 19 20 21 HU ee a ee ScewHandCmamGude 9998 8 9910 e 9912 TE 4 908 8 225500 4 22550 4 22550 4 20250 4 5512 1 2 308 10 i pesce cL ipu E weis S 992 s 99 Handwhee Gover s0816 4 4 99824 4 900 16 225500 4 4 2 WE 995 20 923 16 PART NO PER CAPACITY Spring Paw 910 16 Chan Had C937 Link Connector 937L 1 937 2 908 20 908 24 923 20 923 24 910 20 910 24 9301 24 1 937L Mechanism Gear End Mechanism Gear End PART NO PER CAPACITY PC TY 2 Screw Sa Head i 3 Nat Lock i 4 Shaft Gear amp Prion 2 5 CoterPm 2 6 Washer THUS 2 7 Bearing Gear amp Pinion 4 8 Gear amp Pinion 2 9 Cage Bearing iD Cover Gear 11 Screw Cove 4 NO DESCRIPTION 8 W s asa Se i 2 525125
19. ASSEMBLY Models thru H A 2 thru H 2 INSTRUCTIONS PAGES 27 AND 28 29 PARTS LIST LODESTAR HOIST MODELS A THRU H A 2 THRU H 2 NOTE NOT EVERY PART LISTED BELOW IS USED ON EVERY MODEL KEY NUMBER KEY NUMBER W KEY NUMBER KEY NUMBER NO PART NAME REQUIRED NO PART NAME REQUIRED NO PART NAME REQUIRED NO TM y PART NAME REQUIRED S 100 Motor Bearing Cap Gasket 1 S253 Brake Attaching Screw 2 5 528 Transformer Attaching Screw 2 711 r Hook or Suspension Lug Collar 1 S 101 Motor Housing Cover Gasket 1 5 254 Intermediate Plate Oorl 5 530 Transformer amp Bracket Assembly 1 For id k or Lug Suspensions 5 102 Back Frame Cover Gasket 1 5 255 Brake Spring Color Coded Blue 2 531 Transformer Attaching Screw Nut 2 5 716 Safety latch Kit 103 Motor Bearing Cap Attaching Screw 2 5 256 Brake Field Sub Assembly 5 262 Included 1 5 552 Control Station Single Phase with Contactor and 1 S 720 Lug Suspension 1 S 104 Motor Bearing Cap Attaching Screw Lockwasher 2 5 257 Brake Stud Nut 2 Three Phase see Page 35 Items S 702 S 703 S 706 S 711 amp S 721A for S 104 Motor Bearing Cap Attaching Screw Washer 2 S 258 Brake Coil Retainer Strap 1 576 Terminal Adaptor 2 Models A B F A 2 AA 2 B 2 C 2 amp F 2 S 105 Motor Bearing Cap 1 S 259 Brake Coil 1 S 600 Wiring Shield 1 Items 5 702 5 703 5 706 5 711 S 721A 5 830 amp 5 108 Motor Housing Cover Srew 2 5 260 Armature Sub Ass
20. 13 Krueger Crane Systems INC 4699 Colt Road Rockford ILL 61109 Trouble Shut off and light is on Cause Counterweight is missing Jumper cable is missing Broken cable bad connection Main Boom Defective relay 1 2 3 4 Broken cable bad connection Rooster Sheave Jib 5 6 Defective Anti Two Block switch Corrective action 1 Make sure the counterweight is attached to the Anti Two Block switch Main Boom Rooster Sheave or Jib and free to move 2 Make sure jumper cable is attached from Boom nose to Rooster Sheave Boom nose to Jib Refer to figure 5 on page 7 3 Check wiring for outside damages and loose connections starting from the control panel to the boom nose Check with an OHM meter figure 5 on page 7 for an open circuit a Take wires off on terminal No 3 and No 6 in the control panel Check at the wires you took off with an OHM meter If the OHM meter reads a closed circuit the wiring from the panel to the Anti Two Block switch is correct The trouble is inside the control panel If it reads an open circuit the trouble is between the panel and Anti Two Block switch Open the cable reel and take the wires off the cable reel sliprings Check for an open circuit at the wires leading towards the Anti Two Block switch If the OHM meter indicates a closed circuit the wiring from the cable reel to the Anti Two Block switch is correct Replace the cable from the control panel to the cable reel
21. 2 13 2 Maintenance instructions Maintenance instructions are presented in the following paragraphs1 paragraph 2 15 Troubleshooting procedures and paragraph 2 16 Maintenance procedures 2 14 Preventive maintenance checks and services See 55 1930 209 14 amp P 1B Appendix for preventive maintenance checks and services for handling equipment See 55 1930 209 14 amp P 19 for complete preventive maintenance checks and services for all systems on the ROWPU Barge 2 15 Troubleshooting Troubleshoot bridge crane system as directed in Table 2 2 Conditions listed in this section may occur during operation of the bridge crane system Tests and inspections should be performed in the order listed While this list is not all inclusive it provides the most common faults that occur during bridge crane operation For those discrepancies beyond barge crew member capability to correct request unit or next higher level maintenance support TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 2 16 Maintenance procedures 2 16 1 General Maintenance for the bridge crane system consists of lubricating disassembling repairing replacing and reassembling equipment using repair parts listed in TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 1 8 No special tools are required A list of tools and test equipment is in TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 1 8 When performing maintenance be sure to observe safety precautions in this manual and manufacturers manual instructions and the following general shop practic
22. Avon Lake OH 44012 Ph 216 933 6166 Aero Motive Mfg Co PO Box 2678 Kalamazoo MI 49003 Ph 616 381 1242 BK461360 Dings Co Dynamics Group 4740 W Electric Ave Milwaukee WI 53219 Ph 414 672 7830 Telex 2 6602 Component Crane 5 ton trolley hoist Document title Bulletin J Zephyr Low Head Room Hoists model 1422 5 PO 2 ton hoist CMHoist Division of Manual Electric Hoist Equipped with Protector Section VII Manufacturers warranties guarantees TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 Manufacturer Chester Hoist Division Monogram Industries Inc 7573 State Route 45 Box 229 Lisbon OH 44432 Ph 216 424 7248 Manual No 80 Instruc tion Maintenance and Parts Columbus McKinnon Corp Audubon amp Sylvan Pkwys Amherst NY 14228 Ph 716 689 5400 2 1 General Information on bridge crane system component warranties and guarantees is listed below Component Bridge crane Jervis B 2 ton hoist Crane cable reel Manufacturer Spanmaster Division of Webb Co 739 Moore Rd Avon Lake OH 44012 Ph 216 933 6166 CM Hoist Division of Columbus McKinnon Corp Audubon amp Sylvan Pkwys Amherst NY 14228 Ph 716 689 5400 Aero Motive Mfg Co PO Box 2678 Kalamazoo MI 49003 Ph 616 381 1242 Telex 22 4420 Duration 3 months from date of shipment 1 year from date of shipment 1 year from date of shipment 2 32 Coverage Materials and workmanship Defective parts
23. BARGE WEATHER DECK BRIDGE CRANE MOTOR CONTROLLER BRIDGE CRANE 2 PL 2 PL PORT AND STBD ROWPU MEDIA FILTER 6 PL ROWPU DIESEL ENGINE 2 PL FUEL OIL DAY TANK DIESEL HIGH PRESSURE PUMP 2 PL PORT AND STBD JIB RAIL DEPLOYED POSITION MAIN SWITCH BOARD JIB RAIL STOWED POSITION SOFT PATCH HATCH 3 PL MAIN STORAGE AREA VENT FAN TYPICAL PLACEMENT WATER DISCHARGE HOSE AND REEL Figure 2 2 Bridge Crane Route Diagram Typical Layout 2 5 TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 2 6 Items furnished 2 6 1 Components installed as part of the bridge crane system are listed on the parts list of drawings referenced in and in the Components of End List in TM 55 1930 209 1 4 amp P 20 2 6 2 Common and bulk items onboard are listed in the Expendable Supplies and Materials List in TM 55 1930 20914 amp P 20 2 6 3 Repair parts and special tools onboard are listed in the Repair Parts and Special Tools List in TM 55 1930209 14 amp P 18 2 7 Items required but not furnished All required items are furnished 2 8 Tools and test equipment Use existing tools and equipment onboard A complete list of tools and test equipment onboard is in the Tools and Test Equipment List in TM 55 1930 209 1 4 amp P 18 2 8 1 Special devices Special devices such as slings drum lifters and hoisting rigs are used to increase the bridge crane lifting capabilities and to protect the equipment being transported Se Figure 2 3
24. Bauyruppe Group FEDERKABELTROMMEL CABLE REEL Groun 1 ROCKFORD IL LI I 30 30 24235 mt o emer m Groun CABLE REEL Serial No 13 14 15 x FEDERKABEL TROMMEL Group Mo Typ Tyno Description Cable Reel Body Compl Cover Compl Consisting of Cover Seal Screw Assy Consisting of Angle Clamp Sloted Flat Head Screw Lock Washer Cable Slipring Compl Angle Bracket Socket Set Screw Treminal Strip 3 Pin Sloted Flat Head Screw Slipper Compl Sloted Flat Head Screw Screw Assy Consisting of Hex Head Cap Screw Hexagon Nut Cable Connector PG 9 Holding Device Screw Assy Consisting of Hex Head Cap Screw Lock Washer Baugruppen Nr Piece f _ 22 S ID 31 31 31 31 101 96 96 97 00069 60067 96 33 96 31 31 96 96 96 98 00175 121 30 24235 00097 60080 00066 00078 a A 00608 I 8405 10 00029 97235 51406 10 00071 05404 10 60004 08402 3 10 93308 25 93408 00114 931 10 40 12710 x D ALIRATA AEA re ROCKFORO ILLINGS 571109 OS rre Baugreppo Kabelf hrungsrollen Baugruppen r i Group Rol 1 guides Group 39 Typ Type 39 00348 Serial No Description Piece Id No
25. Current Resist Phose Current Resist Models amp Hertz Amps leads Ohms Models amp Hertz Amps leads Ohms 115 1 40 4 5 Blue Yellow J L R 230 1 60 I 6 2 Blue to Yellow Start Winding 73 Siort Winding 6 2 White to Orange While to Orange Run Winding 2 7 Run Winding 31 230 1 60 2 2 Blue to Yellow JLL R 230 460 1 3 1 5 White Block Stripe to Stort Winding 30 8 3 60 Orange Black Stripe 6 8 White lo Orange White Blue Stripe 1o Run Winding 100 Oronge Blue Stripe 68 A B E 230 460 V 17 5 White Black Stripe to White ta Orange 3 60 Orange Black Siripe 18 Green Stripe 68 White Blue Stripe to Yellow Black Stripe to Orange Blue Stripe 18 Yellow Blue Stripe 14 0 White to Orange Yellow Black Stripe ta Green Stripe 18 Yellow Green Stripe 14 0 Yellow Block Stripe to Yellow Blue Stripe to Yellow Blue Stripe 36 s Yellow Green Stripe 14 0 Yellow Block Stripe to J 2 1 2 230 3 60 1 33 4 0 2 8 Yellow Block Stripe to Yellow Green Stripe 36 R 2 Yellow Blue Siripe 185 Yellow Blue Stripe to Yeliow Black Stripe to Yeliow Green Stripe 36 While 185 A 2 B 2 230 3 60 257 08 1 9 1 Yellow Block Stripe to Yellow Blue Stripe to 2 Yellow Blue Stripe 60 White 18 5 Yellow Black Stripe to White Black Stripe to White 60 White Blue Stripe 75 Yellow Blue Stripe to White Black Stripe to White 60 White 75 White Black Stripe White Blue Stripe to White Blue Stripe 23 White 75 White Black Stripe ta J 2 L 2 46
26. IQAAULICHE POS TEM OENOMINAZIONE Q T CODICE DESCRIPTION DISTRIBUTOR FOR OUTRIGGERS CRANE WITH SEAT CODE DENOMINAZIONE LIMY U QTY coo str putore combielo g errata 7 csinoutore a Testata scua comol 8 Qo Dado nme Dy pass vie out 3 Guarnizione Aneto Gi regno H Suarmnone OR 12 Anello Qi 13 Guarnizione OR Saopeonto leva Guarmzione c arresio Complete distributor iet neac comol 7 3 Distr cioseo center segment 2 Outiet neaq como 8 rod Wasner Nut aen By pass vawe Screw O ring Suppon nng O nng Suppon nag O nng Cover Screw ang Lever Seal Fork Pin 01137 01105 0 06 248 0163 RE272 04547 D10 1622 50198 0125 50154 0126 50132 2122 vIS84 0123 21 0127 0 20 01178 8 207 730 26 GAU IORAULICHE Beh Sst 26 25 24 23 22 ALL SEAT AND DISTRIBUTOR ASSEMBLY ON PILLAR 21 10 POS CODICE POS CODICE i TEM DENOMINAZIONE DESCRIPTION Q TY CODE ITEM DENOMINAZIONE DESCRIPTION Q TY CODE i aisit e segg Seat diste suopon comer 2 9
27. NO s p A o w s PROCEDURES CHECK FOR AND HAVE REPAIRED OR ADJUSTED AS NECESSARY Inspect the loose end link loose end screw and dead end block on double reeved units Replace the loose end link if it has opened and check the operation of lower limit switch Checkthat the loose end screw is tight and the pin seated at the dead end of chain inspect the upper suspension adapter making sure it is fully seated in the recess and that both cap screws are tight if screws continue to be loose replace the self locking nuts in hoist frame On single phase units without a contac tor and two speed units check opera tion of the control station switching arm that it pivots freely and does not stick in either position Inspect electric brake friction linings and friction surfaces for wear scoring or warping Check air gap between arma ture and field Adjust if the gap exceeds 0 045 in Inspect the liftwheel pockets for wear Severely worn liftwheel should be replaced Inspect the chain guides for wear or bur ring where chain enters hoist Severely worn guides shouid be replaced Inspect trolley trackwheels for external wear on the tread and flange and for wear on internal bearing surfaces as evi denced by a looseness on the stud Inspect collector wheels or collector shoes and cotter pins for wear Check the wheels and studs for corrosion and free turning Badly worn p
28. Screw Nut Cable connector PG 16 30 09030 ident ident Ne 31 31 31 00030 31 00026 00028 00029 00006 08505 12 00029 00130 00075 00017 96305 12 00076 91606 10 00071 08404 10 00004 0842 3 10 93308 25 93408 00044 FOCKFORD ILLINOIS 61109 aaegreppe Kabelklemmklotz 39 TES Clamping block 39 00002 Bezeichnung ident ar dent Lfd Ar Name Ser a 39 00047 39 00046 96 91208 40 Bottom part Top part Cyl screw ROCKFORD ILLINOIS 81109 Baugruppe Kabel flihrungsrollen Baugruppen Mr Group Roller guides Group se 39 aes 39 00004 Lfd Ar Bezeichnung fdent Senda Name ient 1 Frame 39 00217 2 Roller 39 00220 3 Cyl screw 96 91210 110 Bolt 96 93410 KCS ROCKFORD ILLINOIS 610109 Baugruppe Kabel f hrungsrollen Baugruppen Pr 39 Roller guides e Type Lfd ar Bereiohnung ident ar ident Frame 39 00216 Roller 39 00219 Cyl screw 96 91210 50 Bolt 96 93410 ROCKFORD 10 8 61100 Baugruppe Kabel f hrungsrol len Baugruppen Nr Group Roller guides Group lid Ar Serisi Me Frame Roller Cyl Bolt screw 39 39 00009 ident Ar isent 39 00216 39 00219 96 91210 50 96 93410 ROCKFORD ILLINOIS 61109
29. Warning Light TERMINAL A 2 B Phone 815 874 9402 Telex 25 7498 SYSTEM MARK H INSTALLATION amp CHECKOUT WARNING There are electrical and mechanical components included in the Krueger indicating system H It should only be serviced by qualified indi viduals who are either Kureger service representatives or individuals who received a special Krueger training To avoid damages and loss of warranty we do not recommend any repairs being done by individuals without a strong electric electronic background It is recommended that the systems by passkey switch 15 used with discretion as unwarranted use of it to override the shut off system can result in loss of life destruction of property and irreparable damage to the crane The key can be used in overriding the system in a case of extreme emergency The operator using a key in extreme emergency should use sound judgement MARK Krueger Crane Systerns 4699 Con Road Rocklord 01108 USA Tei 818 874 9402 Telex 26 7408 Krueger Crane Systems a cktord Tel 815 874 9402 Teiex 25 7498 Rocktord tlt 61108 USA 4699 Coit Road yx5o18 53 WY TERMINAL O Q S SWVd A28 03 0198 lt 4 O O oa 2 t Drawing No ANTI TWO BLOCK THE KRUEGER INDICATING SYSTEM MARK A What it is The Krueger Indicating System Mark
30. was s nama rimo S S ama a m 1 PIPINGS FOR DISTRIBUTOR WITH SEAT AV 25 ES DENOMINAZIONE DESCRIPTION QTA CODICE FOR DENOMINAZIONE DESCRIPTION l i accorco Union RV964 tof Faccorag Union 1 Rv963 2 rane Copper wasner 3 RR807 E Aug 2 734 bs congela rame Cooper wasner a RRB74 i 8 GO Nipoie 5 NIS16 Union 1 92445 03 Pine 1 100470 no oe aipe suppon 100424 cC Nasner 3 RE276 E Screw 3 vIS45 tessiDile Fose 1 70574 preg Pazcorco a gomuo Elbow 2 RV944 14 25 26 Nippie 25 26 1 NI986 E Raccordo q omito Elbow 25 25 25 26 k 5951 6 t ssiode rose 1 76565 j 7 gomito Elbow como 25 26 25 26 1 RV958 8 gomo Slnow 4 RS957 E 50 lessioile Hosa i TG557 26 7 29 hessibile nose 2 76559 EH 7220 1 TG572 22 icomol 27281 27 28 NI987 23 Saccoroo Union Rv960 DOR Racceras gomite ibow Rv815 25 Guarnizione OR O nng 3 30145 42 wasner i RP225 dem Guarngzione OR O nag 0202 28 Wasner 22230 t TAW TAV 44 EXTENSTIONS M AND MN FOR FIO 3 c DENOMINAZIONE OESCRIPTION
31. 1 Terminal 1 Screw 35 CHAIN CONTAINER Parts List Key Number Required No Part Name Per Installation S 790 Chain Container Assembly 1 Items S 792 and S 794 thru 5 798 S 792 Chain Container Bracket Screw Lock washer 1 S 794 Chain Container Bucket 1 5 795 Chain Container Support Link 4 S 796 Chain Container Chute 1 S 797 Chain Container Bracket 1 S 798 Chain Container Bracket Screw 1 Special Alloy Screw S 792 included CHAIN BUCKET LENGTH VS MODEL HOIST Min Length Lift of Bucket Ft Incl A Inches Up to 10 7 3 16 A AA B C F 2 Over 10 to 20 10 5 16 AA 2 B 2 C 2 C F Over 20 to 30 14 3 16 Up to 5 Over 5 to 10 Over 10 to 15 E H E 2 H 2 Over 15 to 20 Over 20 to 25 Over 25 to 30 Up to 10 10 5 16 J JJ L LL J 2 Over 10 to 20 14 3 16 JJ 2 L 2 LL 2 Over 20 to 30 22 5 16 Up to 5 10 5 16 Over 5 to 10 14 316 NOTE The Chain Container furnished by 5 is engineered and designed for use Over 20 to 25 31 1316 with a Lodestar hoist of specific size and Over 25 to 30 35 11 16 lift Hoist malfunction and damage to the unit can occur if other than properly engineered Chain Container is used REFER TO PAGE 27 FOR ORDERING INSTRUCTIONS 36 Key No S 330 S 334 5 336 5 337 5 338 5 339 5 340 S 342 S 379 S 380 S 381 S 382 5 383 5 384 5 386 5 387 5 389 LOW HEADROOM LODESTAR TROLLEY Parts List Part Name Trackwheel Tra
32. 20377 zi 5 1 25927 B Guarnizione CO nng 20145 2 Soncella Flat wasner 225 35 Suarrizione OR nng 30202 25 Scnoalla piana Flat wasner RP230 1 w 4 3 ES POS coo iz Fos CODICE ITEM DENOMINAZIONE DESCRIPTION QTY COOE trem DENQMINAZIONE DESCRIPTION QTY coot i n 100197 Sreteva 3 4 Brace 3 4 2 100106 825 Wasner 2 277 ES 2 D4602 i 5 completo Compiete oi 1 Fi 54 3 yoo gomma Hose TG461 u Bano FS736 Nasner 3 RE276 fis ais ae Screw 3 Canuccia Canndge 1253 pem Sene guarmmniomi Set ot seals GSC 52 E Plug TA827 ks C vello 14 lavei 14 2 2192 E Guarmzione Seat 10101 e Raccordo a gomo Elbow Rv966 76 N00 1 2 Tap 1 RU965 551 ASOSIEME SEMOALUIV ULIU OIL TANK ASSEMBLY TAV 22 ASSIEME IUBAZIUNI SERSS RETURN PIPINGS ASSEMBLY TAV 23 CODICE POS 05 em DENOMINAZIONE DESCRIPTION OY COE DENOMINAZIONE DESCRIPTION Aoncel a rame washer z RRB74 2 NI919 G upo tessipie hose TG569 E
33. 35 300 0 10 35 300 0 11 35 300 0 13 33 900 0 14 32 224 0 22 35 300 0 25 35 300 0 26 35 300 0 27 35 300 0 28 35 300 0 29 35 300 0 33 35 300 0 34 35 300 SERIES GEARCASE B C F amp G DESCRIPTION Complete Gear case kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk Input Integral Pinion Shaft w 16 T gear Retaining Ring 6 required Gear 68 Teeth Retaining Ring 3 required Gear case Cover consists of 2 PCS Bearing 2 required Seal 2 required Bearing 6 required Seal 2 required Gear 50 Teeth 3 8 24 N F ESNA nut 10 required 3 8 24 HHCS X 3 10 required Dowel pin 3 8 dia 2 required Alwitco Breather 1 4 NPT pipe plug 7 required Name Plate Output Shaft Woodruff Key 2 required 2nd Intermediate Integral pinion shaft 3 8 sq key x 1 1 8 7 1 85 WG 1143 SPANMASTER UNIT LIST PRICE 1 850 00 126 00 60 152 00 3 00 550 00 44 00 14 00 16 00 6 00 100 00 50 80 2 00 3 00 50 4 00 120 00 4 00 90 00 4 00 RP 35 1 35 300 0 18 35 300 0 17 35 300 0 14 35 300 0 31 35 300 0 23 35 300 0 22 35 300 0 20 35 300 0 31 NOTE GEARCASE LETTER B C 151 151 151 151 2nd 2nd 2nd 2nd CHANGE GEARS Intermediate pin shaft 27 teeth Intermediate pin shaft 24 teeth Intermediate pin shaft 18 teeth Intermediate pin shaft 14 teeth Intermediate Shaft gear 45 teeth Intermediate Shaft gear 48 teeth Intermediate Sh
34. 4 5 760 5 763 S 764 5 770 0 717 5 772 5 773 8 774 5 774 5 775 5 776 5 777 5 784 5 785 5 800 5 830 5 833 5 834 5 535 5 836 5 837 5 5 701 5 702 5 703 5 706 amp S 711 for Models J L LL 5 2 1 2 L 2 LL 2 items S 701 5 702 5 703 S 706 5 711 5 830 amp 5 833 thru 5 836 tor Models R RR R 2 amp RR 2 Upper Hook or Suspension Lug Nut For Rigid Hook or Lug Suspension Latch Kit Lug Suspension Items S 702 S 703 S 706 S 711 amp S 721A for Models J JJ L LL 1 2 JJ 2 L 2 amp LL 2 Items 5 702 5 703 5 706 S 711 S 721A 5 820 5 833 thru S 836 for Models RR R 2 amp RR 2 Suspension Lug Suspension Lug Special High Strength Bolts Grade 6 or stronger are required for attachment Loose End Screw Loose End Screw Lockwasher Loose nd Screw Washer Loose End Link Load Chain Specify Length Required Lower Hook Block Assembly Items 5 763 S 764 S 772 5 774 5 775 S 776 amp S 777 for Models J L J 2 amp L 2 Items 5 763 S 764 S 771 S 772 5 774 5 775 NUMBER REQUIRED 1 T nm 5 776 5 777 5 784 amp 5 785 tor Models JJ LL 11 2 amp LL 2 Lower Hook Lower Hook Chain Block Pin Lower Hook Sub Assembly items 5 771 thru S 774 tor Models R amp R 2 Items 5 771 5 772 S 774 5 776 S 777 amp 5 784 for Models RR amp RR 2 Lower Hook with Latch Lower Hook Thrust Bearing Lower Hook Collar Lowe
35. 61 00026 Screw assy consisting of Screw 96 96304 3o Nut 96 93404 Lock washer 96 00034 Cable connector Pg 11 98 00074 Closure plug Pg 11 98 00057 Shackle 61 00030 ROCKFORD ILLINOIS 81109 Meugruppe Gegengewicht kompl Group Counterweight compl 62 62 00005 3 Gr Lfd An Bezeichnung tdent Ar Serial Name ident Counterweight 62 00004 Cyl screw 96 9121o 8o Chain 1 62 00001 Chain 2 62 00002 Shackle 61 00010 FROCHKFOFRUO ILLINOIS 61109 mauerssse Wleland Steckverbindung 6 polassusrcusmee mr 6 Wieland connection Group 94 90 94 00001 94 oooo3 Ne qiiod ident 1 6 pin receptacle 94 00003 2 Insert for 6 pin receptacle f 94 00023 3 6 pin plug 94 00001 4 Insert for 6 pin plug m 94 00022 KCS ROCKFORD ILLINOIS 61109 C 1 TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 APPENDIX C Preventive maintenance checks and services PMCS for the Handling Equipment System Introduction to PMCS NOTE M 55 1930 209 14 amp P 19 contains PMCS for all systems on the ROWPU Barge This appendix contains only PMCS for the Handling Equipment System a General 1 3 Systematic B before D during A after and scheduled periodic PMCS are essential to ensure that the Reverse Osmosis Water Purification Barge is in operational readiness at all times The purpose of the PMCS program is to discover and correct deficiencies and malfunctions before they cause se
36. ABOUT E LOWER THE BOOM AND RAISE THE LOAD THUMB POINTING DOWN FLEX FINGERS IN AND OUT A R RETRACT BOOM TELESCOPING BOOM BOTH FISTS IN FRONT OF BODY WITH THUMBS POINTING TO WARD EACH OTHER NOTE USE ARMY STANDARD HAND SIGNALS TO DIRECT CRANE OPERATOR IN MOVEMENT OF CRANE AND WORKBOAT Figure 3 5 Standard Military Hand Signals 3 6 TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 3 3 Limitations a Load limitations and performance characteristics are shown in Table 3 1 Boom loads given are the maximum permissible and must include the weight of any support equipment used i e cradles pallets slings etc b Winch loads without sheave block must not exceed 10 000 pounds Winch loads with sheave block installed must not exceed 20 000 pounds c Do not use bow crane for lifting workboat or shore winch if barge rolling angle is greater than 5 degrees 3 4 Performance characteristics Bow crane is intended for service on the deck of watercraft and is especially suited for operation in a marine environment It provides sufficient lift capability Table 3 1 for deploying and retrieving the barge s workboat and shore winch 3 5 Equipment specifications The bow crane is designed in accordance with German crane code DIN 15018 crane group B3 and corresponds to British standard 2573 These specifications incorporate safety features that decrease the chance of fracture during normal use Technical data for the bow crane and anti 2 block device
37. BK 15 6 Lock Nut 10 24 BK 49 1 Lockwasher 10 BK 16 1 Cable Packing BK 50 1 Screw 10 24 x 1 2 BK 17 1 Cable Nut BK 51 1 Junction Box BK 18 1 Cable BK 52 1 Gasket BK 19 1 Gasket BK 53 1 Cable Guide 1 F BK 21 1 Brush amp Brushholder Assy BK 54 1 Nut Jam 5 16 18 BK 26 1 Set Screw 5 16 18 x 1 2 BK 55 1 Lockwasher 5 16 BK 27 1 Slip Ring Cover BK 56 1 Screw 5 16 18 x 7 8 BK 28 1 Name Plate BK 57 1 Ground Wire Opt C S A BK 29 6 Locknut 10 24 BK 58 1 Ground Wire Opt C S A BK 30 1 Gasket BK 31 1 Slip Ring SERVICE KITS BK 32 7 Screw 10 24 x 3 8 BK 33 7 Lockwasher 10 1 Pivot Incl BK 44 thru 46 BK 34 4 Mounting Stud TM HE Vs Recommended Spare Parts WHEN ORDERING PARTS ALWAYS SPECIFY ITEM NUMBER QUANTITY AND DESCRIPTION OF PARTS REQUIRED MODEL NUMBER AND SERIAL NUMBER OF REEL MUST BE INLCUDED ALWAYS INSIST UPON GENUINE AERO MOTIVE REPLACEMENT PARTS GUIDE ARM POSITIONS 1 8 RASE ns SYS 7 WALL MOUNE BK 18 BK I7 7 4 B ad gt amp s BK 26 BK27 aaa 8 37 57 ANS es 7 8K 33 BK 36 BK35 BK 32 31 mBr3o EO BK 38 9 7 x lt lt o a 34 8 29 2 es POW R MITE 200a amp 300a SERVICE CAUTION Before performing any service to
38. COM 11 1 2 Retaining Ring Two assemblies required for single phase installation Three assemblies required for three phase installation Note For number 100 E Collector Assembly Parts List Refer to Page 53 Number Required Per Installation Key Single Three No Part Name Phase Phase 5 960 Collector Bar Bracket 2 2 COLLECTOR BRACKET amp BAR S 961 Collector Bar Short FOR ENCLOSED CONDUCTOR SYSTEM Specify whether for Single or Three Phase Size of I Beam and Capacity of Hoist 2 1 5 962 5 962 Collector Long Size of 5 963 Capacity of Hoist 0 1 5 963 Collector Bar Insulator Short 2 1 S 964 Collector Bar Insulator Long 0 1 S 965 Collector Bar Bracket Attaching Screw 4 4 S 966 Collector Bar Bracket Attaching Screw Lock washer 4 4 vdd 5 968 Collector Bar Bracket Set Screw 4 4 5 965 Specify whether for Single or Three Phase size of l Beam and Capacity of Hoist 5 968 These components are also used with wheel and shoe type current collectors shown on page 52 38 0r MODELS B F amp H 6 WEIGHT CENTRIFUGAL MECHANISM 5 430 LIMIT SWITCH See Exploded View Below 2 WEIGHT CENTRIFUGAL MECHANISM 5 430 TWO PIECE LOWER HOOK BLOCK MODELS A AA B C F mite MX 5 680 T SEIN BRAKE 681 ORANG M See Page 29 5 614 D Contactor CONTACTOR 5 620 Sea Page 44
39. H 1s An eleciro mechanical sensing system which indicates an approaching anti 2 block condition and i to be considered as an emergency switch that prevents the hook or equivalent hook equipment from being raised to the boom nose What it does Before reaching an anti 2 block condition it 1 Alerts the operator by an audible wisible anti 2 block alarm 2 This signal could be used io activate a shut off system which prevents the operator from periorming move ments of the following contro levers a Horst up b Boom lowering and Boom extension only with hydraulic booms Set up of a Krueger indicating system MARK H Anti 2 Block Switch Spnng Operated Cable Reel Werning Light 2 Block Key Switch To Override Shut Off System Optional Adhusteble Mounting Brackets A KR GER DESCRIPTION OF COMPONENTS The Anti two block switch This switch is installed at the boom and jib nose end is activated by a counterweight suspended by chains The length of these chains is in accordance with hook speed and sensitivity of the shut off system and should not be shortened or a possible two block condition could result Ant 2 Bloch Switch With even parts of hoisting tine the counterweight should be attached to the dead end line With odd parts of hosting line the counterweight should be attached to the line of lowest speed The Reel The anti 2 block signal is transmitte
40. IAV IJ Li far Ns I i 4 7 i 4 f PQS CODICE POS Q TA CODICE ITEM DENOMINAZIONE OESCRIPTION QTY CODE ITEM DENOMINAZIONE DESCRIPTION QTY CODE F 2 Niaoto compl 21 23 Nicole compl 21 22 NI9B6 2 Tuba Pipe 1 100245 3 1 100247 tiessibile Hose z TG574 5 Raccordo Elbow scomol 21 22 compl 21 22 6 RS951 Aacccrao Union 1 nv998 975 uco ilessibue Hose 1 15575 3 Tube tlessiode Hose 2 TG582 3 Nipple N1925 2 Tuco Pipe 100838 Fascena Gand 1 65991 2 vaoia di blocco Slack 1 156 3 Raccorag gomito Eibow RV944 14 Raccordo 23 24 Elbow 23 24 Rv943 55 Raccoroo Unon 1 995 78 Tupe Pipe i 100836 7 Tuo 100837 18 Tugo 100835 19 Roncells came Copper wasner 1 RABOS 2 Tappo Plug 1 TA737 21 Guarnzone OR Q nng 60145 22 Ronoella Wasner RP225 23 Guarnuziona OR O nng GO173 102 Wasner 228 r 4 wau PIPING FOR SECONDARY RAM SrASSY OAU IDRAULICHE ZU i oo 3 71 22 Pod b LI i ME 5 m NES EMO E py E Net S e Sct lt J U Sa 2777 i DENOMINAZIONE DESCRIPTION eN DENOMINAZIONE DESCRIPTION OI eos VEDIO come 21512
41. If the OHM meter reads an open circuit open the 6 pin receptacle and disconnect the wires on No 2 and No 4 Check on No 2 and No 4 for an open circuit If the OHM meter reads a closed circuit replace the cable on the cable reel If the OHM meter indicates an open circuit check the Anti Two Block switch Refer to A B C on page 13 If Main Boom circuit is correct take the jumper cable and check with an OHM meter the 6 pin plugs on both ends The OHM meter should read a closed circuit at No 2 and No 2 on both plugs also on No 4 and No 4 on both plugs If not replace jumper cable Phone 815 874 9402 Telex 25 7498 Krueger Crane Systems INC 4699 Colt Road Rockford ILL 61109 If jumper cable is correct check No 2 and No 4 in the 6 pin socket at the Jib Rooster Sheave If the OHM meter reads an open circuit check the Anti Two Block switch Refer to A B C on page 13 If the Anti Two Block switch is functioning replace cable from 6 pin socket to Anti Two Block switch 5 Refer to A B C on page 11 6 Refer to A B C on page 13 Phone 815 874 9402 Telex 25 7498 15 Krueger Crane Systems INC 4699 Colt Road Rockford ILL 61109 To operate the crane with Main Boom The 6 pin jumper plug has to be connected to the boom nose 6 pin receptacle Counterweight has to be attached to the Main Boom Anti Two Block switch Main Boom amp Rooster Sheave The 6 pin jumper cable has to be connected to the receptacle at the Mai
42. LOAD BEARING PARTS Worn cracked or distorted parts such as hand chain wheels chain attachments suspension bolts shafts gears and bearings INSPECTION RECORD dated and signed inspection report and records should be made on the hoist A sample log form is furnished on CHESTER HOIST DIVISION MONOGRAM INDUSTRIES PHONE 216 424 7248 LISBON OHIO U S A 44432 RECORD COPY Inspection Log inspection No Date Inspector Comments Chain and Sheaves Hook and Retainer Brake Mechanism Load Bearing Parts gt Other Parts RECORD COPY Inspection Log Inspection NO _ 5 5 5 lt Date Inspector _ Comments A Chain and Sheaves B Hook and Retainer C Brake Mechanism D Load Bearing Parts E Other Parts CHESTER HOIST DIVISION MONOGRAM INDUSTRIES PHONE 216 424 7248 LISBON OHIO U S A 44432 6 HOIST MAINTENANCE CAUTION Before disassembling any portion of the hoisting mechanism the hook assembly must be lowered to the floor level for support then continue to lower until stopped by the bolted end of the chain This should prevent the free fall of the hook assembly or load chain when the load brake is disengaged Handwheel Side Parts Service Includes load brake A Unscrew 4 screws to remove handwheel cover Pull cover and lift hand chain from handwheel chain will remain looped through handwheel cover If it is necessary to remove hand chain find the unwelded link and
43. SPANMASTER JOB __ 5 85 92929 3 COPIES OF SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS ARE ENCLOSED FOR THE FOLLOWING JOB CUSTOMER V S E Corporation The following drawings are included EL 1 2 3 E 1 1 2 4 15 26 300 A 05 35 300 A 50 Gearcase Dwg A DIVISION OF JERVIS B WEBB COMPANY 739 MOORE ROAD AVON LAKE OHIO 44012 IMONORAILS GENERAL REPLACEMENT PARTS INFORMATION FOR SPANMASTER EQUIPMENT HOW TO ORDER REPLACEMENT PARTS This parts book covers all replacement required for this Span master machine To insure prompt service each repair parts order MUST contain the following information 1 Span master Job No NS 85 92929 2 Part number and description 3 Voltage phase and cycle 4 Quantity 5 Correct shipping destination When orders for parts are sent to Span master they should be addressed as follows REPLACEMENT PARTS SALES Spanmaster Division Jervis B Webb Co 739 Moore Road Avon Lake OH 44012 A DIVISION OF JERVIS B WEBB COMPANY 739 MOORE ROAD AVON LAKE OHIO 44012 SPANMASTER SPANMASTER REPLACEMENT PARTS MANUAL THIS MANUAL IS DESIGNED TO ILLUSTRATE COMPONENTS USED IN PRODUCING STANDARD SPANMASTER PRODUCTS THE SPANMASTER DIVISION OF THE JERVIS B WEBB COMPANY DOES NOT WARRANT THAT ADHERENCE TO ANY GUIDELINES OR SUGGESTIONS SET FORTH HEREIN WILL NECESSARILY RESULT IN PROPER SELECTION MANUFACTURE INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE OF THIS EQUIPMENT UNLESS THERE ARE SPECIFIC
44. amp S 775 S 122 Gear Housing Attaching Screw 4 Items 5 311 thru S 315 S 612 Wiring Harness 1 S 763 Lower Hook Body 1 S 123 Back Frame Expansion Plug 1 S 311 Drive Shaft Pinion 1 S 614 Contactor Jumper Black 234 Lg 1 5 764 Lower Hook Chain Block Pin Special Alloy Pin 1 S 124 Gear Housing Gasket 1 312 Shaft amp Pinion Bearing 1 S 614 Contactor Jumper Black 814 Lg 1 770 Lower Hook Sub Assembly Items S 771 thru S 774 1 S 125 Back Frame 5 123 amp S 211 Included 1 313 Drive Shatt amp Pinion Bearing Spacer 1 5 614 Contactor Jumper Black 84 Lg 1 771 Lower Hook with Latch 1 S 127 Back Frame Attaching Screw 3 5 314 Hub 1 5 617 Terminal Insulator 1 5 772 Lower Hook Thrust Bearing 1 S 130 Back Frame Cover 1 S 315 Brake Hub Snap Ring 1 S 619 Contactor Attaching Screw amp Lockwasher 2 5 773 Lower Hook Collar 1 S 131 Back Frame Cover Screw Lockwasher 3 S 321 Intermediate Gear amp Pinion Bearing Outboard 1 S 648 Contactor Coil Jumper 1 5 774 Lower Hook Nut Pin 1 131 Back Frame Cover Screw Washer 3 5 322 Limit Switch Drive Pinion 1 S 650 Reversing Contactor Type SD 1 5 774 Lower Hook Pin Special Alloy Pin 1 5 132 Back Frame Cover Screw 3 5 323 Intermediate Gear Snap Ring 1 Specify with or without Auxiliary Contacts S 775 Lower Hook Chain Biock 1 S 201 Terminal Board Mounting Screw 2 S 325 Intermediate Pinion S 322 Included 1 5 676 Selector Relay Mounting Screw 2 S 776 Lower Hook Nut 1 S 20
45. amp S 833 thru S 861 Lower Sheave Wheel 1 5 220 Limit Switch Shaft Sub Assembly 1 S 416 S 417 amp S 430 included Single Phase S 836 for Models E H E 2 amp H 2 S 862 Lower Sheave Wheel Bearing 2 Items S 221 5 223 amp Shaft S 416 amp S 417 included Three Phase S 701 Upper Hook with Latch 1 S 863 Hook Block 2 5 221 Limit Switch Traveling Nut 2 S 414 Stator Pin 1 S 702 Suspension Adapter Screw Special Alloy Screw 2 5 864 Hook Block Screw 2 Lg 2 222 Limit Switch Sub Assembly 1 S 415 Stator S 414 included 1 5 703 Suspension Adapter 1 S 865 Hook Block Screw 11 Lg 1 S 223 Limit Switch Shaft Gear 1 S 416 Motor Shaft Bearing Inboard 1 S 704 Upper Hook Washer For Swivel Hook Suspension 1 S 866 Hook Block Screw Lockwasher 3 S 226 Upper Limit Switch Jumper Tan 1 S 417 Motor Shaft Inboard Bearing Snap Ring 2 5 705 Upper Hook Collar For Swivel Hook Suspension 1 S 867 Hook Block Screw Nut 3 S 227 Lower Limit Switch Jumper Orange 1 5 418 Capacitor S 419 Included 1 5 706 Upper Hook Suspension Lug Pin Special Alloy 1 S 872 Control Station Two Speed see Page 34 1 5 228 Upper amp Lower Limit Switch Jumper Black 2 S 419 Capacitor Mounting Spring 1 Specify whether for Swivel or Rigid Type Suspension 5 229 Warning Tag 1 S 420 Capacitor Mounting Spring Screw 1 S 710 Rigid Hook Suspension 1 S 231 Limit Switch Bracket Sub Assembly 1 S 421 Wiring Harness 1 Items S 701 S 702 S 703 S 706 amp
46. comol 20 21 1 Rv943 4 Raccorao gomito Eicow compl 18 191 compi 18 19 2 Rv958 26 yoo 206 1 100833 16 a Elbow come 22423 1 22 22 55955 7 1 100834 178 Suarnzione OR O nnq 50145 78 Wasner 225 20 Guarruzione OR C nng 50173 QU Roncella Wasner 1 RP228 i 22 Suarmzione OR O nng 60125 23 Ronceila Nasner t 232 TA 9_ TUBAZIONE PER ROTAZIONE PIPING FOR ROTATION 3 lt hr Du SE 4 Nell Sr 1 os fers 7 WA i 21 3 H i XE 2 t A i imd ITEM DENOMINAZIONE DESCRIPTION DENOMINAZIONE DESCRIPTION ae SUE N ODIO 23 24 Nippie 23 24 4 NIS86 004 voc 100245 3 Pipe 100247 Suocono luo Pipes suooon 1 100424 Wasner 3 276 1 ne Screw 2 1545 Soessore 5 1 100425 3 essbie ose 2 16574 03 Elbow como 25 24 come 23 24 2 85951 j 79 Hose 2 TG653 icomp 25 26 Nioo e 25 26 7 988 ot aoa 1 VA168 u 306 101182 pe 101183 2 1 Rv944 c6 an0a Reguiar 7 150 lus 20 00 girevole Revolving union 25 26
47. f After shutting down perform after operation checks listed in 3 15 Operation under extreme conditions Operating the bow crane in extreme hot or cold temperatures creates a special problem with lubricants These temperatures may cause the crane to raise lower or turn at a slower or faster rate Problems occur especially during operation in extremely cold temperatures because of greater pressure on hydraulic seals Check these seals frequently during cold weather operation Section IV Maintenance instructions 3 16 General When bow crane components are inspected give special attention to pulleys lifting hooks slings and other load bearing components Also carefully check hydraulic lines their connections and hydraulic seals Give particular attention to components that show evidence of hydraulic fluid leakage or severe corrosion Keep inspection reports and records on all hoist equipment Required maintenance forms and records are explained in DA PAM 738750 Due to bow crane strength considerations repair or replace parts or components of the crane with items the same as the original construction Use materials in accordance with the drawings referenced in Appendix CAUTION Notify IDS IGS maintenance unit after repairing or replacing parts on any slings used on the barge They must proof test the repaired item in accordance with American Society of Testing and Material Specification A 391 65 and US Army procedures In addition a
48. required a Rails worn or severely pitted b Trolley wheels improperly installed or worn excessively 2 19 TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 Suggested Action a Close circuit breaker b Tighten connector or replace damaged wiring Replace collectors adjust as required d Replace hand held control e Replace drive shaft f Inspect drive wheels for warps and foreign matter Replace warped wheels and or clean remove foreign matter from I beam as necessary Troubleshoot brake assembly in accordance with manufacturer s instruction manual Dings Co BK4613 60 a Reduce load to hoist capacity b Straighten chain Inspect for damage Lubricate accordance with instructions in manufacturer s d Inspect and adjust brake as required e Inspect chain for proper Lubricate chain as a Inspect rails Determine condition and repair as required b Check trolley wheels for proper installation and wear Adjust or repair as required TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 Table 2 2 Bridge Crane Troubleshooting Continued Condition Possible Cause 5 Cable reel does not extend or a Cable reel improperly retract mounted b Reel ratchet spring and up lack proper tension Reel assembly not electrically grounded connected See manufacturer s service manual SM 3120 04 LL page 3 for component location 6 2 ton trolley hoist brake does a Power panel 1 circuit not release breaker 6P5 open OFF b Ele
49. that all rotating discs are fully engaged on hub BRAKE CHATTERS OR HUMS Clean magnet faces if dirty Insert a clean sheet of paper between magnet faces and energize brake Move paper around between faces to dislodge dirt Finally remove paper Check that magnet faces are parallel in closed position 1 If not parallel along length of magnet check bushings 14 under torque springs for binding Or excessive wear 2 f not parallel across width of magnet adjust pivot nut 8 on post to obtain minimum magnet hum After adjusting pivot nut lock in place with nut item 7 part Check magnet gap A and adjust if necessary See WEAR ADJUSTMENT Operate manual release 21 and adjust if necessary Check if shading coil 10 is cracked broken or out of position Replace magnet assembly if cracked or broken Check for low voltage Magnet will not pull in and coil will burn out if voltage is more than 1096 below figure stamped on nameplate MANUAL RELEASE DOES NOT WORK Check for broken or damaged parts Check return spring 24 Brake will not reset automatically if this spring is broken Check magnet gap A with knob in released position Gap must be 030 at narrowest point If gap is too wide motor shaft will not turn freely If gap is too small knob will not return automatically when power is applied Adjustment for correct magnet gap is made by turning nuts 18 and 19 Make sure nuts are tight against armatu
50. the Bosch relay Refer to A B C on page 1 Phone 815 874 9402 Telex 25 7498 Krueger Crane Systems INC 4699 Colt Road Rockford ILL 61109 A B C Trouble No shut off but light is on Cause 1 Defective Solenoid 2 Key Switch Corrective Action 1 Disconnect both solenoid wires direct at the solenoid Shut off should occur Refer to A B C on page 12 2 Key switch position a When the key is removable the shut off system is engaged That means the switch is open b After the key is turned around the key cannot be removed in this position press the key down The switch than is closed for the time the key is pressed down Refer to figure 3 on page 6 Phone 815 874 94 Telex 25 7498 10 Krueger Crane Systems INC 4699 Colt Road Rockford ILL 61109 A B C Trouble Defective relay Cause Burned out coil or bad contact Corrective action The Bosch relay has 5 marked terminal pins interchangable either 85 is hot and 86 is ground or 86 is hot and 85 is ground contacts Using an OHM meter you can check the relay The OHM meter should read with no power at 85 and 86 coil a closed circuit between No 30 and No 87a normally closed and an open circuit between No 30 and No 87 normally open With power at the relay the circuit is closed between No 30 and No 87 and open between No 30 and No 85 and No 86 are connected to the relay coil No 87a If the contact is not changing repl
51. the boom for retrieving loads of 10 000 pounds or less For winch loads greater than 10 000 pounds the sheave block must be installed on the end of the outer boom Operator controls for the crane are on the forward side of the deckhouse top They include five control levers for controlling crane movement a START STOP control switch and a key lock for the anti 2 block control system The START STOP control switch and a key lock for the anti 2 block control system The START STOP control switch and anti 2 block key lock are in a watertight storage box aft of the crane control levers Another START STOP control switch primarily for emergency use is on the weatherdeck forward bulkhead Hydraulic pressure for the bow crane is supplied by a hydraulic power unit in void 1 port A 30 Hp electric motor drives the pump to produce 3600 psi of hydraulic pressure A motor controller in void 1 starts and stops the local unit and supplies power to the two remote START STOP control switches The motor controller requires 440 Vac 3 phase 60 Hz power C 3 3 Void 4 Trolley Hoist Void 4 trolley hoist in void 4 starboard is a low headroom manually operated hoist Major components include an I beam suspended from the void 4 overhead structure a manual hoist assembly load chains a block hook and a brake mechanism The trolley hoist has a net weight of 230 pounds and a standard lift height of 8 feet The load chains measure approximately 9 feet 6 inches and req
52. 1 Lug type single reeved adapter for use with Low Headroom Lodestar Trolley and Motor Driven Trolley Swivel hook type double reeved adapter Rigid hook type single reeved adapter Socket screw key Socket head suspension screws Do not order parts by these numbers See parts list LOAD Models E H R RR 2 2 R 2 RR 2 1 Suspend the hoist from an adequate support 2 The hoist is shipped with the dead end of the load chain temporarily positioned a few links from the end by a light wire clip 1 as shown in Figure 2 Do not remove this clip until the chain is secured 3 Insert the last link of the load chain into dead end block 2 4 Secure with the dead end pin washer and cotter pin furnished with the suspension 5 Remove clip 1 by inserting a screw driver blade through a chain link and levering against the bottom of hoist 6 Do not remove the ties from load chain Now suspend the hoist from its permanent sup port or track system If the hoist is to be hung from a Low Headroom Lodestar Trolley or a Lode star Motor Driven Trolley refer to the trolley in stallation instructions pages 7 and 8 FIGURE 2 ATTACHING LOAD CHAIN Models E H E 2 and H 2 illustrated Model R RR R 2 and RR 2 similar 1 Wire clip 7 Chain guide 2 Dead end block 8 Loose end link 3 Suspension assembly 9 Liftwheel 4 Suspension self locking nut 10 Gear hous
53. 11 Washer Guide Pin 21 750 21 750 21 750 21 750 13 Left Hand 150L 6 1 150L 8 150L 10 150L 12 1 4 14 Handwheel 2 15 Screw Track Clamp 1 1540 3 7152 16 Pin Guide 1926 1528 1 19210 15242 17 Jaw Right Hand 1508 10 1 150R 12 18 Block Bearing Short 9069 10 9065 12 19 Bushing Bearing Block Short 7 8 Ipxi OD 1 78 IDxi OD 1 zie iDxi OD 1 zie iDxi oa Chain Specifications Gesco Gauge Length w R L Gauge Length Net Weight Use and Description Cat No Chain Size LOAD CHAIN 1 1 2 2 3 amp 4 Ton C 38 1 2A 9 32 313 876 794 1 357 25links 20 406 75 Ibs ft 8 amp 16Ton C 938 2 3 8 466 1 216 1 147 1 897 13 links 15 656 1 23 Ibs ft 5 6 10 12 20 24 Ton C 38 3 9 16 625 1 750 1 571 2 696 11 links 18 406 2 90 Ibs ft Use and Description Cat No Chain Size w R L Gauge Length Net Weight HAND CHAIN ALL CAPACITIES C 937 15 64 347 816 1 056 1 525 19 links 20 533 46 ibs ft CHESTER HOIST DIVISION MONOGRAM INDUSTRIES 216 424 7248 e LISBON OHIO U S A 44432 27 Warranty All goods sold by SELLER pursuant to this order are sold with only the following warranty SELLER warrants that the goods shall be free from defects in material and workmanship under normal use and service SELLER S obligation under this warranty is limited to reworking or replacing at its opt
54. 14 amp P 1 3 4 5 2 Common and bulk items onboard are listed in the Expendable Supplies and Materials List in TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 20 4 5 3 Repair parts and special tools onboard are listed in the Repair Parts and Special Tools List in TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 18 4 6 Items required but not furnished All required items are furnished 4 7 Tools and test equipment Use existing tools and equipment onboard A complete list of tools and test equipment onboard is in the Tools and Test Equipment List in 3 Section Il Description of operation 4 8 General After selecting the load to be moved move it laterally on the trolley hoist rail When it is necessary to remove the spare HP pump or seawater pump from void 4 the void 4 hoist is used to move the pump s into position Accomplish this by removing the securing bolts from the pump foundation and attaching the trolley hoist hook After securing the load in place raise lower or move the load laterally by manually operating the chains that control hoist movement 4 1 TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 Section Operating instructions 4 9 Operating controls Controls for maneuvering loads are the pull chains located on the trolley hoist Figure 4 1 4 10 Prestart Procedures a Ensure trolley hoist has been properly lubricated Chains must kept clean and properly lubricated because dirt damages or jams gears and creates excessive wear and operational delays Chains when rubbed with
55. 15 allation amp checkout Teiax 28 7498 Page 4 of 8 Checkout CUT ALs0 REFER THE OPERATORS HANDBOOK 1 Make sure the system H is in operating condition with counterweights attached to the two block switch es or the pin is in the hole at the two block switch to hold down the lever arm which activates the switch and the jumper cables for jib Swing away A frame ROOster sheave are connected 2 Activate the ignition switch start engine 3 Set the on off toggle switch to position horn on 4 Shut off light horn has to be off 5 Lift up the counterweight pull out the pin Light horn is activated for the time the counterweight is being lifted up the pin is out Simultaniously to the light horn the cranes shut off system is activated Controls for hoisting up booming down and extending boom sections are out of function 6 Release counterweight put pin back light horn has to go off Crane is in normal operating condition 7 If the light horn does not come on refer to the Trouble shooting list Mark H NOTE 2 sure that the wiring and connections accordance with the diagrams before using the Trouble shooting list NEUEDPUENUTS Krueger Crane Systems Draw by 1781 HM 4 4009 Con nosa Drawing No Pa gt Sof 8 C H EC K OU T abit 61109 ident iINStallation amp checkout sone 5 018 810 9 6 pin recept
56. 2 Shim 0 8 100325 13 Panno Guide shoe 2 100088 13 Soessore 0 5 Shim 0 5 2 100091 Soessore 0 8 Shim 08 100092 55 oraccio stlabile Secona extension 1 100205 1 36 Ganco compl 19 Hook compi 19 1 GA912 17 Statla Bracket 1 GA771 18 Perna con dado Pin with nur GA772 8 Sicurezza per gancio Secunty lor nook GATOS l 550 GRU JORAULICHE ASSIEME BRACCIO PRINCIPALE E SFILABILI FIO 2 EXTENSION BOOMS AND MAIN JIB ASSEMBLY FOR FIO 2 TAV 12 DENOMINAZIONE DESCRIPTION ork DENOMINAZIONE DESCRIPTION i h pnncioale jib 3 100119 t 2 2 Pin 1 100011 3 Shears Ping nut 7 DA996 E Screw 4 VI604 5 an 1 100012 15 Brace ship Sxtension Dooms K Perno Pin 1 100013 3 gt asuina een plate 3 100018 I 9 Sordella Nasner 5 RE269 vile Screw 6 EY Secondary ram 100019 12 Berno Pn 1 100014 tox Perno Pin 1 100015 4 Aanuneno doppio shiamento Dounie extension ram 1 100201 55 zasna Keep ciae 2 100057 8 Wasner 8 RE269 y Qe Screw 8 vigga 8 Wasner 2 55789 9 Aoncella Washer 2 RE277 m Screw 2 vIS07 fo 027 Pin 1 100017 2 aco Nut DA648 le aed Carga FASSI FASSI 2 100564 24 Arvet 12 RI961 EASS
57. 3 4 2 5 2 5 2 2 7 BeaingGea amp Pmon 9228 a 9210 4 9246 4 4 8 2 19 Screw Cover 9 a 95 a 908 la 9e 12 Decal 13 Hoist Assembly 172 2 5 amp 6 Ton PART PER CAPACITY 2606 95526 keeper dersan none none NONE Tookwasner Separator Sud 20875 5 2087s 8 201 20125 EN Nut Hex Separator Stud 97524 8 9 872A 8 92A BolKeepe 23162 4 23162 4 23162 4 Side Plate Outboard 9300A 6 CHESTER HOIST DIVISION MONOGRAM INDUSTRIES PHONE 216 424 7248 LISBON OHIO U S A 44432 14 Hoist Assembly 172 2 5 8 6 PART NO PER CAPACITY PC 11 4 12 Lockwasher Frame 20 375 4 20 375 4 20375 4 20375 4 I3 Pipe Spacer Long 8 99722 e 9307 5 e 9807 6 e 14 PipeSpacer Short 93075 12 930752 4 930785 4 930756 4 15 2 16 2 17 10437 2 18 20625 2 20437 2 19 2 20 2 21 4 22 2 23 2 24 9329 19 2 25 2 26 Bolt Guide 33175 8 33175 8 3371 a 3371 8 27 Lockwasher Guide 20312 8 20312 8 20375 20375 8 28 2 29 Lockwasher Stripper 20250 4 20 250 4 20 312 4 30 4 45 9300B 2 2 46 Stud Separator 9312 172 9312 2 4 47 Bushing Drive Shaft 911 5 1 911 6 1 48 Shaft Drive 9384 17 49 Bolt Frame Half Geared 3 375 1 4 5
58. 36i 362 1 Se 3 908 1373 3 360 357 E 9 30 cris Pa s 164 5 359 356 5 545 Pd 3387 E X IROLLEY SERIAL NUMBER 133 5 Tum STAMPED ON END OF Ev MOTOR SIDE FRAME 5 m 5 54 5 zo AR 32374 S A p a 376 j eet asa A I i 38 377 150 a 2 552 SECTION B 8 See Pages 45 and 46 for Push Button Stations for Motor Driven Trolleys Key No S 133 S 134 S 135 S 13 5 137 5 138 5 139 5 140 5 141 5 142 5 143 5 144 5 145 5 146 5 147 148 149 5 150 5 155 Parts List Number Key Number Required Port Name No Required Contactor Bracket S 15 1 Cable Contactor Box to Hoist 1 Trolley Load Bar 5 157 1 1 Push Button Choin Eyebolt S 158 1 Box Connector 1 Contactor Box and Cover 159 1 Contactor Jumper 4 Contactor Box Attaching Screw 5 160 1 Transformer and Bracket Assembly 2 Push Button Chain Eyebolt Washer 5 161 2 Transformer Attaching Screw 2 Push Button Chain Eyeboit Nut 162 2 Transformer Attaching Screw Lockwasher 3 Contactor Attaching Screw 5 163 2 Transformer Attaching Screw Nut 4 Contactor Box Attaching Screw 5 164 1 Cover Washer S 1 5 3 Broke Cover Screw 3 Contactor Attaching Screw Lockwosher S 1 3 Brake and Motor Cover Screw Lockwasher 4 Contactar BoxAttach ScrewLockwasher 5 168 1 Box Connector 4 Contactor Box Attaching Screw
59. 391 Capacitor Housing Single Phase S 262 Brake Shading Coil 2 S 392 Capacitor Housing Screw 2 5 314 Brake Hub Keyed Single Phase 5 315 Brake Hub Snap Ring Keyed Shaft 5 393 Capacitor Housing Screw Lockwasher 2 Single Phase S 394 Capacitor Lead Grommet S 396 Motor Reverse Switch Single Phase 8 397 Centrifugal Switch Single Phase 5 398 Reverse Switch Attaching Screw Single Phase 5 399 Reverse Switch Attaching Screw Lock 2 washer Single Phase S 407 Line Connector Specify No Req d 5 479 Push Button Chain Attaching Link 5 614 Contactor Jumper Black 5 620 Contactor Type AB See Page 44 5 340 Suspension Bolt Nut Cotter Pin S 650 Contactor Type D See Page 33 5 341 Side Frame Sub Assembly Motor side S 907 Suspension Lug Screw Nut y S 908 Suspension Lug Screw Lockwasher Not Shown S 909 Suspension Lug Screw REFER TO PAGE 27 FOR ORDERING INSTRUCTIONS 1 1 330 Trackwheel S 331 included 4 5 331 Trackwheel Bearing Cup 8 332 Trackwheel Bearing Cone 8 5 333 Trackwheel Bearing Seal Washer 8 334 Trackwheel Stud 4 5 335 Trackwheel Stud Collar 4 4 2 2 4 4 1 N 5 336 Trackwheel Stud Nut 337 Hoist Suspension Bolt 5 338 Trolley Spacer Washer 5 339 Suspension Bolt Nut O 49 LOW HEADROOM LODESTAR TROLLEY Parts List Key Number No Part Name Required 330 Trackwheel S 331 included 4 331 Trackwheel Bearing Cup 8 332 Trackwheel Be
60. 4 Yellow Blue Stripe to White Block Stripe to Yellow Green Siripe 25 White 26 2 2 460 3 60 5 15 8 9 Yellow Block Stripe to White Blue Stripe to B 2 C 2 2 F 2 H 2 Yeilow Blue Stripe 140 White 2 6 1L2 1L2 460 3 60 2 67 3 6 2 1 Yellow Black Stripe to Yellow Blue Stripe to amp RR 2 Yellow Blue Stripe 40 4 While 140 Yellow Biack Stripe to White Block Stripe to White 4 White Blue Stripe 72 Yellow Blue Stripe to White Black Stripe to White 40 6 White 72 White Block Stripe to White Blue Stripe to White Blue Stripe 10 5 White 72 White Black Stripe ta LLR 115 1 60 1 12 3 Blue to Yellow White 10 5 Stort Winding 1 55 White Blue Stripe to White to Orange White 10 5 Run Winding 0 8 Resistance values listed ore nominal and they may vary slightly from motor to mater 22 Wiring Diagrams shown are representative Consult diagram in hoist or furnished with unit BRAXE 77 K a CONTROL owen R 9 a TRANSFORMER ze STEEL ZORE MQTOR REVERSING Re AW SH we wara GROUND vs YELL W M TAANSEONMER PRIWARY LEADS W R ANO R OL CONTRO Omit TED On VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER 9 SINGLE VOLTAGE SFORME STATION COL KININON CORPORATION TOMAR Pal V YORI T FIRST COLOR 1 BODY ZOLDA OF 0 ORANGE P PURPLE SECOND COLOR 15 sTR PE WIRING DIAGRAM LODESTAR HOIST MOD
61. 44 5 265 ELECTRIC BRAKE ASSEMBLY See Page 31 OPEN TYPE LIMIT SWITCHES FOR ADJUSTMENT INSTRUCTIONS SEE PAGE 52 Parts List MODELS J L amp R Number Number Key Required Key Required No Part Name Per Model No Part Name Per Model 5 197 Terminal Board Wiring Shield 1 270 Interim Brake Field Plate Clamp Screw S 201 Terminal Board Mounting Screw 2 Lock washer 2 Single Phase Without Transformer S 271 Interim Brake Field Plate Clamp Screw 5 202 Terminal Board Mounting Screw Lock Nut 2 washer Single Phase Without 2 5 272 Interim Hex Brake Stud Lock washer 1 Transformer 5 426 Interim Motor Housing Cover Guide 1 5 203 Terminal Board 1 Contactor Side 5 205 Limit Switch Guide Plate 1 S 427 Interim Motor Housing Cover Guide 1 5 207 Limit Switch Guide Plate Attaching Motor Side Screw and Lock washer 2 5 428 Interim Back Frame Cover Guide 4 5 208 Limit Switch Fibre Cover 1 5 430 6 Weight Centrifugal Mechanism 1 5 209 Limit Switch Fibre Cover Screw and See Note 1 Lock washer 1 5 576 Terminal Adapter 2 S 214 Limit Switch Shaft Bearing 2 S 619 Contactor Attaching Screw Type 3 5 215 Limit Switch Shaft Bearing Attaching Contactor Screw and Lock washer 2 5 642 Jumper White Blue Three Phase Dual 1 5 217 Limit Switch Shaft Spring 1 Voltage With Type AB Contactor S 220 Limit Switch Shaft Sub Assembly 1 S 643 Jumper White Black Three Phase Dual 1 S 221 and S 223 included Voltage With Type AB Contactor 5 221 L
62. 440 Vac go to step k If voltage across any terminal pair is not 440 Vac repair or replace wire s from contactor CM to fuses k Check voltage at inputs to contactor CM across terminal pairs K1 and K2 K1 and K3 and K2 and K3 for 440 f voltage across all terminal pairs is 440 Vac to step 1 If voltage across any terminal pair is not 440 Vac repair or replace wire s from fuses to contactor CM 1 With ON button at bridge hand control pushed lockout relays 1 LS and 215 OPEN and FORWARD pushed check voltage at outputs of contactor 1 M across terminal pairs J1 and J2 J1 and J3 and J2 and J3 for 440 Vac If voltage across any terminal pair is not 440 Vac perform steps 1 and 2 below as necessary If voltage across all terminal pairs is 440 Vac go to step m 1 Check voltage at contactor 1 M across points A and B for 1 5 Vac If voltage is 1 5 Vac replace contactor 1 M If voltage is not 115 Vac go to step 2 2 Check voltage at lockout relay 1CR for 115 Vac If voltage is 115 Vac replace lockout switches 1 LS and or 2LS m Check voltage at inputs of contactor 2M across terminal pairs L1 and L2 L1 and L3 and L2 and L3 for 440 ac If voltage across all terminal pairs is 440 Vac go to step n If voltage across any terminal pair is not 440 Vac repair or replace wire s n With ON button at bridge hand control pushed lockout relays 1 LS and 2LS OPEN and REVERSE button pushed checkvoltageatoutputsofcontact2M across
63. 50 Single V 3 6 Over 50 thru 70 Double 2 4 6 32 Over 70 thru 90 Double 2 4 6 60 0 thru 90 Single 15 8 6 1 32 O thru 20 Worm 2 8 Over 20 thru 30 Worm 2 8 L 16 0 thry 20 Worm 2 8 Over 20 thru 45 Worm 4 8 R 8 O thru 10 Worm 2 8 FIGURE 19 Over 10 thru 25 Worm 2 8 Over 25 thru 45 Werm 2 8 OPEN TYPE LIMIT SWITCHES MODELS A THRU H 1 Limit switch 4 Guide plate 2 Fiber cover 5 Screws and lockwashers 3 Traveling nuts 6 limit switch shoft Do not order parts by these numbers See parts list FIGURE 20 OPEN TYPE LIMIT SWITCHES MODELS J L AND R 51 CURRENT COLLECTORS 5 931 5 936 5 930 5 939 5 940 lt 1 5 945 S 944 5 946 5 941 5 943 5 947 5 942 5 948 WHEEL COLLECTOR FOR COPPER WIRE CONDUCTOR SYSTEM Number Required Per Installation Key Single Three Key No Part Name Phase Phase No S 928 Wheel Collector Assembly 5 939 Items 5 930 5 960 S 961 5 940 5 963 5 965 5 966 5 968 1 5 941 S 928 Wheel Collector Assembly 5 942 Items 5 930 5 960 thru 5 943 5 966 5 968 1 S 944 S 929 Shoe Collector Assembly Items 5 950 S 960 S 961 S 945 S 963 S 965 S 966 S 968 1 o 5 946 S 929 Shoe Collector Assembiy S 947 Items S 950 5 960 thru 5 948 5 966 5 968 1 5 950 5 930 Wheel Collector Items S 931 thru 5 948 2 3 5 951 5 931 Wheel 2 3 5 952 AS 932 Harp 2 3 S 953 S 933 Wheel Pin 2 3 5 934 Wheel Pin Cotter Pin 2 3 5
64. 60119 1 2 S 0818 S 249 2 Krueger Crane Systems INC 4699 Colt Road Rockford ILL 61109 Figure 2 This diagram shows the shut off condition When the Anti Two Block switch is open the circuit between and No 6 is open Relay dl is not energized and switches the position of the contact dl from 30 87 to 30 87a normal position when the relay is not activated and carries the power to the light and over an on off toggle switch to the horn The circuit between No 3 and No 5 is open and no power is transmitted to the solenoid A shut off occurs Fuse 12V el 3 t gt Horn ON OFF TERMINAL Solenoid Phone 81S 874 8402 Telex 25 7498 Krueger Crane Systems INC 4699 Colt Road Rockford ILL 61109 Figure 3 Option When a momentary by pass key switch is installed in the control panel the circuit between No 3 and No 5 can be by passed It deactivates the shut off system by turning the key and press it down When the Anti Two Block switch is open the light horn will come on relay dl switches over from 30 87 to 30 84a but no shut off occurs Note The key switch should be used only in emergencies or when the Anti Two Block switch is damaged during operations Phone 815 874 9402 Telex 25 7498 12 el 3 Horn ON OFF Warning Light i 2 3 5 TERMINAL 12V Solenoid A 2 B Batt 862 62
65. 8 Shut off but no light A B C Page 9 Shut off and light 15 on Page 10 No shut off but light is on A B C Page 11 Defective Relay A B G Page 12 Defective Solenoid A B G Page 13 Defective Anti Two Block switch A B C Page 14 15 Shut off and light is on B Page 16 18 Shut off and light is on C Phone 815 874 9402 Telex 25 7498 Krueger Crane Sustems Inc 4699 Colt Road Rockford III 61109 Warning Light Switch Horn Anti 2 Block Off On zm Fuse l2V el 3 Adjustable Mounting Brackets Horn ON OFF Warning Light gt TERMINAL Solenoid A 2 B Phone 915 874 9402 Telex 25 7498 2 Krueger Crane Sustems Inc 4699 Colt Road Rockford III 611o9 GCS Momentary Key Switch Switch Horn Warning Light to Override Shut off Off On Anti 2 Block System Optional ANTI TWO BLOCK Adjustable Mounting Brackets Fuse 12V 1 3 Horn ON OFF Solenoid TERMINAL Phone 815 874 9402 Telex 25 7498 Krueger Crane Systems Inc 4699 Colt Road Rockford 61109 Figure 1 This diagram shows the operating condition When the Anti Two Block switch is closed the circuit between terminal No 3 and No 6 is closed and relay dl is hot pin 85 Relay dl then switches the position of the contact dl from 30 87a to 30 87 and carries the power to terminal No 5 and from there to the solenoid Horn ON OFF o
66. 954 S 935 Spring 2 3 S 936 Clevis Pin S 948 included 2 3 S 955 937 Harp Pin S 937A and 5 938 5 956 included 2 3 S 937A Harp Pin Washer 2 3 938 Harp Pin Cotter Pin 2 3 52 3 950 5 955 SHOE COLLECTOR FOR BARE COPPER WIRE CONDUCTOR SYSTEM Number Required Per Installation Singie Three Part Name Phase Phase Collector Shoe Clamp Screw Collector Shoe Cotter Pin Copper Shunt 2 3 Clamp Bearing S 948 included 2 3 Clamp 2 3 Clamp Screw 2 3 Clamp Screw Lockwasher 2 3 Shunt and Terminal Screw Lockwasher 2 3 Shunt and Terminal Screw Washer 2 3 Shunt and Terminal Screw 2 3 Collar S 948 included 2 3 Rivet 2 3 Shoe Collector Items S 951 thru S 956 2 3 Collector Shoe 2 3 Collector Shoe Clamp Screw Nut 4 6 Collector Shoe Clamp Screw Washer 2 3 Collector Shoe Clamp Screw Lock washer 4 6 2 3 2 3 ASSEMBLIES DISCONTINUED INDIVIDUAL COMPONENTS AVAILABLE FOR REPAIRS ONLY A INDIVIDUAL PART NOT AVAILABLE CONTACT FACTORY FOR REPLACEMENT 52 COLLECTOR ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST Part lt 100 S No Req d Part Name 100E XR Collector Assembly 601 BC 1 Clamp only 601 BS 1 Swivel only P 3 601 P 1 Post E 601 1 Standard Arm p Seso An 601 Y 1 Yoke lt COM 10 gt 601 AD 2 Cose Half Pope Ry 1005 1 Shoe 4 07 4 100 Y 1 Shoe Clip 2 di 1002 1 Spring B COM 1 1 16 Hex Nut 2 COM 2 1 Lockwasher COM 3 1 16x 1 Bolt COM 4 2 20 x 1 Machine Scre
67. BEING MADE 2 20 TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 2 16 2 1 5 geared trolley hoist 2 16 2 2 Cleaning and inspection a f Wipe clean with rag dampened with hot soapy water or to remove grease with solvent Wipe dry with clean cloth Visually inspect trolley hoist structural members for evidence of bends distortion broken welds cracks corrosion or damage Remove corrosion and touch up painted parts according to TB 43 0144 Visually inspect hook for deformation cracks wear damage or malfunctioning latch and hook attachment Replace hook if necessary Visually check chains for excessive wear twist distorted links stretch nicks and gouges Apply lubricant if necessary Replace damaged chain Visually inspect wheels for damage and wear and drive wheel hubs for loose clamping bolts Replace damaged wheel 1 Make sure bridge crane system is electrically dead by opening OFF and redtagging circuit breaker P16 on switchboard 2 Remove stop on end of track 3 Remove trolley from track after securing chains and providing means to safely lower trolley Installation Install trolley in reverse order of installation 2 16 3 Cable reel WARNINGS Shut down bridge crane system before attempting maintenance Be sure to open OFF circuit breaker 6P5 on power panel 1 Red tag circuit breaker with WARNING DO NOT ACTIVATE REPAIRS BEING MADE If one of the bridge crane assemblies must be operational discon
68. Do not use any other grease or the protector will not operate properly and parts could be damaged The gears and Protector S 327 and S 328 are packed at assembly with grease and should not need to be renewed unless the gears have been removed from the housing and degreased WARNING Never degrease the Protector or attempt to disassemble this device Degreasing the Protector may damage parts and using a device that has been degreased may cause erratic inconsistent operation If the Protector has been degreased it must be replaced by a factory calibrated device If the gears are removed from the housing wipe the excess grease off of the outside surfaces of the Protector with a soft cloth and degrease the remaining gears and housings Upon reassembly add 7 oz of the above grease to gears and housing Also coat the spline on the end of the drive shaft S 311 with a Molydisulphide lubricant such as Super Herculon For Models JJ LL RR and JJ 2 LL 2 RR 2 see page 28 for special gearing alignment instructions The limit switch gears are of molded nylon and require no lubrication Apply a light film of machine oil to the limit switch shaft threads S 220 pages 29 and 31 at least once a year BEARINGS All bearings and bushings except the lower hook thrust bearing are pre lubricated and require lubrication The lower hook thrust bearing should be lubricated at least once a month CHAIN GUIDES LIFTWHEEL AN
69. MODELS THRU H THREE PHASE MODELS J THRU RR SINGLE AND THREE PHASE FIGURE B FOR MODELS A THRU H an SINGLE PHASE WITHOUT CONTACTOR 5 5 J FIGURE A 2 5 542 s E Button 5 580 Down Button 5 581 Up Button p 5 582 Down Button Q Number Number Parts List Required Raquired Key Figure Key Figure No Part Name A B No Part Name A B 451 Push Button Cable S 468 Included 1 1 552 Push Button Switch 0 1 Specify Length Required Items S 453 thru S 457 S 465 thru S 452 Push Button Switch 1 0 5 467 S 558 thru 5 564 5 568 Items 5 453 thru 5 459 5 462 5 464 thru 5 573 Discontinued Control Sta thru S 467 and S 469 Discontinued tion page 35 will be furnished Control Station page 34 will be fur 558 Up Push Button 0 1 nished 559 Down Push Button 0 1 5 453 Switch Attaching Screw 1 1 5 560 Interlock 1 5 454 Switch Attaching Screw Lockwasher 1 1 S 561 Movable Contact Spring 0 2 455 Switch Attaching Screw Washer 1 S 562 Contact Block 0 1 5 456 Body 1 1 S 564 Contact Block Screw 0 4 S 457 Push Button Spring 2 2 S 568 Movable Contacts 0 2 458 Up Push Button 1 O 569 Stotionary Contact Right Hand 0 2 S 459 Down Push Button 1 0 570 Stationary Contact Left Hand 0 2 5 462 Contact Block Assembly 5 571 Terminal Screw 0 4 S 464 Contact Block Attaching Screw and S 572 Jumper 0 1 Lockwasher 4 0 S 573 Stationary Contact Serew a
70. NO ej of a o wi ml al stal INSPECTED BOW CRANE SYSTEM 7 Hydraulic System D Daily Q Quarterly W Weekly S Semiannually M Monthly A Annually PROCEDURES CHECK FOR AND HAVE NO MEM t REPAIRED OR ADJUSTED AVAILABLE IE AS NECESSARY k Check trolley hoist tracking mechanism Lift load a few inches off deck and lower to original position while checking for slippage or free run Adjust or repair as necessary Tracking mecha nism does notrun free or slippage occurs Inspect load bearing parts such as hand chain wheels chain attachments sus pension bolts shafts gears and bear ings WARNING Be sure that electrical power is OFF before performing any maintenance on electrical systems Redtag appropriate switches and circuit breakers with WARNING DO NOT ACTIVATE REPAIRS BEING MADE Observe ail safety precautions listed at the beginning of this manual CAUTION Due to high pressure in hydraulic system do NOT operate crane with any visible leaks Repair crane prior to use Correct leaks in fiexible hose hard piping or joints Do not confuse seepage around hydraulic packing on actuator arms with leaks A small amount of seepage is acceptable a Check maintenance log for bow crane and associated hydraulic system to assure there are no discrepancies that prohibit operation b In void 1 visually inspect hydraulic pump Class Ill leaks motor and hard piping
71. Nicole icomol 11 12 s NI986 Poe 100245 102 7 06 Poe lt 100247 7 59 Hessibie Mose 2 76574 t 7420 5 2 TG577 5 3vola Block vaive Y VA126 r Tuco Poe 2 100422 2 Raccorae Elbow como 1 12 12 4 RS951 3 Poe i 100412 7 06 Pipe 100414 Guarnizione OR C ting 30145 2 piana Slal wasnet RP225 TAW ON 8551 MBAZIUNE MAH I SFILAMENIU PIPING FOR BOOMS EXTENSION RAM GAY IORALLICHE aan DENOMINAZIONE DESCRIPTION SIE CODE STEM DENOMINAZIONE DESCRIPTION QI E ODICE 1 225 come 23 24 22 24 3 54985 x M Pipe 00245 o 7252 00247 7 90 essipia 2 T3574 E a qomto lpow i zomo 25 26 compi 25 26 5 RS953 d nose 70572 7 20 Lessione 2 70577 5 7 50 Pipe z 100373 E Sucoono tubo Pice supoon 3 ZF10T 2 Pasinna Keep plate 3 CF102 EE ate Screw 3 oe qentellala Tap wasner 3 RE276 s Taco Nut 3 DA634 wid Band 3 25968 i Tuco liessioue ose 2 TG573 8 rame Copper wasner RRB07 DES N CDIO Nicole 914 E savoia Qv Block valve gt 22101 3 accorao gemito coma 23 241 compi 23 241 3 85951 Tuco FIO 2 FiO 2 00473 7 20 ser FIO 3 ilor FIO 3 00375 ae Tuoc pe
72. Nut 5 169 1 Box Connector 3 Contactor Attaching Screw Nut 5 171 1 Push Button Cable Specify Length 1 Box Connector Required 1 Cable Clamp 5 172 1 Push Buttan Chain Specify Length 1 Cable Clamp Screw Required 1 Cable Clamp Screw Lockwasher 5 173 Push Button Cable Clip Specify No 1 Plug and Body Required 1 Cable Contactor Box to Trolley 5 174 2 Spring Motor 175 10 Spacer Washer 48 Key Number Key Number No Port Nome Required No Part Name Required 5 176 Brake Hub Key 342 Side Frame Sub Assembly Plain side 5 177 Cover Gasket Weatherproaf Units 5 343 Trackwheel Gear included 5 178 Motor End Cover 5 344 Trockwheel Gear Groov Pin 179 Motor Cover Screw 5 345 Trackwheel Gear Pinion L 5 346 Trackwheel Pinion Key S 180 Trolley Motor 5 364 included S 347 Trackwheel Pinion Shaft 5 181 Frame with Stator 5 348 Trackwheel Pinion Lockwasher 182 Shaft and Rotor 8 364 included S 349 Trackwheel Pinion Nut 5 183 End Bell Inner 5 350 Trackwheel Pinion Spacer 5 184 Bell Outer S 351 Pinion Bearing Sleeve 5 185 Ball Bearing Pinion End S 352 Pinion Shaft Ball Bearing 5 353 Driven Gear Key 186 Ball Bearing Brake Hub End 187 Spring Washer 5 354 Pinion Bearing Spocer 5 355 Driven Gear 188 Snap Ring 5 356 Intermediate Shaft Ball Bearing 189 Bearing Cap S 190 Bearing Cap Screw Side Frame End S 191 Motor thru Bolt with Lockwasher 357 intermediate Pinion 5 358 Interme
73. OHIO 44432 216 424 7248 Chester Table of Contents Dos and Donte for Safe Operation hada SEQ RU CM M SER RU cete ads 3 Repair Parts OrderingInformiation 4 Installation n 4 SpE iO 5 Eoo 0 um tv DE UD MOV DU 5 dI 6 Hoist Maintenance Fandwheel 7 G ar Cover Side Service 7 Gear Cover Side Service 7 sayan 7 Trolley Wheel Parte Services voee 0 7 MAKS eo MX d 8 DEM d EM 9 Reeviigzx M M P 9 Mechanism a 10 Mechanism Gear mu Ne DoD ODE ES 13 14 Bottom BIoCK ASSembly sy ua v vovv Uv 20 CASS Y ea 22 Assembly ex C EE 23 24 Track Glamp ASSembly 5 00 26 Clhaim SpecitlcatiO
74. OUTFIT WANTS TO KNOW ABOUT YOUR ABE OBSOLETE RECOMMENDATION MAKE CARBON COPY OF THIS AND GIVE IT TO YOUR HEADQUARTERS THEN JOT DOWN THE DOPE ABOUT IT ON THIS FORM CAREFULLY TEAR IT OUT FOLD IT AND DROP IT IN THE MAIL am lt r ewe YEAR ALONG PERFORATED LINE vs su q anD s u q u D The Metric System and Equivalents Liquid Measure lcentiliter 10 milliters 34 fl ounce 1deciliter 10 centiliters 3 38 fl ounces lliter 10 deciliters 33 81 fl ounces 1 dekaliter 10 liters 2 64 gallons 1 hectoliter 10 dekaliters 26 42 gallons 1 kiloliter 10 hectoliters 264 18 gallons lcentimeter 10 millimeters 39 inch 1 decimeter 10 centimeters 3 94 inches 1 meter 10 decimeters 39 37 inches 1 10 meters 32 8 feet 1 hectometer 10 dekameters 328 08 feet 1 kilometer 10 hectometers 3 280 8 feet Square Measure Weights 1 centimeter 100 sq millimeters 155 sq inch 1 sq decimeter 100 sq centimeters 15 5 sq inches 1 sq meter centare 100 sq decimeters 10 76 sq feet 1 sq dekameter 100 sq meters 1 076 4 sq feet 1 sq hectometer hectare 100 sq dekameters 2 47 acres 1 sq kilometer 100 sq hectometers 386 sq mile lcentigram 10 milligrams 15 grain 1decigram lOcentigrams 1 54 grains lgram 10 decigram 035 ounce 1 1
75. PG 3 8 25 125 9 Block Bearing Long 10 Lockwasher Brg Block 11 Bolt Bearing Block 3 31 1 12 Guard Swinging PG 1 13 8 25 125 15 Snap Ring Handwheel 5100 87 CHESTER HOIST DIVISION MONOGRAM INDUSTRIES 216 424 7248 23 P 3 5100 87 20 312 1 5100 87 1 ER A o vielo Q 2 do ie 8 25 125 5100 87 1 LISBON OHIO U S A 44432 Trolley Drive Assembly 10 12 16 20 amp 24 PART NO PER CAPACITY PC NO DESCRIPTION 16 20824 1 Lube Fitting 1728 B 3 1728 B 1728 B Block Bearing Short T 9306B T 9306B Spacer Pinion 9395 20 2 1 3 5 Snap Ring Pinion 5100 125 5100 137 6 7 8 o ni Po Mir a Shaft Trolley Drive 9311 10 9311 16 9311 20 Key Pinion Gear 1 4 x 18 x 23 32 516 x 932 x 1 38 516 x 532 x 1 38 1 2 Key Handwheel vie 31 ene 1 sexes 1 9 Block Bearing Long 1 T 9306A 1 reso 1 10 Lockwasher Brg Block 4 4 Bolt Bearing Block 4 12 Guard Swinging 13 Set Screw Sq Head 14 Handwheel P 10 1 P 16 1 Wheel Assembly gt 0 1 0 0 A USED WITH 17 amp 2 CAP CHESTER HOIST DIVISION MONOGRAM INDUSTRIES PHONE 216 424 7248 LISBON OHIO U S A 44432 24 INSTRUCTIO
76. Pange 100284 505 E Screw 1542 28 onnc oale Main ram 2 00025 4 i TAW AJJ wie WII E LV ILU MIFASSI OEVIATOR ANO DISTRIBUTOR ASSEMBLY CRANE WITH SEAT SAU IDRAULICHE IAV 25 POS Q T CODICE POS Q TA CODICE i ITEM DENOMINAZIONE DESCRIPTION ary CODE ITEM DENOMINAZIONE DESCRIPTION QTY CODE igre 2 sinoulore Disinoutor 01137 aes Screw 3 1634 wasner 3 226 104 Senceua Wasner 3 BET Nut 3 04602 15 araeve Levers quara 101246 ET Lock nut 2 01232 1 i 33 eva Lever 2 36221 3 Nul 2 04634 navio Transmission toa 2 100285 15 2 eva Lever 2 100345 1 72 Perno 5 16374 73 Areilo c arresio 10 AR730 4 Paraleve Levers guard 1 101247 i 5 Screw z 522 j 18 S ncelia Wasner 2 276 7 7 DA603 8 Deviatore Deviator 1 51336 19 Wasner 2 2 277 z0 ville Screw 2 550 z Asia nnvio Transmission 100288 22 Lever 1 5134 23 Screw 1 542 QU Sucoon Suopon 1 90635 Screw 2 1538 wasner 2 278 Nut 2 2A633 Knob 2 PO120 2 asiensione exiension 2 9012 Pomelo siapizzaton Ouinggers 2 POS Guarmziona CR O nng 30132 C arresio 5754 i i NE
77. Procedures 11 SECTION INSPECHONG AAAs eRe A 12 Minimum Inspection Schedule 12 13 Ae Soak e ER A NA ANIM M ML Act hu 13 13 Lodestar Protetor 14 Los 14 16 uu PPP 16 TrolleyiEub calionhzs cat aaa 16 Adjustments wasata aa 16 18 SECTION D TROUBLE SHOOTING Fe M DA em AA A ass 18 21 r D DP DN MM MM a MM MN I TUN 21 22 Wiritgibiagralrieuses tre oos coo ton oae cose rop ec c De MN 23 26 SECTION E REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST Ordering Instructions 27 Assembly 27 28 Hoist Models A thru H and A 2 thru H 2 rasa 29 30 Hoist Models J thru RR and J 2 thru 2 31 32 D Contactor 33 Stators 34 35 Chain 36 Low Headroom Trolley 37 Current Collectors 38 SECTION F NON CURRENT PARTS 40 54 FOREWORD This manual contains important information to hel
78. QTY 5 Q ___ _510087 510037 825475 1 5254475 2 3 es 4 5 Li Pes 7 8 13 daw Lennan isora 1 18052 1 18063 15 Screw 15 1 189 PinGuide 1 1522 i 1923 17 15085 18 Bearing Shot 1 90652 1 90653 CHESTER HOIST DIVISION 9 MONOGRAM INDUSTRIES PHONE 216 424 7248 9 LISBON OHIO U S A 44432 e e gt a UD 3 00 gt Q N e 2 peri e 5 26 Track Clamp Assembly 6 8 10 amp 12 Ton PART DESCRIPTION s OTY 12 1 Snap Ring Handwheel 5100 87 1 Set Screw Square Head 8 25 175 8 25 125 1 825125 8 25 125 1 T Pe Rex 3 1728 B Handwheel Lube Fitting 2 3 4 1728 B 5 Guard Swinging 6 7 8 PG 6 3 pos a Per 1 Pese Bushing Bearing Block 7 8 IDx1 OD 2 7 8 10 1 2 78 0 1 00 2 7 8 10 1 00 2 20312 2042 4 20312 Ta 9 Block Bearing Long 1 906L 12 1 10 Cotter Pin 1 21 1 12141 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 Bolt Bearing Block Lockwasher Bearing Block 20 312 12 SidePlate 153 10 153 12
79. Qui CODICE DENOMINAZIONE DESCRIPTION du ee o onncipale Main 700114 boc 9n 90011 3 Sriera Ring nut 7 24996 4 Screw 4 1604 5 Perro Pin 1 100012 6 Brace Extension booms Baro Pin 1 00013 me Keeo plate 3 100018 EE washer 8 269 ELI Screw 5 603 23 Seconoary ram 1 100019 l 2 Pin t 00014 Pin 1 100015 14 anuneno shiamento Tapie extension ram i 100722 5 P astnna Keep 2 100057 16 Roncella Wasner 8 269 17 Screw 604 Ronoella Washer 4 55789 ig Fongella Washer 4 RE277 20 vile Screw 4 507 Seng n 1 100017 122 22 Nut 1 DA646 We 723 Taga ZASSI FASSI ovate 2 100564 u Sweno Rivet 2 RIS61 1 t i 1 GRU _IDRAULICHE ANY WAIN MAMOS POS ITEM toe CN ww wo o qune DENOMINAZIONE onncipale cornoleto C unoro 2 3 Bronzira Sronzina Guarnizione CR Smera Suarm zione Guarnizione compt 9 Bronzina Guarmizione OR Anello autoDioccanis istore Guarnizione ingrassaiore Serie comolata guarnizioni completa compl 2 3 2 istanz ale Guarnizione OR Ghiera Guarnizione Guarnizione
80. S 711 for Items S 232 amp Bracket 5 422 Capacitor Mounting Spring Spacer 1 Models A AA B F A 2 2 B 2 C 2 amp F 2 Items 5 232 5 243 amp Bracket S 430 Centrifugal Mechanism Kit see Page 27 1 Items S 701 S 702 S 703 5 706 S 711 5 830 amp 232 Limit Switch Shaft Bushing 1 5 4381 Centrifugal Mechanism Press On Tool S 833 thru S 836 for Models E H E 2 amp H 2 241 Limit Switch Intermediate Gear amp Pinion 1 450 Control Station amp Cable Assembly 1 5 242 Limit Switch Intermediate Gear amp Pinion Pin 1 Items S 451 amp S 452 Models A thru H S 243 Limit Switch Intermediate Gear amp Pinion Bushing 1 Items S 451 amp S 872 Models A 2 thru H 2 S 244 Limit Switch Intermediate Gear amp Pinion Washer 1 5 451 Control Cable Complete Specify Length Required 1 S 250 Electric Brake Assembly 1 S 452 Control Station Single Phase without Contactor 1 Items S 251 amp S 255 thru 5 261 for see Page 34 Models A B E A 2 B 2 E 2 5 470 Power Cord 1 tems S 251 amp S 254 thru 5 261 for 5 471 Control Cable Attaching Screw 1 Models AA C F H AA 2 C 2 F 2 H 2 5 472 Control Cable Attaching Screw Lockwasher 1 251 Base Plate amp Stud Sub Assembly 1 S 473 Control Cable Attaching Screw Flat Washer 1 S 252 Brake Attaching Screw Lockwasher 2 5 4741 Control Cable Alteration Kit Used on Weatherproof Hoist only 30 8 Used only on Models A C 2 C 2 over 44 foot lift AA 2 o
81. To retrieve the shore winch reverse the procedures Section Operating instructions 3 10 Operating controls Bow crane operating controls are on the forward side of the deckhouse top The hydraulic power system controls are in void 1 3 10 1 Primary crane operating controls are five control levers for controlling crane movement Figure 3 2 for Barge 1 and Figure 3 3 for Barges 2 and 3 This control valve system is factory sealed and is especially designed for use in a marine environment It has a built in pressure relief valve which prevents damage to the crane from overloading a suction valve which ensures a continuous flow of hydraulic fluid and a constant flow valve which regulates and maintains the required system hydraulic pressure There is a START STOP control station Figure 3 6 for stopping and starting the crane hydraulic unit and an anti 2 block control panel in a watertight storage box aft of the control levers Another START STOP control station primarily for emergency use is on the weatherdeck forward bulkhead 3 10 2 The hydraulic power unit in void 1 portside powered by a 30 Hp motor produces 3600 psi of hydraulic pressure for operating the crane A motor controller in void 1 starts and stops the hydraulic power unit locally and supplies power to the two remote START STOP control switches The pump motor controller requires 440 Vac 3 phase 60 cycle power 3 11 Bow crane prestart procedures a Check barge mai
82. Tools and test 2 6 Special devices 2 6 Description of 2 9 2 9 Operating 2 9 Operating controls 2 9 Operating 2 9 Using portside or starboardside 2 9 Using crossover for trolley 2 14 Using jib rail for moving loads through sliding 2 14 Placing jib rail stowed 2 14 Operation under extreme 2 14 Maintenance 2 17 c r 2 17 Maintenance 2 17 Maintenance instructions 2 17 Preventive maintenance 2 17 TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 TABLE OF CONTENTS Continued VOLUME 13 Page Troubleshooting N PERRE 2 17 2 16 Maintenance 8 2 1 2 16 1 General u uuu uuu EEE EE Err 2 18 Repair or replacement
83. WITH THE CODE USERS SHOULD CHECK INSTALLATION FOR COMPLIANCE WITH THE APPLICATION OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS LAW THE SAFETY LAWS FOR ELEVATORS LIFTING OF PEOPLE AND FOR DUMBWAITERS SPECIFY CONSTRUCTION DETAILS THAT ARE NOT INCORPORATED IN CM INDUSTRIAL HOISTS FOR SUCH APPLICATIONS REFER TO REQUIREMENTS THAT MEET STATE AND LOCAL CODES AND THE AMERICAN NATIONAL SAFETY CODE FOR ELEVATORS DUMBWAITERS ESCALATORS AND MOVING WALKS ANSI A17 1 1978 NOTE COLUMBUS McKINNON CORP SHOULD BE CONSULTED FOR ANY USAGE OF THE LODESTAR HOISTS THAT WOULD NOT INVOLVE LIFTING OF THE LOAD ON THE LOWER HOOK OR USING THE HOIST IN AN INVERTED POSITION DO S AND DON TS Safe Operation of Hoists The following are Do s and Don ts for safe operation of overhead hoists Taking precedence over any specific rule listed here however is the most important rule of all USE COMMON SENSE A few minutes spent DO S HOISTS READ follow manufacturer s instruction installation and maintenance manuals When repairing or maintaining a hoist use only manufacturer s recommended parts and materials reading these rules can make an operator aware of dangerous 2 READ and follow all instruction and warning practices to avoid and precautions to take for his own safety information on or attached to a hoist and the safety of others Frequent examinations and periodic 3 REMOVE the hoist from service and thoroughly inspections of the equipment a
84. a C A island 3 seg 21069 nd Tesiaia d entrata 18 head 18 01105 23 Elemento orsinouiore Distr cIDseG center segment 01106 Tenero astnauiore C A Distr anen center segment ona 1 iememto aistnculore Distnouior open center v B 19 VB segment 19 01135 W 5 esiala d uscila Outlet 01109 Tiranie sene Tie sianoaro 0092 rante 17 Tie rod 7 segment DI093 Trane 16 sament rod 8 segment 0094 ante 9 mamen The tog 9 segment 01095 Lo wasner RE272 3 Daoo Nut 04647 i 9 Guarnizone OR 29198 1 70 Aneilo a megno Suppon ring 01125 TR Guarnions OR O ring 60154 52 megno Suppor nng 01126 S Ziemento 3000 in Extra cantar segment 01107 Eie mento aisitinuiore suop Exira open r V A nC AVA VB comol 20 V B sagment icomoi 20 01191 225 Ferno 0179 4008 Wasner RP207 07 Aneno q arresto AR 30 8 0455 By Dass vatve 0110 3 Jalvola ot sovrapress one Overpressure valve Dni 29 sovraoressione Overoresauie vave 2231 Suarmzione OR C nng 30132 22 Cover 2122 Screw 41584 ct Tang 5123 AV 6 GRU ORAL L CHE TUBAZIONE PER MART ESTENSIONE STABILIZZATORI PIPING FOR OUTRIGGER EXTENSION RAMS CODI
85. across all terminal pairs is 440 Vac go to step p If voltage across any terminal pair is not 440 Vac replace wire s from 1 M to resistor p With reverse button pushed check voltage at inputs to resistor across terminal pairs K1 and K2 K1 and K3 and K2 and K3 for 440 Vac If voltage across all terminal pairs is 440 Vac go to step q If voltage across any terminal pair is not 440 Vac replace wire s from 2M to resistor q Open OFF disconnect switch and make continuity check as follows WARNING Make sure bridge crane motor controller is electrically dead before making continuity checks Red tag circuit breaker wire with WARNING DO NOT ACTIVATE REPAIRS BEING MADE 1 Check resistance of three resistors between point P1 and Q1 P2 and Q2 and P3 and Q3 for 3 ohms If resistance is 3 ohms go to step 2 If resistance is not 3 ohms reset or replace resistor s 2 Check continuity of wires between points Q1 and R1 Q2 and R2 and and continuity exists go to step 3 If open circuit exists repair or replace wire s 3 Check continuity of overload protection B OL S between points R1 and S1 R2 and S2 and R3 and S3 If continuity exists replace wire s from B OL S to motor connections lf open circuit exists replace overload protection B OLS r Check voltage between points A and B to brake inputs for 440 Vac If voltage is 115 Vac and magnetic coil is not energizing replace magnetic coil If voltage is not
86. an open hand should be free of dirt and grit A light coat of lubricant should be present on chains Check chains for proper seating on gears and freedom from twisting or other defects Ensure that choice of slings matches load to be lifted Move trolley hoist directly over the load by using trolley lateral movement chain Be sure load will clear all equipment in movement path 4 11 Operating procedures a Ensure trolley hoist is directly over the load to be moved and then lower trolley hoist hook and attach it to load b Using chains raise load a few inches and ensure that load is being lifted vertically Loads must not be pulled to one side or in one direction c Lift load only high enough to move it safely to new location d Using trolley hoist chains manually move load to desired location and lower into place 4 12 Shutdown procedures a Remove and secure lifting devices and jigs if used b Raise lifting hook on void 4 trolley hoist to top position and secure chains to keep them from swinging 4 13 Operation under extreme conditions To ensure efficient operation of the trolley hoist in cold or hot weather make sure that hoist is clean and properly lubricated Changes in weather conditions do not require any special lubricants Section IV Maintenance instructions 4 14 General When inspecting void 4 trolley hoist components give special attention to pulleys lifting hooks chains slings and other load beari
87. and back frame for signs of leaks Tighten the screws holding back frame to gear housing Ifa leaking condition persists repack housing and gears with grease and install a new gasket Any deficiencies noted are to be corrected before the hoist is returned to service Also the external conditions may show the need for disassembly to permit a more detailed inspection which in turn may require the use of nondestructive type testing TESTING Prior to initial use all altered or repaired hoists or used hoists that have not been operated for the previous 12 months shall be tested by the user for proper operation Test the unit first in the unloaded state and then with a light load of 50 pounds times the number load supporting parts of load chain to be sure it operates properly and the brake holds the load when the control is released then test with a load of 125 e of rated capacity In addition hoists in which load sustaining parts have been replaced shall be tested with 125C of rated capacity by or under the direction of an appointed person and a written report prepared for record purposes After this test the function of the Protector is to be tested If the Protector permits lifting a load in excess of 180 c of rated load it should be replaced f the Protector prevents lifting of a load of 125 c of rated capacity reduce load to rated capacity NOTE For additional information on inspection and testing refer to Code B
88. and paragraph 2 5 for details A description of these devices follows WARNING Personnel may be seriously injured and equipment damaged if slings lifters and hoisting rigs are not properly attached Observe all safety recommendations in this manual and in manufacturers service manuals a 155 kW diesel generator sling Used to move any of the 155 kW diesel engines only not including the generator or support platform Can also be used to move the 20 kW SAG b 55 gallon drum lifter Adjustable attachments on the lifter allow drums to be lifted at various angles facilitating loading and unloading Working load limit for this device is 1000 pounds c ROWPU HP pump diesel engine lifting sling Used to remove nonoperating diesel engine from engine mounts in ROWPU space Also used to move replacement engine from voids storage and to place it on engine mounts in the ROWPU space d Water pump assembly lifting sling This sling lifts either an HP water pump or a seawater pump e 2 ton electric hoist When attached to the 5 ton trolley hoist this electric motor driven hoist lifts and transports small loads of 2 tons or less f Media filter hoisting rig Used to lift ROWPU media filters Manufactured locally in accordance with drawing number 132266E1917 rig design allows equalization of tension between the three hoisting cables and protects the media filter WARNING To reduce the possibility of injuring personnel or damaging equipment s
89. cable to full length and Drum not carefully inspect it Make sure that it is securely securely fastened to drum Carefully fastened record any broken strands or deteriora tion in winch cable and request IDS IGS maintenance to determine whether fur ther use of the winch constitutes a safety hazard C 17 TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 Table C 1 Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services for Handling Equipment Continued B Before D Daily Q Quarterly D During W Weekly S Semiannually A After M Monthly A Annually PROCEDURES CHECK FOR AND HAVE REPAIRED OR ADJUSTED AS NECESSARY ITEM TO BE INSPECTED EQUIPMENT IS NOT READY AVAILABLE IF ITEM INTERVAL NO h Check all slings used to hoist workboat Slings have bro for broken or frayed wires smooth or ken or frayed worn spots and corrosion Remove wires slings with broken or frayed wires from service immediately Inspect smooth or worn spots to determine cause condi tion and take corrective action If tur ther maintenance is required coat the spots with a thin coat of oil remove cor rosion and treat as appropriate i While crane is folded check hydraulic fluid level Level should be between imum and maximum j Remove and clean oil filter located at the base of the crane k Remove and clean filter mounted on the suction way Remove the cartridge wash with suitable
90. cross over assembly Manufacturer CAGEC Part no Material Quantity Crane assembly Manufacturer CAGEC Part no Type Span Capacity Drive motor Quantity Crane assembly Manufacturer CAGEC Part no Type Span Capacity Drive motor Quantity Hook Supplier CAGEC Part no Type Material Quantity 155 kW diesel generator sling Supplier CAGEC Part no Type Style Chain size Reach Working load rating 19 500 Ib 15 900 Ib 11 250 Ib Material Quantity TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 Spanmaster Division of Jervis B Webb Co 5N204 NS 83 92580 A3 Steel 2 Spanmaster Division of Jervis B Webb Co 5N204 NS 83 92580 A2 starboard Interlock both ends 7 ft 8 in 5 tons 10 000 Ib 3 4 Hp 440 Vac 3 ph 60 Hz 1 Spanmaster Division of Jervis B Webb Co 5N204 NS 83 92580 A1 port Interlock both ends 7 ft8 in 5 tons 10 000 Ib 3 4 Hp 440 Vac 3 ph 60 Hz 1 McMaster Carr Supply Co 39428 3515 25 Swivel clevis cap Steel 5 McMaster Carr Supply Co 39428 3406W999 Double leg D PS 1 2 in 3 ft 60 degree angle 45 degree angle 30 degree angle Steel 1 55 gallon drum lifter Supplier CAGEC Part no Working load rating Quantity ROWPU high pressure pump diesel engine lifting sling Supplier CAGEC Part no Type Style Chain size Reach Working load rating 17 000 Ib 14 000 Ib 9 900 Ib Material Quantity Seawater pump lifting
91. er ee Pe etre co Table C m TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 TABLE OF CONTENTS Continued VOLUME 13 LIST OF TABLES Page Weights Measurements and Locations of Movable Equipment in Voids 21179 Bridge Crane 1 2 19 Bow Crane Performance Characteristics and Load Limitations with Barge ONAN Even u u u uuu uuu yu 3 8 Bow Crane Troubleshooting enne Void 4 Trolley Hoist Troubleshooting 4 5 viii TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 INTRODUCTION TO TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 You can help improve this manual If you find any mistakes or if you know of a way to improve the procedures please let us know Mail your letter DA Form 2028 Recommended Changes to Publications and Blank Forms or DA Form 2028 2 located in the back of this manual direct to Commander US Army Troop Support Command ATTN AMSTR MMTS 4300 Goodfellow Blvd St Louis MO 63120 1798 A reply will be furnished directly to you SCOPE TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P covers the Reverse Osmosis Water Purification Barges Models 300 WPB 1 300 WPB 2 and 300WPB 3 NSN 1930 01 234 2165 This manual consists of twenty one volumes REVERSE OSMOSIS WATER PURIFICATION BARGES The Reverse Osmosis Water Purification Barges provide up to 300 000 gallons of drinking water per 24 hour period The drinking water co
92. fore and aft so that crane reel cable runs out as far as it can in both directions 2 16 4 Bridge Crane Assembly Maintenance of the bridge crane assembly includes the electric powered crane rails jib rail and associated structures WARNING Shut down bridge crane system before attempting maintenance Be sure to open OFF circuit breaker 6P5 on power panel 1 Red tag circuit breaker with WARNING DO NOT ACTIVATE REPAIRS BEING MADE However if one of the bridge cranes must be operational disconnect and tape voltage input cable terminals at crane reel of bridge crane to be shut down NOTE See TB 43 0142 and Spanmaster Spare Parts and Maintenance Manual ih Appendix B for additional information 2 22 TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 2 16 4 1 Cleaning and inspection a Make sure bridge crane assembly is electrically dead by opening OFF power panel 1 circuit breaker 6P5 If one of the bridge cranes must be operational open OFF and secure circuit breaker 6P5 and disconnect voltage input cable at crane reel of bridge crane to be repaired Then close ON circuit breaker 6P5 so other bridge crane is operational b Wipe clean except electrical components with soapy damp cloth or remove grease with solvent c Wipe exterior of electrical components clean with cloth Use vacuum cleaner or electrician s brush to clean inside of electrical components Avoid using solvent to clean inside of motor controller d Visually inspect rails ji
93. harness ring from hook and from three eyes on workboat Store harness under port passenger seat in workboat cabin Free control lines and store with lifting harness NOTE If bow crane is left in unfolded position apply a light coat of grease or hydraulic fluid to all exposed chromium plated parts of crane hydraulic cylinder system Wipe this coating clean before using the crane If crane must be left unfolded exercise it daily 3 13 Workboat recovery procedures recover the workboat reverse the deployment procedures provided above b Prior to starting recovery perform all after operation checks and inspections on workboat as discussed in 55 1930 209 14 amp 17 and complete any scheduled maintenance services as indicated in paragraph 2 23 in TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 17 c Raise outboard drive to full UP TILT position d Fold down radio antenna spotlight and anchor light mast flat with cabin top e When boat is in its cradle and the three tiedown straps on each side have been fastened to boat and pulled tight remove two seawater drain plugs and store them under operator s seat in the cabin f Remove marine radio and depthfinder and store in barge dayroom Turn spotlight face down toward cabin roof Store diving ladder and life ring buoy with rope and light in cabin Secure cabin 3 11 TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 START STOP CONTROL STATION BOW CRANE START BUTTON BLACK HORN ON OFF SWITCH KEY SWITCH TO p
94. hoist voltage rating corresponding to the voltage range given on hoist identification plate is SINGLE SPEED UNITS RANGE NOMINAL VOLTS 110 120 115 208 240 230 440 480 460 TWO SPEED UNITS RANGE NOMINAL VOLTS 208 230 230 440 460 460 THREE PHASE HOIST Changing the voltage connections on a single speed three phase dual voltage unit is easily done at the conversion terminal board shown in Figure 3 located in the hoist as shown in Figure 4 FIGURE 4 Voltage conversion terminal board is located under back frame cover 1 for Models A thru H and under motor housing cover 2 for Models J thru RR Limit switches and electric brake are located under back frame cover for all hoists NOTE The column of terminals on the left it marked 230 volts and the right hand column is marked 460 volts To change the hoist voltage connections simply shift eight wires to the column of terminals marked for the desired voltage The insulation color combination of each wire must match the two colors adjacent to the terminal lug to which wire is attached All eight wires must be in the same column and all terminals must be tight Be sure to make a notation of the new hoist voltage on the tag attached to Dower cord Since the motor in a three phase hoist can rotate in either direction depending on the manner in which it is connected to the power supply the direction of hook movement must be checked during the original installation and each ti
95. hook block to hit hoist nor allow load chain to become taut between loose end screw and frame or else serious damage will result If hook block should inadvertently hit the hoist the hoist frames load chain and hook block should be inspected for damage before further use Method 2 Treat the old load chain in hoist as a starter chain and proceed with Steps la b c and f thru m above Method 3 a First proceed with Steps la b c above b Then carefully run the load chain out of hoist c Disconnect hoist from power supply d Remove the electric brake assembly e Rotate the brake hub by hand at the same time feeding the load chain into and through liftwheel area with hoist upside down or using a wire to pull the load chain up onto liftwheel Position the chain on liftwheel as explained in Step 11 f Refer to Steps 1g thru m above to complete the installation Hoist Lubrication IMPORTANT To assure exta long life and top performance be sure to lubricate the various parts of the Lodestar Hoist using the lubricants specified below If desired these lubricants may be purchased from the factory GEAR The Lodestar Protector should operate for the normal life of the hoist without service The device has been lubricated and calibrated at the factory for a specific model of Lodestar hoist and is not adjustable or interchangeable with CAUTION The CM Lodestar Protector is to be used with American Lubricants 6283 grease
96. hook is at low position for Models A thru H and A 2 thru H 2 and ten links showing for Models J thru RR and J 2 thru RR 2 To obtain this setting may require adjustment of the lower limit switch see page 17 Set the uppermost point of hook travel just below bottom of chain bucket by adjusting the upper limit switch see page 16 Under no condition should hook or load be permitted to come into contact with the chain container If contact is permitted the chain container function can be interferred with and its fasteners imperiled 1 See FIGURE 10 ATTACHING CHAIN CONTAINER Models E H E 2 and H 2 illustrated Models R RR R 2 and RR 2 similar Chute 5 Bracket Bucket 6 Load Chain Lockwasher 7 Bucket Support Links Shouldered Screw Do not order parts by these numbers See parts list 10 NOTE The Chain Container furnished by is engineered and designed for use with a Lodestar hoist of specific size and lift Hoist malfunction and damage to the unit can occur if other than properly engineered Chain Container is used SECTION B OPERATION General 1 The CM Lodestar Protector is designed to allow the intermediate gear to slip on an excessive overload An overload is indicated when the hoist will not raise the load Also some clutching noise may be heard if the hoist is loaded beyond rated capacity Should this occur immediately release the up i control to stop
97. in a straight line without in straight line bends Adjust as necessary without bends Visually check securement of secondary Safety chain is safety chain to prevent reels from falling not secured from overhead d Troubleshoot according to instructions contained in Aero Motive bulletin SM 3120 04 LL Service Manual Series 0931 cord reel included in Appendix B 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 4 Electric Hoist a Check tracking mechanism Lift a load a Tracking mecha few inches off deck and lower to original nism slips or position while checking for slippage or does not run free free run Adjust or repair as necessary WARNINGS e Notify higher level of maintenance after repairing or replacing parts on any lifting equipment slings and rigs on the barge They must safety inspect and proof test the repaired item in accordance with TB 43 0142 in addition all lifting equip ment slings and rigs must be proof tested to these standards every 12 months Record and maintain certifica tion of all proof testing e Never leave suspended loads unattended Always transport load to final destination C 6 ITEM INTERVAL NO ofw mi al sfa TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 PROCEDURES EQUIPMENT CHECK FOR AND HAVE REPAIRED OR ADJUSTED AS NECESSARY b Raise hoist block to top and move bridge crane to ROWPU space aft end c Secure chains with special attachments on sides of ROWPU af
98. inputs of cable reel across points A1 and A2 A1 and A3 and A2 and A3 for 440 Vac If voltage across any terminal pair is not 440 Vac repair or replace wire s from junction box to cable reel If voltage across all terminal pairs is 440 Vac replace cable reel contacts or cable reel assembly Close ON disconnect switch and check voltage at outputs of disconnect switch across terminal pairs D1 and D2 D1 and D3 and D2 and D3 for 440 vac If voltage across all terminal pairs is 440 Vac go to step h If voltage across any terminal pair is not 440 Vac replace disconnect switch Check voltage at inputs of contractor CM across terminal pairs F1 and F2 F1 and and F2 and for 440 Vac If voltage across all terminal pairs is 440 Vac go to step i If voltage across any terminal pair is not 440 Vac repair or replace wire s from fuse s to contractor CM With bridge hand control ON button pushed check voltage outputs of contractor CM across terminal pairs G1 and G2 G1 and G3 and G2 and G3 for 440 Vac If voltage across all terminal pairs is not 440 Vac perform steps 1 through 4 following as necessary 1 Check voltage across points A and B of magnetic coil CM for 11 5 Vac If voltage is not 11 5 Vac replace starter CM 2 Check voltage at primary side of transformer T1 across points H 1 and H4 for 440 Vac If voltage is 440 Vac go to step 3 If voltage is not 440 Vac replace or repair wire s from fuse s to transfo
99. is discharged into four storage tanks that are part of the drinking water system TM 930 209 14 amp P 5 VOLUME 4 CHLORINATION SYSTEM Operation and maintenance procedures for the chlorination system onboard the Water Purification Barges are contained in this volume This system produces chlorine in a sodium hypochlorite solution upon demand to water processed by the ROWPU system just before the water enters the four drinking water storage tanks 1 10 11 12 13 TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 VOLUME 5 DRINKING WATER SYSTEM The drinking water system provides storage for water produced by the ROWPUs and includes pumps and valves to move this water from onboard storage tanks to the shore discharge system to another vessel or overboard The drinking water system also provides a pressurized water supply for drinking and washing onboard the barges VOLUME 6 SHORE DISCHARGE SYSTEM This volume provides operation and maintenance procedures for the shore discharge system which transfers drinking water from barge storage tanks to holding storage facilities ashore VOLUME 7 COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEM Volume 7 describes the operation and maintenance of the compressed air system which provides compressed air to five air stations in the ROWPU space one in the workshop and one on stem weatherdeck This system also provides compressed air to two air stations for blowdown of seachests in void 2 starboard and void 4 port Compressed ai
100. name of the item to be inspected such as Air Filters 4 Procedures Column This column tells you how to do the required checks and services Carefully follow these instructions Equipment is Not Ready Available if Column This column tells you when and why your equipment cannot be used NOTE The terms Ready Available and Mission Capable refer to the same status equipment is on hand and is able to perform its combat missions See DA PAM 738 750 C 1 TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 6 Increased Inspections Perform weekly as well as Before Operations PMCS if c You are the assigned operator and have not operated the item since the last weekly PMCS d You are operating the item for the first time 7 Leakage definitions In checking for fluid leaks the following leakage definitions apply to all ROWPU barges and barge equipment product water and seawater leakage by class type a Class Seepage of fluid as indicated by wetness or discoloration not great enough to form drops b Class Leakage of fluid great enough to form drops but not enough to cause drops to drip from the item being checked inspected c Class Leakage of fluid great enough to form drops that fall from the item being checked inspected CAUTION Equipment operation Is allowable with minor leakages Class or Il However the fluid level or operating pressure of the item being checked inspected must be considered When in doubt notify the shif
101. none Wheel Assembly 8 10 12 16 20 amp 24 Ton PART NO PER CAPACITY PC sm bm Bm m jm bry rpewem __ _____ ft per Lo 2 Nu 1 8250 1 r gt 1 Spacer Outbosra perso 1 95912 1 991520 4 Spacer Plate osoro 1 930746 1 930720 930724 3 5 Spacer inboard 1 oana 1 981436 1 951420 i 6 Bearing 399 2 2 2 Wheel Plain ese uH awe WIBrg Cup 9203 4G 9203 5G 1 9203 5G 15B 2 1 15B 2 15B 2 1 9 Washer 93008 930910 1 930942 930915 1 1 99092 1 10 Key Axe 1 1 foerea 36 sane 1 1 Washer aneo 99088 930642 9906 16 1 930820 930522 1 r sstose 1 3 991024 13 Snap CHESTER HOIST DIVISION MONOGRAM INDUSTRIES PHONE 216 424 7248 LISBON OHIO U S A 44432 25 25 Track Clamp Assembly Track Clamp Assembly 110 2 3 4 amp 5 PART NO PER CAPACITY NO DESCRIPTION 1 QT 2 QTY QTY 4
102. of the catalog END TRUCK FRAME Structural channel weldment fixture fabricated WEIGHT 495 SAFETY LUGS 6 6 0 WHEELBASE 16 7100 amp 3 07 TWO WHEEL SIDE ROLLER E i gt TROLLEY 55 a pa ts ee a 7 a t see 1 DAFVE SHAFT E NL BRIDGE RAIL DIMENSIONS ARE FOR ESTIMATING PURPOSES ONLY REQUEST CERTIFICATION FOR CONSTRUCTION Copyright 1978 A DIVISION OF JERVIS B WEBB COMPANY Page 24 8 Jervis B Webb co 739 MOORE ROAD AVON LAKE OHIO 440121 0 1 78 TROLLEY ROCKER PRINCIPLE MONORAILS For the satisfactory operation of a trolley on a monorail track it is necessary to provide for freedom of certain motions restrictions of other motions and elimination of still other move ment tendencies It is necessary for the trolley load bar or attachment fitting to be free to swing or tilt at right angles to the rail to compensate for slightly out of balance loads the tendency to swing out on curves off center lifting etc Most Spanmaster trolleys accomplish this by means of a cylindrically shaped trolley rocker which rides in a mating trolley rocker seat as shown in sketch and permits a swing or tilt up to 12 degrees each side of center Since the trolley rocker and the trolley rocker seat are cylindrical in shape they permit the above mentioned side to side s
103. or chipped paint Remove rust and corrosion by wire brushing chipping or scraping 2 16 6 2 Test IDS must perform and record an annual load proof and function test and safety inspection of each sling rig and drum lifter in accordance with TB 43 0144 Coordinate test and inspection with crane assembly test All load carrying members must be visually inspected upon completion of the load and function test for wear and cracks inspection indicates possibility of cracks perform magnaflux or other accepted method to find cracks not visible to the eye 2 16 6 3 Repair 2 16 6 3 1 Shackles Replace worn or damaged shackles by removing pin holding shackle to hook or wire Install new shackle and secure pin 2 16 6 3 2 Hook Replace worn or damaged hook by removing pin securing shackle to hook Install new hook and secure to shackle 2 16 6 3 3 Wire rope Replace wire ropes when worn or damaged in accordance with Appendix C in TB 43 0142 2 16 7 Electrical wiring and cables 2 16 7 1 Cleaning and inspection Inspect wiring and harnesses for chafed or burned insulation Look for causes of chafing or burns Inspect terminal connectors for corrosion loose connections and broken parts Clean corrosion and replace damaged connector pins or wires replace damaged connectors or replace harness assembly Check mounting hardware hangers and receptacles for tightness Tighten if necessary 2 16 7 2 Repair and replacement When replacing wires or repairin
104. secure Check crane base to ensure that it is secure and make sure forward weath erdeck is clear of material that might obstruct bow crane movement Inspect hold down bolts for damage and check for tightness If tightening is required tighten to 350 ft Ib WARNING The anti two block alarm system consists of an emergency switch which when activated prevents the hook block from being raised to the boom nose level The switch lights a warning lamp on the crane operator s control panel and sounds a horn signal Allowing the hook block to rise above the boom hose level could cause serious damage to the crane structure and could cause severe personal injury ele f Activate crane hydraulic unit Crane is ready for BEFORE functional test deployment when hydraulic pump reaches high pitched whine C 13 TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 Table C 1 Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services for Handling Equipment Continued B Before D Daily Q Quarterly D During W Weekly S Semiannually A After M Monthly A Annually PROCEDURES IS NOT READY t B D A D aj sj al INSPECTED AS NECESSARY AVAILABLE IF ole g Activate the anti two block alarm and visually check that system is operational ele h Using crane control levers deploy crane from traveling position and exercise crane without load as follows 1 Extend all booms to their maximum length and
105. sling Supplier CAGEC Part no Type Size Length Working load rating 3 700 Ib 3 105 Ib 2 192 Ib Material Quantity Electric hoist Supplier CAGEC Part no Type Capacity Motor Quantity TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 McMaster Carr Supply Co 39428 3396114 1000 lb 1 McMaster Carr Supply Co 39428 3409W999 Quad leg Q OS 3 8 in 7 ft 60 degree angle 45 degree angle 30 degree angle Steel 1 McMaster Carr Supply Co 39428 3477W999 Riggers 4 leg 1 4 in cable rope 5 ft 60 degree angle 45 degree angle 30 degree angle Steel 1 McMaster Carr Supply Co 39428 3316T261 Electric w swivel hook 2 tons 4000 Ib 1 Hp 115 Vac 1 ph 60 Hz 1 5 TON TROLLEY TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 END TRUCK ASSEMBLY 5 TON BRIDGE CRANE MOTOR DRIVEN e e z a UB d P ed a mE bo CROSSOVER NE 272 ASSEMBLY STOP HOIST MANUALLY OPERATED 4 TROLLEY LATERAL MOVEMENT CHAIN MOVES TROLLEY SIDEWAYS PULL DOWN ON PORT SIDE CHAIN TO MOVE TROLLEY TOWARD PORT SIDE REVERSE PROCEDURE TROLLEY HOIST CHAIN MOVE UP OR DOWN MOVE TROLLEY TOWARD STARBOARD AS DESIRED t BOTTOM BLOCK ASSEMBLY WITH SAFETY CLIP Figure 2 1 Bridge Crane 2 4 TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 BOW CRANE USED FOR LAUNCHING 4 PL AND RETRIEVING THE WORK BOAT WORKSHOP CREW QUARTERS CROSSOVER 2 PL
106. solenoids d Measure voltage at the solenoids Note If 12 VDC is on the power supply but not on terminal No 1 and No 2 replace cable If 12 VDC is on No 5 and No 2 but not at the solenoid replace cable Phone 815 874 9402 Telex 25 7498 Krueger Crane Systems INC 4699 Colt Road Rockford ILL 61109 A Trouble Shut off and light is on Cause 1 Broken cable bad connection 2 Counterweight 3 Defective relay defective Anti Two Block switch Corrective action 1 Check all cable for outside damages Use OHM meter to check Anti Two Block circuit as follows Take wires off terminal No 3 and No 6 and check with OHM meter to make sure circuit is closed If not check the wires and connection inside the cable reel and from the cable reel to the Anti Two Block switch Refer to figure 4 on page 7 Note Counterweight has to be connected to the Anti Two Block switch to close the circuit 2 Make sure counterweight is attached to the Anti Two Block switch and is free to move 3 Check if 12 VDC is on terminal No 3 and No 6 12 VDC is on No 3 but not on No 6 the Anti Two Block switch is open Check step 2 on this page Check steps A B C on page 13 If 12 VDC is on No 3 and No 6 check if the voltage is on the relay pin 85 hot and 86 ground When the relay is powered you should read 12 VDC on pin 30 and 87 If you read 12 VDC with the Anti Two Block circuit closed 12 VDC on terminal No 3 and No 6 on pin 30 and 87a check
107. suopiementare Asseme e comand oer suooiementare Assieme ASSIEME CODA SUDO Assierne raversa oer Der Dost T 2anone Suapuuzzatore oer 690 Prolungne e CM oer S10 2 P oiunga C AN cer F 02 7rotunga oar F102 Proiungne M e MN per F103 rotunga MNP cer 2302 ASS OrOlunga 2102 Ass oroiun a L 7103 Aamnetti 28r L uoazione srotungre L 355 Drotunga v 9 2 Mannen per 11 7105 7 oro unga L 0 3 GENERAL NOMENCLATURE Modificabons for crane with seat Pillar and Deviater ana c sinoulor assemery Distnoutor Seat ana asino assemoty on omar pings tor 2101163 tor rciason rams orgs tor secnoary anc exiension rams Zara pigin s Erva Distnoutor ana controls assernDr for extra oning Sismoutor ang assemtiy 9 Souote extra stnoulor ang assemcv TD exira Doing aang essemary Coub s extra oioing Cross oa assem or outr t ers Rams tor rear cuinggers Piping tor reer autc gers Duinggers tor ruck wn front aues Exrensions C ang CM er F 22 tor 58702 Zuension CMNP tor 2 22 Zxtensgiors arc MIN 02 Extensio
108. terminal pairs M1 and M2 M1 and and M2and for 440 Vac Perform steps 1 and 2 below as necessary 1 Checkvoltageatcontactor2M across points A and B for 115 Vac If voltage is not 115 Vac go to step 2 If voltage is 115 Vac replace contactor 1 M 2 Open OFF disconnect switch disconnect wire from X1 at transformer and make continuity check as follows WARNING Make sure bridge crane motor controller is electrically dead before making continuity checks Redtag disconnect switch with WARNING DO NOT ACTIVATE REPAIRS BEING MADE a Check continuity of lockout relay 1 CR contact between points 4 and 2 If continuity exists go to step b If an open circuit exists replace lockout relay 1CR b Check continuity of contactor 1 M contact between points K4 and N4 If continuity exists go to step If open circuit exists replace contactor 1 M c With reverse switch pushed check continuity of reverse switch between points A and B If continuity exists go to step d If open circuit exists replace reverse switch d Check continuity of all wires in reverse drive control circuit from reverse switch to B OL S Also check continuity of any jumper wires in hand control station Repair or replace any wires that indicate an open circuit 2 25 TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 o With forward button pushed check voltage at inputs to resistor across terminal pairs K1 and K2 K1 and K3 and K2 and K3 for 440 Vac If voltage
109. the load chain as shown in Figure 2 2 Place the suspension in the recess on top of Hoist On double chain hoist the dead end block thru RR 2 should project through the bottom of hoist with the pin hole and slot aligned to the underside of hoist as shown in Figure 2 It may be necessary to lift the bolt head from the hex recess in the suspension adapter turn and re seat it to obtain this alignment DO NOT CHANGE THE POSITION OF THE DEAD END BLOCK ON THE BOLT The pin hole should clear the hoist frame by not more than 1 4 on Models E H E 2 and H 2 and 7 1 on Models R RR R 2 and RR 2 3 Insert the screws through the adapter and en gage the self locking nuts enclosed in the hoist Screws will enter the nuts freely except for the last 1 4 of travel during which the resistance of the nut locking collar will be encountered 4 Tighten screws with socket screw key provided Then with both hands on key securely seat screws See table below RECOMMENDED MODEL SCREW SEATING NO SIZE TORQUE A thru H 3 8 16 40 45 Lb Ft A 2 thru H 2 J thru RR J 2 thru RR 2 12 20 UNF 3A 95 105 Lb Ft CAUTION Models J thru RR and J 2 thru RR use special high strength socket head suspension screws stamped with the letters SPS K16 oh the side of the head for identification Under no circumstances should screws other than these be used to attach the suspensions to these hoists FIGURE 1 SUSPENSION ASSEMBLI S
110. the various trolleys are designed and offered WHEELS All wheels are made from high alloy forged steel Treads are accurately machined and hardened to 425 480 Brinell BEARINGS All trolley wheels are equipped with first quality precision ball bearings which are lubricated and sealed at assembly This feature eliminates the necessity for periodic checks and lubrication of the wheel bearings and assures satisfactory bearing life even under adverse operating conditions For special conditions where unusual factors are present the wheel assemblies can be equipped with pressure lubrication fittings Spanmaster wheel assemblies are designed to permit replacing a bearing if necessary without having to replace the entire wheel bearing and axle assembly SIDE ROLLERS Several of the heavier series of trolleys are available equipped with lubricated and sealed precision ball bearing heavy heat treated side guide rollers These side roller trolleys are generally recommended for use on high speed high service power driven equipment When used in this manner this type of trolley can materially extend the life of the rail by eliminating the scuffing action of the wheel flanges on the edge of the rail Where there are curves in the system they also serve to guide the trolleys into and out of the curves when operating at high speeds TWO WHEEL TROLLEYS It will be noted that each trolley series includes a two wheel trolley These two wheel trolleys are the bas
111. this manual and manufacturer s manual instructions in Appendix 4 17 2 Lubrication Lubricate 1 1 2 ton trolley hoist according to instructions on page 9 Chester Hoist Division Parts and Instruction Manual Low Headroom in Appendix BJ 4 17 3 Cleaning and Inspection a Wipe clean with rag dampened with hot soapy water or to remove grease with solvent Wipe dry with clean cloth b Visually inspect trolley hoist structural members for evidence of bends distortion broken welds cracks corrosion or damage Remove corrosion and touch up painted parts according to TB 43 0144 c Visually inspect hook for deformation cracks wear damage or malfunctioning latch and hook attachment Replace hook if necessary d Visually check chains for excessive wear twist distorted links stretch nicks and gouges Apply lubricant if necessary Replace damaged chain e Visually inspect wheels for damage and wear and drive wheel hubs for loose clamping bolts Replace damaged wheel f Visually inspect brake mechanism for worn glazed or contaminated friction disks worn pawls and damaged pawl springs g Visually inspect hand chain wheels chain attachments suspension bolts shafts gears and bearings for worn cracked or distorted parts h Visually check lubrication points specified page 9 in the Chester Hoist Division Bulletin J in Appendix 4 4 TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 4 17 4 Test IDS must perform and record
112. to step e to check motor controller output voltage Check motor controller output voltage across points T1 and T2 T2 and T3 and T1 and T3 If voltage across any terminal pairs is not 440 Vac go to step f If voltage across all three terminal pairs is 440 check input voltage at motor connections T4 and T5 T5 and T6 and T4 and T6 If voltage is not 440 Vac across any terminal pair replace faulty wire If voltage across all three terminal pairs is 440 Vac replace motor Open OFF and secure switchboard circuit breaker P16 Visually check overload protection thermal units for burns or damage If damage is noted replace faulty overload protection thermal unit If damage is not noted check output voltage of overload protection thermal units across points N1 and T1 N2 and T2 and N3 and T3 If voltage across any terminal pair is not 440 Vac replace faulty overload protection thermal unit If voltage across all terminal pairs is 440 Vac go to step g Check voltage input from 24 Vdc panel to relay K across points D1 and D2 If input voltage is not 24 Vdc go to step h If input voltage is 24 Vdc go to step i Check output voltage at power source If output voltage is not 24 Vdc troubleshoot power source If output voltage is 24 Vdc check continuity of output wires If check indicates an open circuit replace wire s If check indicates a closed circuit go to step i Check continuity of relay K3 across points D3 and D4 If connections are go
113. to 11 chain links depending on hoist model should be between the loose end link and the hoist entry See Figure 2 5 If adjustment is necessary see page 17 SHORTENING THE CONTROL CORD If it is necessary to shorten the cord it is recommended that a Control Cord Alteration Kit S 474 be obtained from a distributor of CM Hoist or from the CM Factory However if the proper solderless wiring terminals etc are available proceed as follows 1 After hoist operates properly disconnect power supply open control station and disconnect all wires and steel strain cable 2 Remove cord from control station and slide the neoprene grommet and grommet retainer ring up on the cord 3 Cut off control cord for a length equal to the distance station is to be raised measuring from the end of longest wire 4 Now using the cut off piece of cord as a guide strip outer insulation jacket and shorten individual wires except Green wire to the lengths previously used refer to Figure 5 Strip insulation from each wire for distance required for appropriate terminal 5 Attach proper terminals either ARK LES 3000H4A ARK LES 3000H9A ARK LES 3500H1A or ARK LES 3500H4A to the wires by squeezing or crimping terminal barrel until it firmly grips the conductor Assemble conductor and terminal insulator Shrink Tubing Alpha Wire and Cable Co Fit 221 1 4 1 i d x 1 1 using heat source to appropriate conductors 6 Shor
114. to switch b Remove mounting hardware c Remove switch 2 Installation Install switch in reverse order of removal in step 1 b Control station 2 START STOP switch 1 Removal a Open storage box cover b Perform steps a through c in step a 2 Installation Install switch in reverse order of removal in step 1 Check operationally after installation 3 19 2 2 4 Hydraulic power unit motor controller WARNING Make sure hydraulic power unit motor controller is electrically dead before starting repair or removal Redtag switchboard circuit breaker P16 with WARNING DO NOT ACTIVATE REPAIRS BEING MADE 3 19 2 2 4 1 Cleaning and inspection a Make sure hydraulic power unit motor controller is electrically dead by opening OFF switchboard circuit breaker P16 Redtag circuit breaker with WARNING DO NOT ACTIVATE REPAIRS BEING MADE b Wipe clean exterior of motor controller with clean rag Open motor controller door and vacuum clean or clean inside with electrician s brush Avoid using solvents for cleaning inside motor controller Solvents leave a greasy film on components that may reduce electrical continuity c Check fuse Replace if necessary d Visually inspect for indications of burns corrosion loose connections damaged parts or chipped paint Clean corrosion from contacts and terminals tighten loose connections and replace damaged parts Clean electrical contacts with silver polish fine sandpaper or burni
115. to the bow crane hoisting hook After the workboat lifting harness is securely in place on the crane hook the boat is picked up and lowered into the water by controlling the crane with its control panel levers Figure 3 2 for Barge 1 and Figure 3 3 jor Barges 2 and 3 Unload and retrieve workboat on the barge starboard side to preclude swinging the loaded boom over the crane operator position 3 8 TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 3 9 2 Bow crane The bow crane moves the shore winch from its storage position forward of the bow crane base into an LCM 8 or similar capacity vessel for movement to the beach This operation with the exceptions noted below is very similar to moving the workboat to and from its cradle This 20 ton capacity winch dry weight 5 5 tons is secured to the forward weatherdeck on six steel pads with two steel bolts per pad The bow crane hooks onto the shore winch with a special lifting sling and takes up slack Remove the 12 bolts and the bow crane lifts the shore winch off its pedestals Extend the crane boom to move the shore winch forward to a waiting LCM 8 or similar capacity vessel which is laying across the barge s bow To provide sufficient maneuvering area for the LCM 8 to come in across the barge bow unload before deploying the two bow anchors The LCM 8 runs aground on the beach and lowers its bow ramp The shore unit uses a rough terrain forklift to pick up the shore winch from the LCM 8 hold and position it ashore
116. with any parts of the hoist sufficient cause for replacement 9 NEVER use the hoist rope or chain as a sling 11 MAKE SURE a load clears neighboring stock piles 10 DO NOT divert attention from load while operating machinery or other obstructions when raising hoist lowering or traveling the load 11 NEVER leave a suspended load unattended 12 CENTER hoist over the load before operating 12 DO NOT attempt to lengthen load chain or to repair 13 AVOID swinging of load or load hook when traveling damaged load chain the hoist 13 DO NOT use chain or rope as ground for welding 14 BE SURE load attachment is properly seated in 1 NEVER touch a live welding electrode to the chain or saddle of the hook Balance load properly before rope handling Avoid tip loading 15 PULL in a straight line so that neither hoist body nor load chain or rope are angled around an object 16 MAKE SURE you take up slack slowly 17 ON LEVER OPERATED HOISTS always release hand gradually when under load to avoid flying handle Above reprinted from Hoist Manufacturers Institute Do s and Don ts CONTENTS SECTION A INSTALLATION PAGE NO el ER dM 2 6 PX BHO EE 7 Low Headroom Trolley E e E e Sa a dete atate tae 7 8 REED 8 Current Collectors and 8 9 Ghain eren Ie EUM 10 SECTION B OPERATION General EP 11 Operating IRSHTOCU60S uu Eme 11 Safety
117. 0 209 14 amp P 13 C 3 Handling equipment description The handling equipment is used for lifting transporting and repositioning equipment and materials onboard the barge This system includes a bridge crane bow crane and void 4 trolley hoist The bridge crane is installed in the reverse osmosis water purification unit ROWPU space bow crane on the forward weatherdeck and the trolley hoist in void 4 starboard The bridge crane is used also to load and offload supplies and equipment through the deckhouse starboard sliding door The bow crane is used primarily to unload and load the workboat from the deckhouse top and to load and unload the shore winch from its carrying position in front of the bow crane on the forward weatherdeck The trolley hoist is used to lift or reposition equipment in void 4 C 3 1 Bridge crane system The bridge crane system in the ROWPU space lifts and transports heavy equipment and materials such as diesel generators and 55 gallon drums The bridge crane is also used for loading and unloading equipment and materials through the deckhouse starboard sliding door Bridge crane major components include two 5 ton capacity motor driven overhead cranes with end truck assemblies a manual chain operated geared trolley hoist a cable reel located midway in each system and an I beam rail system The I beam rail system which the cranes move over is suspended from the deckhouse structure by a series of support posts Two crosso
118. 0 3 60 1 33 20 14 Yellow Block Stripe to White 23 R 2 Yellow Blue Stripe 75 Whue Blue Stripe to Yellow Black Stripe to White 23 White 75 AA 2 C 2 230 3 0 5 15 1 6 19 Yellow Block Siripe to Yellow Blue Stripe to F 2 H 2 Yellow Blue Stripe 40 White 75 Yellow Black Stripe to White Black Stripe to White 40 While Blue Stripe 295 Yellow Blue Stripe to White Black Stripe to White 40 White 19 1 White Black Siripe to White Biue Stripe ta White Blue Stripe 18 While 29 5 White Block Stripe to White 18 JJ LL amp RR 220 460 2 58 29 White Black Stripe to White Blue Stripe to 3 80 Oronge Biack Stripe 19 White 18 White Blue Stripe to AA C F 15 1 60 7 2 to Yellow Orange Blue Stripe 19 Start Winding 4 3 White to Orange us dpt T Green Stripe 1 9 un Winging Yellow Black Stripe to AA C F H 230 1 60 36 Blue to Yellow Yellow Blue Stripe 39 Start Winding 15 5 Yellow Black Stripe to White to Orange Yellow Green Stripe 39 Run Winding 56 Yellow Blue Stripe to AA C F H 230 460 V 17785 White Block Stripe to Yellow Green Stripe 3 9 3 60 Orange Block Stripe 12 5 White Blue Stripe to H 2 2 2303 50 2 47 72 42 Yellow Block Stripe to Stripe 12 5 amp RR 2 Yellow Blue Stripe 11 5 White to Oronge Yellow Black Stripe to Green Stripe 12 5 White 11 5 Yellow Block Stripe to Yellow Blue Stripe to Yellow Blue Stripe 25 White n5 Yellow Block Stripe to White Block Stripe to Yellow Green Stripe 25 White Blue Stripe 2
119. 0 Lockwasher Frame Half Geared End 20 375 20 375 4 20 375 20 375 4 51 Frame Half 93201 1 93201 2 93201 5 1 3201 6 1 CHESTER HOIST DIVISION MONOGRAM INDUSTRIES PHONE 216 424 7248 LISBON OHIO U S A 44432 1 Hoist Assembly 3 4 8 10 amp 12 Ton CHESTER HOIST DIVISION MONOGRAM INDUSTRIES PHONE 216 424 7248 e LISBON OHIO U S A 44432 16 Hoist Assembly 16 20 amp 24 Ton PART NO PER CAPACITY PC NO DESCRIPTION 20T QTY 24T QTY 1 Sende Assembly 3 Bearing Drive Shati 2 4 Keeper Bull Gear A 2 5 2 Nut HexSeparatorstud o1752a e sea ora 3 s Bon Keeper 235 s 23775 8 2305 8 16 2 37 165 2 17 2 2 19 Lube Fitting 4 20 Axle Bull Gear 2 21 Bearing 4 22 Shaft Gear Splined 1 23 Gear Bull 2 24 Load Wheel 2 25 Guide Load Chain 2 26 8 2 Lockwasher Gude 20378 8 mr 8 28 9324 24 2 31 2 32 93074 93074 2 33 2 Bearing diertop 8620 4 J 8306 4 8306 4 35 9347 16 9947 20 2 36 9334 16 1 37 237 2 38 20 375 2 39 2 40 2 41 9394 16 2 42 Bolt Live End Bale 5 37 125 5 37 125 5 37 125 2 CHESTER HOIST DIVISION MONOGRAM INDUSTRIES PHONE 216 424 7248 LISBON OHIO U S A 44432 Hoist Assembly 16 20 amp 24 Ton CHESTER HOIST DIVISION MONOGRAM INDUSTRIES PHONE 216 424 7248 e LISBON OHIO U S A 44432 1
120. 0 grams 35 ounce lhectogram 10 dekagrams 3 52 ounces 1 kilogram 10 hectograms 2 2 pounds 1quintal 100 kilograms 220 46 pounds 1 metric 10 quintals 1 1 short tons Cubic Measure lcu centimeter 1000 cu millimeters 06 cu inch 1 cu decimeter 1000 cu centimeters 61 02 cu inches 1 cu meter 1000 cu decimeters 35 31 cu feet Approximate Conversion Factors To change To Multiply by To change To Multiply by inches centimeters 2 540 ounce inches newton meters 007062 feet meters 305 centimeters inches 394 yards meters 914 meters feet 3 280 miles kilometers 1 609 meters yards 1 094 square inches square centimeters 6 451 kilometers miles 621 square feet square meters 093 square centimeters square inches 155 square yards square meters 836 square meters square feet 10 764 square miles square kilometers 2 590 square meters square yards 1 196 acres square hectometers 405 square kilometers square miles 386 cubic feet cubic meters 028 square hectometers acres 2 471 cubic yards cubic meters 765 cubic meters cubic feet 35 315 fluid ounces milliliters 29 573 cubic meters cubic yards 1 308 pints liters 473 milliliters fluid ounces 034 quarts liters 946 liters pints 2 113 gallons liters 3 785 liters quarts 1 057 ounces grams 28 349 liters gallons 264 pounds kilograms 454 grams ounces 085 short tons metric tons 907 kilograms pounds 2 205 pound feet newton meters 1 856 metric tons short tons 1 102 pound inch
121. 00037 40 Guarnizione OR O ring 7 5 di Guise fing 2 AG401 41 Anelto aulootoccanie Seti iocking ning 3 8 Guarnizione Seal 1 58407 42 Pisione Piston Anele anuesirusione Suooon ong i 100043 43 Guarnizione Sea H 3 Suarmizicne Dust cover seal 1 Gw433 Sene compieta guarnuzioni Comolete sel ot seais Sene comoleta guarnzioni sel of seais 3 2r mo steio cungre Fust roa 1 100030 2 Suarniziona CR O nng i 60187 e Vale ino alla gru 0051 uo Io crane C051 Sall tocking ng 1 100726 72 asione P ston 1 100725 1 7 Guarnizione Seal 1 GP403 u Guarniziona OR O nng 50188 16 anugstrusione Suppon ang 1 BK975 B Shiera Ring nut 100038 Io Anello i ring 2 AG317 53 Seal 68378 9 Guarnizione Dusi cover seas 1 Gw432 20 Seconco stelo Secona rod 1 100031 21 Guarnizione OR O ring 1 GO145 Gvarrizione OR O nn j Suiat aneno anuestrusione 5 nng 2 BK938 Busn 1 55196 i Sronzna Busn 56532 24 Guarnizione OR O nng 50158 25 Sniera Ring nut 1 100218 12 Anello g arresio 1 5999 27 autoploccanie Seil locking nng 52499 25 Soacer 100036 29 Guarn zione CR O ring 1 50120 1 30 asione 1 00034 Do Guarnzione Seal 1 GP399 32 Guarnizione
122. 1 1 lt ungro 1 00832 Guarrizione CR Q nng 60142 2 Guarnizione OR O ring 52131 3 Shea Ring nut u 51179 3 Ghiera Rung nui 00B83 E Guarnizione Sea GM370 4 Guarnizione Seal B 38348 5 Guarn zione Dust cover sesi Gwaig 5 Guarnizione parapoivere Cust cover seal i 94435 Sieio Rod 1 100042 6 Sleio Roa 1 cogga 7 OR O ong 1 GOU32 7 Guarnizione OR C nng 1 30122 I P siore Piston B 51180 a Pisione Piston 51 80 Guarnizione OR O ring 2 GO142 9 Guarnizione OR O ring 2 20142 15 Aneio antiestrus one Sucoon 2 BK920 10 Aneilo anuestrusione Supoon 2 3K920 ES autooloccante Seit Iocking nut 24619 1 Dado aulootoccante Selt locking 1 346519 Sene comoieta guarnuioni Comoiete sei of seals 1 GSC21 Sene comotela guarnizion Comotete sat of seals 1 6501201 vaie hino alla gru 037 e Agplicabie up Ine crane 037 sinistro Comole lef ram 1 100880 Cylinder 100881 1 2 Guarnizione OR O nng 50131 3 Gmera Aing nut 1 160883 Guarnizione Sea G8358 5 Guarnizione Dust cover 1 Swaas Steio Roa i 100882 n Guarnizions OR O ring 50132 3 P stone Piston 1 51180 9 Guarnizione OR O nng 2 142 9 Aneto anvesirusione Suocon ang 2 8 920 yn es autootoccante Sett locking nut 1 DA619 Sene com leta guarnunoru set o sea
123. 1 602 061 99 WL TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 3 19 2 2 5 Hydraulic power unit WARNING Make sure hydraulic power unit is electrically dead before starting repair or removal Redtag switchboard circuit breaker P16 Crane Hydraulic Unit 3 19 2 2 51 Cleaning and inspection a f g Clean exterior of hydraulic power unit with hot soapy water or with an approved solvent Rinse thoroughly and dry with clean cloth or dry with filtered compressed air Clean pump motor exterior with filtered compressed air or vacuum Wipe using clean cloth moistened with an approved solvent Clean terminals and wipe wires with lint free cloth or with electrician s brush Visually inspect hydraulic power unit including hoses for leaks corrosion cracks or damage Repair leaks Replace hoses if necessary Remove corrosion and touch up paint according to TB 43 0144 Visually inspect pump motor for burned bent loose corroded or otherwise damaged terminals Inspect wiring for breaks loose connections or other obvious damage Tighten loose connections replace damaged terminals and replace damaged wiring Touch up paint according to TB 43 0144 Do not paint threads or labels Visually inspect fill cap Clean if necessary Visually inspect filter element Replace filter element if necessary Visually inspect level and quality of hydraulic fluid Add fluid or drain and refill as necessary 3 19 2 2 5 2 Repair Repair involves replacement of the
124. 115 Vac replace wire s from points J1 and J2 to magnetic coil points A and B 2 16 5 Bridge Crane Trolley Brake WARNING Shut down bridge crane system before attempting maintenance Be sure to open OFF circuit breaker 6 5 on power panel 1 Red tag circuit breaker with WARNING DO NOTACTIVATE REPAIRS BEING MADE However if one of the bridge crane assemblies must be operational disconnect and tape voltage input wires at crane reel of bridge crane to be shut down 2 16 5 1 Cleaning and inspection a Make sure bridge crane system is electrically dead by opening OFF power panel 1 circuit breaker 6P5 If one of the bridge cranes must be operational open OFF and secure circuit breaker 6P5 and disconnect and tape voltage input cable terminals at crane reel of bridge crane to be repaired Then close ON circuit breaker 6P5 so other bridge crane is operational b Wipe clean exterior of brake with clean cloth Vacuum clean or clean inside with electrician s brush Avoid using solvents for cleaning inside of brake Solvents leave a greasy film on components that may reduce electrical continuity c Visually inspect exterior and interior for damage Check friction disk for wear Check springs and other components for damage or loose parts Check magnet assembly for indications of burns corrosion loose connections or damaged wires Check exterior for chipped paint Clean corrosion from terminals tighten loose connections and replace da
125. 133 E 1 100383 1 0 Wa Pipe 1 100406 EET Nipole 4 N1921 2 Tuno tesse Hose 2 TGS49 13 Zaivoia blocca Btock valve 1 140 Paccarco qirevote Revolving unan 21 22 21 22 2 Rv992 ves Pioa 2 190389 Raccordo Elbow como 21 22 compl 21 22 e 85946 i upo Mose TG548 8 Q DIOCCO Block H VA155 68 Soeooporio hoo Pipe 8 CF 04 4 D Screw 4 1584 Guarniziene OR O nng 1 60145 ioc Wasner RP225 i 1 I i i i SRU IDRAULICHG PIPING FOR ROTATION 20 22 CODICE coot M 24 19 2 23 x DENOMINAZIONE DESCRIPTION CODICE ros DENOMINAZIONE DESCRIPTION ino alla cru mair 056 o he 056 comol 18 19 Compl 18 19 NIS86 ay ad 1 100245 3 706 Pipe D 100247 boc tuoi Pioes supoon 1 100424 ke Ge Rondela wasner 3 RE276 2 Vie Screw 3 1545 17 Seessore Shim 1 100425 W 7200 t essibile Hose 2 TGS74 3 Hose 2 76575 Raccordo Elbow 2 Rv944 U icomp 20 21 compl 20 21 3 NI988 72 Valvola regolaince Reguisior VA150 15 grevae Revowimg union comp 20 21
126. 14 amp P 13 WARNING If anti 2 block horn sounds while operating crane stop crane and make sure WARNING light on anti 2 block is lit Position HORN ON OFF switch to OFF Then troubleshoot as discussed in manufacturer s service manual ir Appendix B CAUTION Bow crane s control valve system has built in pressure relief valves that protect various hydraulic components in the event the crane is overloaded In case of overload boom begins to drop at a slow rate Correct overload condition before continuing lifting operation h When ready release tension on three tiedown straps on each side of cradle and station crewmembers on control lines Using crane winch lift boat about 6 inches vertically from cradle i If all is under control unhook three tiedown straps on each side of cradle WARNINGS Crewmembers and workboat must never touch VHF FM antenna mounted outboard of starboard railing Antenna may contain high voltages that will seriously injure personnel In moving workboat with crane workboat and crane must never pass over crane operator or other crewmembers j Lift boat vertically using winch to clear all items on deckhouse top and slew crane in a counterclockwise direction to move boat over starboard side k Keep control lines tight to control boat during movement Slowly lower boat into water keeping harness taut to maintain control of boat until it is secured to the barge m Lower crane winch hook remove lifting
127. 2 closing gap B adjustment for friction disc wear is required Turn two screws 26 clockwise until magnet gap A reads 040 to 045 at narrowest gap for 1 and 2 disc models and reads 050 to 055 at narrowest gap for 3 disc models Any delay in adjusting gap will result in eventual loss of torque TORQUE ADJUSTMENT The 60 Series Brake is factory set for rated static torque To increase stopping time and lower torque turn two locknuts above torque springs 16 counterclockwise increasing spring length Each full turn decreases torque by approximately 10 Do not adjust brakes for higher torque as this will cause premature coil burnout TROUBLE SHOOTING BRAKE DOES NOT RELEASE Check for failure of power supply to brake Check brake visually for broken or damaged parts Check for broken leadwire or bad electrical connection Check for correct voltage Voltage must correspond to that listed on brake nameplate If voltage is more than 10 below figure stamped on nameplate magnet will not pull in causing coil to burn out within minutes If voltage is more than 1096 above coil will overheat and burn out Check for burned out coil coil may be charred or burned BREAK DOES NOT STOP Check that manual release is in normal reset position Check brake visually for broken or damaged parts Check disc wear See WEAR ADJUSTMENT Check for broken friction disc Make certain hub has not shifted position on shaft and
128. 2 Bow Crane Operating Controls Barge 1 3 3 TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 Figure 3 3 Bow Crane Operating Controls Barges 2 and 3 3 4 TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 GREEN START BUTTON STARTS HYDRAULIC POWER UNIT PUMP MAIN SWITCH ON UP CLOSES SWITCH TO MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL OFF DOWN OPENS CIRCUIT HANDS OFF AUTO SWITCH HAND ALLOWS HYDRAULIC POWER UNIT PUMP TO BE MANUALLY STARTED BY CONTROLLER START BUTTON OR STARTED OR STOPPED BY START OR STOP BUTTON ON DECKHOUSE TOP CONTROL STATION LOCATION ON VOID 1 AFT BULKHEAD OFF STOPS PUMP AUTO NOT USED Figure 3 4 Hydraulic Power Unit Motor Controller 3 5 LOWER BOOM USE MAIN HOIST TAP FIST ON HEAD TRAVEL ONE TRACK LOCK THE TRACK ON SIDE INDICATED BY RAISED FIST TRAVEL OPPOSITE TRACK IN DIRECTION INDICATED BY CIRCULAR MOTION OF OTHER FIST FOR CRAWLER CRANES ONLY ZH RAISE THE BOOM AND LOWER THE LOAD THUMB POINTING UP FLEX FINGERS IN AND OUT as N 9 7 4 8 EXTEND BOOM TELESCOPING BOOMS ONE IN FRONT CHEST WITH THUMBS TAPPING CHEST RETRACT BOOM TELESCOPING BOOMS ONE FIST THUMB POINTING OUTWARD AND HEEL OF FIST TAP PING CHEST EXTEND BOOM TELESCOPING BOOMS BOTH FISTS IN FRONT OF WARD BODY WITH THUMBS POINTING OUT TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 MOVE SLOWLY 1 1 TRAVEL BOTH 5 USE BOTH FIST IN FRONT OF BODY MAKING CIRCULAR MOTION
129. 25 26 Rv943 52 Raccerso tomo 23 2 comot 23 24 2 Rv958 yoo apo Brevini Brevini i 100833 7 Trasmitan Pipe Trasmitai type 101317 Raccarao gomito Elbow comol 27 281 comol 27 28 1 85958 7452 1 36676 22 woo Brean JfvOn Breen type 29 30 comol 29 30 1 5255 1 Faccarco Trasmilal Jmon Trasmear 27 28 comol 27 28 AS956 Suarnizone CR 2 4 59145 Nasner 5 225 Guarana 5 9 50 75 t RP228 Suarmzione OR 2 1 50174 Wasner 1 RP22T Guarniziore OF Seng 50122 Waser D 52232 GUERSSI SFILABILI FIO 2 Riess EXTENSION BOOMS ASSEMBLY FOR FIO 2 TAV 1 1 POS DENOMINAZIONE DESCRIPTION Coon ITEM PENA COMER ads VUE ra 1 Braccio secondano comal 27 Secondary compl 2 1 100045 Sronzna Busn 2 82008 3 ngrassatore Grease nipple 184 Panno Guide snoe g 90732 5 wasner 4 RE268 I a vile Screw 4 51603 Panno Guide shoe 1 100450 8 Soessore 0 5 Shum 0 5 t 100248 Soessore 0 8 Shim 0 8 100449 9 Ghiera Ring nut 12 36114 i 2 First extension Jb 1 100060 1 Panno Gude snoe 100323 12 Soessore 0 5 Shim 0 5 1 100224 Spessore 2 8
130. 3 Terminal Board 1 S 326 Intermediate Gear amp Pinion Bearing inboard 1 S 677 Selector Relay Mounting Screw Lockwasher 2 5 777 Lower Hook Block Washer 1 S 204 Limit Switch Shaft Washer 1 S 327 Lodestar Protector 1 S 678 Relay Contactor Shield 1 5 800 Selector Relay 1 S 205 Limit Switch Guide Plate 1 S 328 Lodestar Protector Kit 1 S 679 Aux Contact Switch Contactor Coil Jumper Black 2 S 830 Dead End Bolt Specia Alloy Bolt 1 S 207 Limit Switch Guide Plate Attaching Screw 2 Items 5 124 S 321 5 322 5 323 5 325 amp 5 327 5 683 Contactor Relay Jumper Specify Length 2 S 833 Dead End Biock 1 5 211 Limit Switch Shaft Gear Bushing 1 5 401 Motor Shaft Bearing Retaining Nut 1 S 683B Contactor Relay Jumper Specify Length 1 834 Dead End Pin Special Alloy Pin 1 213 Limit Switch Bracket Attaching Screw 2 5 402 Motor Shaft Bearing Outboard 1 S 684 Contactor Brake Coil Jumper 2 5 835 Dead End Pin Cotter Pin 1 5 216 Limit Switch Sub Assembly Mounting Screw 1 5 404 Motor Reversing Switch 1 S 700 Swivel Hook Suspension 1 S 836 Dead End Pin Washer 1 S 217 Limit Switch Shaft Spring 1 S 406 Motor Reversing Switch Attaching Screw 2 Items 5 701 thru 5 706 for Models A AA B 5 860 Lower Hook Block Assembly 1 S 218 Harness Hold Down 1 S 407 Line Connector 1 2 50 6 F 2 2 B 2 2 amp F 2 Items 5 770 amp 5 861 thru S 867 5 219 Warning Labe 1 S 413 Rotor amp Shaft Sub Assembly 1 Items S 701 thru 5 706 5 830
131. 30 16 Overhead Hoists obtainable from American National Standards Institute 1430 Broadway New York N Y 10018 U S A HOOKS Hooks damaged from chemicals deformations or cracks or that have more than a 10 degree twist from the plane of the unbent hook or excessive opening or seat wear must be replaced Also on latch type hooks hooks that are opened and allows the latch to disengage the tip must be replaced Any hook that is twisted or has excessive throat opening indicates abuse or overloading of the unit Other load sustaining components of the hoist should be inspected for damage Check to assure latch is not damaged or bent The charts below should be used to determine when the hook must be replaced On latch type hooks remove latch to measure opening Be sure to replace latch after measurements are completed MEASURE OPENING LATCH TYPE HOOK HOOK THROAT OPENINGS REPLACE HOOK WHEN MODELS OPENING IS GREATER THAN A A 2 AA AA 2 B B 2 1X C C 2 F F 2 E E 2 H H 2 J 2 1 JJ JJ 2 L L 2 LL 11 2 R R 2 RR RR 2 1 ias E LATCHLOK TYPE HOOK HOOK THROAT OPENINGS B MIN AND SEAT WEAR REPLACE HOOK WHEN MODELS OPENING OR SEAT ARE B Min A A 2 AA AA 2 B B 2 C C 2 E E 2 F F 2 ix 5 5 H H 2 J J 2 JJ 11 2 a L L 2 LL LL R R 2 RR RR 2 1 ng FIGURE 11 13 Lodestar Protector The Lodestar Protector should operate for t
132. 33754 20375 9320120 Bottom Block Assembly 1 2 5 amp 6 Ton 93201 24 PART NO PER CAPACITY 1 2 s e Latch Assembly Hnc 3 ma ms Ji H Bottom Hook amp Nut 9401 1 942 i 9465 1 946 Bottom Crosshead 935214 1 93522 93525 1 9352 6 soi 1 sme 1 995 1 995 2 2 ors 2 995 Panona L _ i 6 28 cena coena 633 ses CHESTER HOIST DIVISION MONOGRAM INDUSTRIES PHONE 216 424 7248 9 LISBON OHIO U S A 44432 20 Bottom Block Assembly 3 4 8 10 amp 12 Ton PART PER CAPACITY HL 3 1 33403 93403 63523 99528 9393 991 3 NONE NONE 9354 8 2 9354 10 2 9354 12 NONE H 1728 8 2 1728 8 2 17288 81816 93563 9388 3 9388 12 20312 4 2092 20625 20628 4 20625 1 25 3 1 25 4 1 25 8 1 25 10 25 12 C 38 V2 A 38 938 2 C 38 3 38 3 CHESTER HOIST DIVISION MONOGRAM INDUSTRIES 216 424 7248 LISBON OHIO U S A 44432 DESCRIPTION Latch Assembly Bottom Hook amp Nut Bottom Crosshead Lube Fitting Pin Hook Nut Load Chain a mto ets ne pe 21 Bottom Block Assembly 16 20 amp 24 Ton CHESTER HOIST DIVISION MONOGRAM INDUSTRIES e PHONE 216 424
133. 5 Screws and lock washers 17 SETTING UPPER LIMIT SWITCH 5 10 11 12 13 Refer to Table The A dimensions given are the minimum distances that should be set between top of hook block and bottom of hoist In other words the highest allowable hook position Reconnect hoist to power supply Run hook to the desired upper position cautiously operating the hoist without a load Disconnect hoist from power supply Moving one traveling nut toward the other increases hook travel and away from the other decreases the travel Now turn the nut nearest the switch indicated as the UPPER LIMIT SWITCH until it just breaks the limit switch contacts An audible click will be heard as the switch opens Continue to rotate the nut toward the switch an additional two full teeth on single limit switch gear reduction or one full tooth on double limit switch gear reduction refer to Table Reposition the guide plate in the next slot and securely tighten screws Reconnect hoist to power supply and check the stopping point of hook by first lowering the hook about 10 inches then raise the hook by jogging cautiously until the upper limit switch stops upward motion The stopping point of hook should be the desired upper position If not repeat the above instructions Double check setting by lowering the hook about 2 feet and then run the hook into the upper limit with i UP control held depressed Fine adjustment of the upper l
134. 6E1934 13226E1935 13226E1939 13226E1941 13226E1943 13226E1952 13226E1953 13226E1954 13226E1955 13226E1956 13226E1957 13226E1958 ROWPU Barge Arrangement List of Label Plates Drinking Water System Drinking Water System Operational Instruction Placard Hydraulic System Voids Ventilation Bridge Crane System Chlorination System Crane and Personnel Boat Foundations Alarm Casualty Monitoring System Electrical Power Schematic Diagram Communication System Load Cables and Circuit Breakers Data Electrical Power System Layout Motor Controllers Schematic and Wiring Diagram Chlorination System Operational Instruction Placard Battery Box Multimedia Filter Assembly Barge 1 Tank Multimedia Filter Barge 1 Plate Information Multimedia Filter Barge 1 Distributor Assy Bottom Multimedia Filter Barge 1 Distributor Assy Top Multimedia Filter Barge 1 ROWPU Barge Type 231A Radial Hub Barge 1 ROWPU Barge Type 231A Lateral Slotted Barge 1 A 2 Demolition to Prevent Enemy Use TM 750 244 3 A 3 Cleaning Fed Spec P D 680 Procedures for Destruction of Equipment to Prevent Enemy Use Metal Cleaning Solvent for Army Use A 2 A 4 Rigging TB5 725 A 5 Maintenance DA PAM 738 750 A 391 65 TB 43 0144 MIL STD 1261 TM 9 214 TM 9 237 TM 55 503 TB 43 0142 TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 Rigging The Army Maintenance Management System TAMMS American Society of Testing and Material Specification Paintin
135. 7 5 118 5 119 5 120 5 122 5124 5 125 5 128 5 129 5 130 5 131 131 5 132 196 5 197 198 199 58 200 5 201 5 203 5 205 5 207 5 212 5 213 5 214 5 215 5 216 5 217 5 219 5 220 5221 222 5 223 5 224 5 225 5 229 5 231 5 250 5 251 5 252 5 253 254 5 255 Motor Housing Cover Back Frarne Cover Gasket Capacity Insert Motor Cover amp Back Frame Cover Alignment Pin Motor Housing Cover Screw Motor Housing Cover Screw Lockwasher Motor Housing Cover Screw Washer Motor Housing Cover Includes S 219 Back Frame Dowel Suspension Adapter Anchor Hoist Identification Piate Hoist Identification Plate Drive Screw Motor Housing Loose End Nut Suspension Adapter Nut Chain Guide Gear Housing Piug Gear Housing S 119 Included Gear Housing Attaching Screw Gear Housing Gasket Back Frame Back Frame Attaching Screw 134 Lg Back Frame Attaching Screw 2 Lg Back Frame Cover 5 106 Included Back Frame Cover Screw Lockwasher Back Frame Cover Screw Washer Back Frame Cover Screw Terminal Board Spacer Terminal Board Wiring Shield Terminal Board Mounting Screw 1 5 Lg Terminal Board Mounting Screw 114 Lg Terminal Board Mounting Screw Nut Terminai Board Mounting Screw Terminal Board Limit Switch Guide Plate Limit Switch Guide Plate Attaching Screw Limit Switch Bracket Attaching Screw Lockwasher Limit Switch Bracket Attaching Screw Limit S
136. 7248 LISBON OHIO U S A 44432 22 Bottom Block Assembly 16 20 amp 24 Ton PART NO PER CAPACITY T PC NO DESCRIPTION 16 QTY 1 Latch Assembly 2 3 Bottom Crosshead 9352 16 1 4 Thrust Bearing 93946 5 Driving Pin 931 16 4 6 Axle Bottom Block Idler 7 Bearing Idler B2620 8 8 9 Sheave Bottom Block Idler 9356 16 10 Guard Idler Bottom 9388 16 11 Lockwasher Guard 20 500 12 Bolt Guard 3 500 125 14 Load Chain Trolley Drive Assembly 20 QTY QTY HL 20 EE 9340 20 9340 24 9352 20 935224 1 939 20 1 939234 1 931 20 93124 4 935420 4 935424 4 a 9356 24 4 9388 24 4 4 8 25 24 1 C 38 3 2 11 2 2 3 4 5 6 amp 8 Ton PART PER CAPACITY DESCRIPTION 1 Lube Fitting Block Bearing Short Spacer Pinion Gear Pinion Shatt Trolley Drive 2 3 4 5 Snap Ring Pinion 6 7 Key Pinion Gear 8 Key Handwheel 1 amp 2 m go zi N UJ 1728 B 906B 9395 3 9611 3 5100 87 4 o o o QTY QTY 3 1728 B 1 T 9306B T 9306B o 9 m 5100 87 9311 3 1 4 x 48 x 112 147 x 18 x 15347 1 906A 14 x 1 8 x 5 8 1 4 x 1 8 x 27 T 9063A 14 x 1 8 x 1 2 2 14 x 1 8 x 1 7 8 1 T 9306A 1 20 312 3 31 1
137. 8 Hoist Assembly 16 20 amp 24 Ton PART NO PER CAPACITY PC NO DESCRIPTION 20T QTY 24T QTY 2 Frame Hall H awneel Side a Keeper Bull Gear Axis 2 5 2 7 Nut HexSeparatorStud 917524 9224 922A 8 Bot 8 zrs 5 23775 9 Lockwasher Keeper e zoro 20750 e 12 Lockwasher Frame Half 20 437 4 2047 4 20437 4 13 Spacer Pipe Long E 15 Bale Dead End 9393 16 9393 20 9393 24 9324 24 20 312 5 31 2 9391 24 18 Lockwasher Bale 20 437 2 18 ase mes 20 22 9374 16 1 9374 20 1 24 Load Wheel __ 9329 16 2 25 26 3775 33775 Lockwasher Guide 20 875 20 375 27 Lockwasher Guide 20 375 8 28 Stripper 9324 16 2 9324 20 2 29 Lockwasher Stripper 20 312 30 Bolt Stripper 41 31 Shaft Top Idler 9391 16 2 PO LM EM LH i 5 5 OEM MOIMPALA MTR PPT MP 32 33 8260 4 s a 506 as 9047 16 36 37 20 375 40 93895 16 T 9394 16 8394 20 CHESTER HOIST DIVISION MONOGRAM INDUSTRIES PHONE 216 424 7248 LISBON OHIO U S A 44432 19 Hoist Assembly 16 20 amp 24 Ton PART NO PER CAPACITY pescription 4 2 91216 4 99120 931224 958416 FrameHallGeared 3873 4
138. Brakes do not hold when lifted a few inches do not use hold equipment until brakes are adjusted Avoid bumping safety stops and protec tive stops Use for emergency stop only Check rotating friction disc for wear Wear is adjustment Adjust as necessary or 1 16 inch replace if total wear is 1 16 in Visually check brake assembly and man ual release for broken or damaged parts Replace or repair as required Clean brake magnet faces if dirty Insert Clean sheet of paper between magnet faces and energize brake Move paper around between magnet faces to dis lodge dirt Remove paper TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 PROCEDURES INTERVAL ITEM EQUIPMENT ITEM TO BE CHECK FOR AND HAVE IS NOT READY REPAIRED OR ADJUSTED INSPECTED URED AVAL ADLE IY g Troubleshoot according to instructions contained in Dings Co bulletin BK 4613 60 series for heavy duty unipac brake included in Appendix B WARNING To avoid the risk of injury to personnel or damage to equipment make sure clamp ends on drum lifter are not broken bent or otherwise damaged 3 Cable Reel a Visually check reel assembly and mount Damaged Assembly Cable ing for damage broken or missing parts broken Hand Held or loose missing fasteners and secure or missing parts Controls ments Repair replace and or tighten as necessary b Check cable guide to make sure that Cable line is not cable pays reel
139. C gives these signals The crane operator and NCOIC should check with each other before using hand signals to be sure that each person clearly understands all signals As an alternate method the NCOIC and crane operator can use walkie talkies 3 1 5 TON TROLLEY TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 END TRUCK iis ASSEMBLY 5 TON BRIDGE CRANE MOTOR DRIVEN e e z a AE d P ed a mE bo CROSSOVER NE 272 ASSEMBLY STOP HOIST MANUALLY OPERATED 4 TROLLEY LATERAL MOVEMENT CHAIN MOVES TROLLEY SIDEWAYS PULL DOWN ON PORT SIDE CHAIN TO MOVE TROLLEY TOWARD PORT SIDE REVERSE PROCEDURE TROLLEY HOIST CHAIN MOVE UP OR DOWN MOVE TROLLEY TOWARD STARBOARD AS DESIRED t BOTTOM BLOCK ASSEMBLY WITH SAFETY CLIP Figure 3 1 Bow Crane in Traveling Stowed Position 3 2 TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 BOW CRANE USED FOR LAUNCHING AND RETRIEVING THE WORK BOAT WINCH 4 PL WORKSHOP CREW QUARTERS CROSSOVER 2 PL BARGE WEATHER DECK BRIDGE CRANE MOTOR CONTROLLER BRIDGE CRANE 2 PL 2 PL PORT AND STBD ROWPU MEDIA FILTER 6 PL ROWPU DIESEL ENGINE 2 PL FUEL OIL DAY TANK DIESEL HIGH PRESSURE PUMP 2 PL PORT AND STBD JIB RAIL DEPLOYED POSITION MAIN SWITCH BOARD JIB RAIL STOWED POSITION SOFT PATCH HATCH 3 PL MAIN STORAGE AREA VENT FAN TYPICAL PLACEMENT WATER DISCHARGE HOSE AND REEL Figure 3
140. CE CODE 21 H DENOMINAZIONE DESCRIPTION POS DENOMINAZIONE 7 rame wasner 4 RRBO i girevote Aevoiving 1 Rv963 8 union 1 Rv964 Pug 2 TA734 Race a gomilo com 22 23 Zloow compl 22 23 2 RS946 5 1 100295 7 gomito 24425 Elbow 24 25 5 85947 1 Plug 2 TA736 i 3 como 24 25 compi 24425 2 NI985 1 Tuno Fipe 1 100261 z Ymon 2 Rv980 ie Plug 1 TA735 Tuno Pipe 100401 1 1 Loo Pipe 1 100387 55 Tudo Pioe 100399 15 7200 1 100403 i Nipple 1 NI921 hog Pipe 1 100575 9 Tuco Pipe 1 100574 20 woo Pioe 8 CF104 Screw 4 vised 22 Suarmzione OR O ring Gores 23 Pongetla Wasner RP225 2 Guarnizione GR O nag 50138 38 Washer RP227 i H TUBAZIONE PER MARTINETTI STABILIZZATORI PIPING FOR OUTRIGGER RAMS GAU ORAULICHE 1 DENOMINAZIONE DESCRIPTION ATA CODICE POS DENOMINAZIONE DESCRIPTION CODICE n 0 compl 21 22 Nipple 21 221 8 NI920 250 Poe 2 100393 5 Aaccorco 9 Plug 2 TA735 i soc 100407 5 Tuco Pipe 1 100385 Pipe 100381 s Tuco Pipe 1 3
141. CONO COLOR 14 STRIPE HA HO U 9 WIRING DIAGRAM LOOESTAR HOIST Y YELLOW MODEL 4 AA B C E F H TAN 3 OH SINGLE VOLTAGE TYPE 5 CONT 04 ONANGE lt lt ET P PURPLE INTERLOCK WIRING HARNESS MOTOR REVERSING SwITCH Meee ee ee ee os ee ee CHISHOLM MOORE HOST COLUMGUE QORP CONTROL wau 0068 WONT J l R SINELE PHASE p TACTOR FIRST 1S sos coen OF gt 8 35995 waq MCOmD COLOR 4 STRIPE Ling CONNECTOR M CHAMCAL mTERLOCR i es 8 355995 24 Z HARNESS Y COMVEET PAOD 460 TO 430 OPERATION CONVERSOR TERMINAL wove Gace GF THE 814456 Pace T 1 4 m 794 ROS matuto 460 TO THE MMNTCALLY COLOMER LUG m Det ROS BARRED 50 VOLTS CAUTION THE ATON CF LACH ERO MATCH THE TUG COLORS ABJACENT TO THE Loe 440 Q ATTACHED ALL 914456 MUST m TRE saut ROW muc unm MICHARICAL e Ee Suku So CONTACTOR 2 i a BOARO CHISHOLM MOORE HOIST COLUMBUS CORP USA WIRE DIAGRAM LODESTAR HOST WODELS 2 JL LL EAM 3 PHASE SINGLE VOLTAGE CONTROL Q STATION FIRST COLOR 1 BODY COLOR St
142. Check the switch connections and actu erating single phase unit only ating finger and contacts for sticking or damage Check centrifugal mechanism for loose or damaged components Replace de fective part d Phase failure three phase unit d See Item Ib only 4 Hook raises but a Open lowering circuit open Check electrical continuity and repair will not lower shorted winding in reversing replace defective part Check operation of contactor coil or speed selecting limit switch as described on page 5 relay coil loose connection or broken wire in circuit control station contacts not making lower limit switch contacts open b See Item 3c b Motor reversing switch not op 5 Hook lowers erating single phase unit only a See Item lb when hoisting a Phase failure three phase unit control is only operated 19 TROUBLE 6 Hook does not stop promptly 7 Hoist operates sluggishly 8 Motor overheats 9 Hook fails to stop at either or both ends of travel 10 Hook stopping point varies 11 Hoist will not operate at slow speed in either direction PROBABLE CAUSE Brake slipping Excessive load Excessive load Low voltage Phase failure or unbalanced cur rent in the phases three phase unit only Brake dragging Excessive load Low voltage Extreme external heating Frequent starting or reversing Phase failure or unbalanced current in the phases three phase unit only Brake dragg
143. Contact Block Screw Lockwasher S 624 4 Movable Contact 625 6 4 Contact Spring 626 2 2 Contact Support 5 627 1 1 Interlock Bor 628 2 2 Sleeve 5 629 2 2 Nut S 630 2 2 Coil Washer Bottom Now Part of 5 631 5 631 2 2 Operating Coil 5 632 2 2 Curved Washer 633 2 2 Spacer Guide 634 1 1 Coil Jumper 635 1 1 Mounting Base Top 5 636 1 1 Mounting Base Bottom 5 637 2 2 Mounting Screw Lockwosher 5 638 2 2 Mounting Screw 639 2 2 Coil Washer Top Now Part of 5 631 640 12 8 Terminal Screw 5 641 4 4 Coil Terminal Screw S 647 1 1 Auxiliary Contacts Shown CAUTION On three phase hoists Models A AA C E F and H having a 2 pole contactor using four movable contacts S 624 do not install movable contacts in the center position of the contact support S 626 On single and three phase hoists having a 3 contactor six movable contacts are used E SERIES R PUSH BUTTON STATION MODELS 2 THRU H 2 AND J 2 THRU RR 2 Parts List Key Number No Part Name Required S 869 Push Button Box Connector 5 870 Push Button Switch Jumper 872 Push Button Station 1 Discontinued Control Station 34 will be furnished S 451 Push Button Cable Specify Length Required Also individuol components for this station are not available REFER TO PAGE 27 FOR ORDERING INSTRUCTIONS 44 PUSH BUTTON SWITCHES MODELS A THRU H SINGLE PHASE WITH CONTACTOR
144. Contactor S 234 Upper Limit Switch 1 5 616 Contactor Jumper Set Orange 1 5 236 Limit Switch Mounting Screw and Single Phase With Type AB Contactor Lock washer 4 S 619 Contactor Attaching Screw and Lock 3 5 238 Lower Limit Switch 1 washer Type AB and Type D Con S 239 Rolling Spring 2 tactor S 241 Limit Switch Intermediate Gear and S 680 Aux Contact Switch Upper L S Pinion See Note 1 1 Jumper Tan 1 5 242 Limit Switch Intermediate Gear and S 681 Aux Contact Switch Lower L S Pinion Pin See Note 1 1 Jumper Orange 1 5 243 Limit Switch Intermediate Gear and S 761 Hook Block Snap Ring 1 Pinion Bushing See Note 1 1 5 762 Hook Block Sleeve 1 5 244 Limit Switch Intermediate Gear and 5 763 Lower Hook Body Obsolete Order 2 Pinion Washer See Note 1 1 S 760 Page 29 5 764 Lower Hook Block Pin 5 770 Lower Hook Sub Assembly Items S 771 thru 5 774 5 771 Lower Hook 5 772 Lower Hook Thrust Bearing NOTE 1 Used only on Models A and C over 50 foot lift S 773 Lower Hook Collar B amp F over 20 foot lift 5 774 Lower Hook Pin E and H over 10 foot lift NOTE 2 Order Centrifugal Mechanism Kit 5 430 see Page 27 mk REFER TO PAGE 27 FOR ORDERING INSTRUCTIONS 41 ov PLAIN SHANK HOOK amp LUG SUSPENSION WEIGHT CENTRIFUGAL MECHANISM 5 430 MODELS L amp R Single Phase LIMIT SWITCH 5 197 See Exploded View Below Three TYPE AB CONTACTOR S 620 See
145. Cover Attaching Screw L W 4 3 507 HpsButton 5 486 Switch Unit Rev 1 Fwd Button Items S 487 thru S 504 S 505 S 506 S 509 Down Button 1 5 508 5 510 5 511 and 5 512 5 510 Rev Button 1 5 4868 Weatherproof Switch Unit Marked 1 S 511 Contact Finger Spring 2 Up Down items 5 487 thru 5 503 S 5 512 Terminal Screw 4 504A S 505 5 506 5 507 5 509 and 511 thru S 514 P S 486C Weatherproof Switch Unit Marked 1 514 Brass Washers Weatherproof 2 For Rev Items 5 487 thru 5 503 515 G 45 Weath f P B f 1 S 504A S 505 S 506 S 508 and S 510 i round Screw Weatherproof FB tor thru S 514 Hoist S 487 Push Button Base 1 S 516 Nut Weatherproof P B 2 5 489 Base support 5 552 Weatherproof Push Button Station 1 1 For Hoist Items S 481 thru 5 485 5 4868 5 515 and 5 516 5 491 Spiral Spring 2 REFER TO PAGE 27 FOR ORDERING INSTRUCTIONS 46 46 SERIES E PUSH BUTTON STATION FOR HOIST WITH MOTOR DRIVEN TROLLEY 5 298 Parts List 527 Number No Part Name Required 167 Box Connector 1 S 171 Push Button Cord Specify Length Required 5 172 Push Button Chain Specify Length Required 5 173 Cable Clip Specify No Required 278 Cover Attaching Screw 2 5 279 Switch Insert Unit Attaching Screw and L W 4 280 Switch Insert Unit Attaching Screw Flat Washer 4 5 281 Indicator Plate Specify Plate Required Up 6 Down Hoist Fw
146. D LOWER SHEAVE WHEEL When the hoist is disassembled for inspection and or repair the chain guides lower sheave 16 wheel on double chain units and liftwheel must be lubricated with LPS 3 LPS Research Lab prior to re assembly The lubricant must be ap plied in sufficient quantity to obtain natural runoff and full coverage of these parts LOAD CHAIN A small amount of lubricant will greatly increase the life of load chain Therefore the chain should not be allowed to run dry Keep it clean and lubricate at regular intervals with LPS 3 LPS Research Lab or equal lubricant Under ordinary conditions weekly lubrication and cleaning with a solvent is satisfactory but under hot and dirty conditions it may be necessary to clean the chain at least once a day and lubricate it several times between cleanings When lubricating the chain the lubricant must be applied in sufficient quantity to obtain natural run off and full coverage of the chain Trolley Lubrication LOW HEADROOM TROLLEY CM Trackwheel bearings are pre lubricated and required no lubrication Adjustments ELECTRIC BRAKE ASSEMBLY The correct air gap between armature and fiel when brake is not energized is 0 025 inch al need not be adjusted until the gap reaches 0 041 inch To adjust the brake proceed as follows 1 Disconnect hoist from power supply 2 Remove back frame cover see Figure 4 3 Before adjusting the gap a back off the stud nut
147. ELS A AA B C E F SINGLE PHASE lt m WITH TRANSFORMER TYPE 3 CONTACTOR OR BROWN LINE CONNECTOR MECHANICAL INTERLOCK TERMINAL SWITCHES us LACK Re we WHITE e 9 GREEN BRHOUNDI CONTROL O ORANGE STATION T Pc PURPLE TAN 1 WIRING DIAGRAM LODESTAR HOIST vo YELLOW MODELS lt gt gt SIMGLE PHASE TYPE 3 CONTACTOR OR LINE CONNECTOR MECHANICAL INTERLOCK TERMINAL TERMINAL BOARD 230 VOLTS VOLTS fz2 7 TRANSFORMER B BLACK A RED TO CONVERT RWG FROM 460 TO 230 VOLT OPERAATION ON CONVERSION We WHITE TERMINAL BOARD WOVE EACH OF THE LEADS FROM ITS LUG w THE BOW Bl BLUE MARKED 460 VOLTS TO THE IDENTICALLY COLOREO LUS THE AOW MARKED BA BROWN 210 VOLTS CAUTION THE INSULATION COM MATION OF EACH LEAD Y YELLOW 3HOULO MATCH TWO COLORS ADJACENT TO THE UG TO THE TAM LODEST Te TAN GEAG r ATTACHED ALL 8 LEADS MUST BE IN THE JAWE ROW MODELS 6 GREEN i GROUND 3 PHASE DUAL VOLTAGE CONTACT gt FIRST COLOR 13 BOOT COLOR OF WIRE SECOND COLOR 4 ee LINE CONNECTOR IMECHAXICAL TEAMINAL MAIN WIRING E MAARN S HARNESS pe BLACK me REO WHITE FIRST COLOR 15 BODY COLOR OF WIRE COUR MIR Aen C COM OS SE
148. EME STABILIZZATORI ___ en E FRSSI OUTRIGGER RAMS ASSEMBLY TAV 2 POS ITEM DENOMINAZIONE DESCRIPTION Q TA CODICE POS DESCRIPTION di CODICE QTY CODE ITEM OENOMINAZION Y COOE a re s lore gt o Ou T wo io Marineno estensione sinisiro 5 2 Sucpone E stabuz Sgro Soessore 10 5 Soessore 0 8 Snera Serna aneno d arresio arec estensione destro 2 aesvo Roncea Aw ved 31 tavola 4 extension ram Suooon 5 2 Screw suopon nm 05 Snm 08 snoe Sing nu Tacho extension ram culigger sucoon Suingger Nascner Screw e See tanie 3 See tanis 4 MOM DUE EN wun 501720 01223 41545 RE276 24695 100150 00433 00454 300452 36114 100149 45948 80312 790151 EASSO GRU IORAULICHWX 6 MARTINETTI ESTENSIONE STABILIZZATORI OUTRIGGER EXTENSION RAMS perro DENOMINAZIONE DESCRIPTION CODE ROS DENOMINAZIONE DESCRIPTION CODICE 1 l Aaninero sinistro comoleto Complete teti ram 00040 cesirz comoleto Complete ram 00894 2 Cyinger 10004
149. ICS GROUP IMPORTANT Read this bulletin carefully before installing or operating this brake Failure to comply with these instructions cancels all warranties WARNING Brake performance and features must be carefully matched to the requirements of the application Consideration must be given to torque requirements especially where an overhauling condition exists as well as thermal capacity ambient temperature atmospheric explosion hazards type of enclosure and any other unusual conditions Improper selection and installation of a brake and or lack of maintenance may cause brake failure which could result in damage to property and or injury to personnel If injury to personnel could be caused by brake failure additional means must be provided to insure safety of personnel Do hot operate manual release or energize brake coil before installation in order to preserve prealignment of rotating discs for ease of installation DESCRIPTION This brake is direct acting electromagnetically released and spring set It uses rotating and stationary disc contact to supply positive braking action It retains quick release and setting capabilities at all times Simplicity of design has reduced maintenance to an absolute minimum As with any electromechanical equipment however periodic inspection and adjustment will assure optimum performance As the friction discs wear the magnet gap will increase the magnet gap should be checked perio
150. K nul 21222 pyra ava Lever 4 36220 Lx eva oe siacihzzarori Lever tor ouiriggers 2 3622 lee Paraieve Levers quarc 1 100451 6 Screw vI50a me Wasner 1 277 y 8 Zago Nut 24602 eva Lever 4 100344 eva Cer stabiizzaton Lever tor cuingger 2 100345 7 16374 Paraleve Levers guaro 1 190409 Screw 2 1522 Wasner 2 RE276 Nut 2 24603 Zevaatore icomat 43 44 como 43 44 51336 2 7 vide Screw 2 550 si Transmission roa 5 00288 Suopono Sucoor 1 90635 dne Screw 1538 Wasner 2 56272 Zaca Nut 2 24632 eva d 51341 Screw 1542 D 6 55 2 estension Dugger extension nos 2 Flies 37 Pamelo Ouuiggers knoo 2 2225 Z5 ome lo olaziane Rotation noo 2 29 92 55 oal rams knoo 2 Ud d TAV su IORAULICHE OGRU mw DISTRIBUTORS DENOMINAZIONE DESCRIPTION hee DENOMINAZIONE DESCRIPTION coou Dutore 6 21 sener 6 segmeni stangarg 51063 25 Suopono eva Lever supbo4 2 Oisunpuior 26 Guarnuicne Sea Pr o sene 1 eem AC A open center seg 0067 27 Fark 21125 Distanuior 21 sere 2 eem aC A sana 2 apen center seg 01668 cast cutore Oisinbulor 3
151. LUSTRATIONS Barge Major Bridge Crane Route Diagram Typical Hoisting Rigs and Lifting 5 0 Bridge Crane Jib Rail Stowed Toward Bridge Crane Hand Held Two Ton Hoist Hand Held Control essen Bridge Crane Crossover Bridge Crane Jib Rail Replacement of Crimped Bridge Crane System Bow Crane in Traveling Stowed Bow Crane Operating Controls Barge 1 Bow Crane Operating Controls Barges 2 and 3 Hydraulic Power Unit Motor Controller esses Standard Military Hand START STOP Control Station and Anti 2 Block Control Box on Deckhouse Top Bow Crane Base ace Workboat Cradle Tie Down with Ratchet Replacement of Crimped Anti 2 Block Control Hydraulic Power Unit Motor Controller Schematic Mold 4 Trolley 61 ec
152. LiS DD D DUE D D DOO DO D Aaa 27 CHESTER HOIST DIVISION MONOGRAM INDUSTRIES PHONE 216 424 7248 LISBON OHIO U S A 44432 a DO S AND DON TS FOR SAFE OPERATION CHECK lubricant before operating the hoist DO S 2 EXAMINE hoist before each shift CHECK for DON TS damaged hooks or chains also make sure the 1 NEVER lift load with hoist until all personnel are hoist is properly secured Make sure your hoist clear is clean and well lubricated 2 DO NOT allow any unqualified personnel to 3 CHECK daily the chain for improper seating operate hoist twisting kinking wear or other defects before 3 AVOID collisions or bumping of hoists twisting kinking wear or other defects before 4 DO NOT transport load over personnel operating the hoist If these are not checked 5 NEVER carry personnel on the hook or the load the chain may break under a normal load 6 DO NOT operate hoist if you are not physically 4 BE SURE there are no objects in the way of a fit to do so load or hook when moving the hoist on the 7 NEVER pick up a load beyond the capacity trolley appearing on the hoist 5 MAKE SURE a load clears neighboring stock 8 DO NOT tamper with any parts of the hoist piles or machinery when raising or lowering the unless you are a qualified maintenance man load 9 NEVER use the hoist chain as a sling 6 CENTER hoist unit over the load before lifting 10 DO NOT use chain as ground fo
153. Motor End Bell Attaching Screw Lockwasher Rotor amp Shaft Sub Assembiy 5 416 5 417 amp S 430 Included Single Phase S 416 amp S 417 Included Three Phase Stator Motor Shaft Bearing Inboard Motor Shaft Inboard Bearing Snap Ring Capacitor Wiring Harness Capacitor Mounting Clip amp Color Req d d d om m m NS o KEY NO 5 424 5 425 4381 S 450 S 451 S 470 S 471 5 472 5 473 S 474 S 528 S 530 S 552 S 577 S 578 S 598 199 601 5 606 S 607 5 608 5 609 5 610 5 612 5 614 95 614 5 614 5 618 5 619 5 650 675 5 577 5 579 5 6834 S 683B 5 700 1 701 D S 702 5703 5 704 705 5 706 PART NAME Capacitor Mounting Clip Screw Capacitor Mounting Clip Screw Lockwasher Centrifugal Mechanism Kit see Page 27 Centrifuge Mechanism Press On Tool Control Station amp Cord Assembly Items 5 451 amp S 552 Models J thru RR Items 5 451 amp 5 872 Models J 2 thru RR 2 Control Cord Complete Specily Length Required Power Cord Control Cord Attaching Screw Control Cord Attaching Screw Lockwasher Control Cord Attaching Screw Flat Washer Control Cord Alteration Kit Transformer Attaching Screw Transformer amp Bracket Assembly Contro Station Single Speed see Page 35 Transformer Mounting Hole Plug Screw Transformer Mounting Hole Plug Screw Washer Contactor Mounting Bracket Contactor Mounting Bracket Attaching Screw Contactor Wiring
154. Move clamps A B amp C away from 9 12 and 15 until the crane or tractor begins to slowly accelerate to the proper speed This coil adjustment decreases resistance and increases the starting acceleration Once a ballast resistor has been adjusted it should never need attention except for four 4 possibilities Bom Difference starting acceleration characteristics are desired The motor was replaced by one with different characteristics from the first motor Physical damage to the resistors The resistor coil has burned out For wound rotor motor contact the factory office for resistor adjustments WG 388 1 OIL FILL t BREATHER s NEAR SIOE 224 GEARCASE OIL LEVEL NEAR SIDE DRAIN NEAR SIDE VERTICAL MOUNTING OIL FILL BREATHER NEAR CRANE Ott LEVEL FAR SIDE OIL ORAIN FAR SIDED HORIZONTAL MOUNTING FOR 35 200 ATHRU 6 GEARCASE LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS d AGMA SEP 12 1 78 28 300 0 06 TOTAL REQ D 9 Req d 5 Req d 8 Req d 2 Req d 7 Req d 3 Req d 2 Req d 5 Req d 4 Req d 10 Req d 9 Req d 2 Req d 4 Req d 2 Req d 2 Req d 2 Req d 2 Req d 4 Req d 2 Req d 5 Req d 3 Req d 2 Req d 4 Req d 2 Req d CRANE INTERLOCK AND OPERATOR ASSEMBLY CONNECTING INTERLOCK ASSEMBLY RP 15 1 DENSON ARE FOR ESTIMATING PUSPOSES ONLY CRANE NTERLOCK 4 Req d 6 Req d MK PAR
155. N MAINTENANCE and PARTS MANUAL ELECTRIC HOIST EQUIPPED WITH PROTECTOR CAPACITY FROM TO 2 Caution Important If not properly installed operated and maintained the use of all mechanical equipment presents the possibility of personal injury or property damage Before hoist use all persons who will install operate or maintain should read this manual thoroughly For safe dependable and economical performance follow all instructions and recommendations contained herein It is also important to retain this manual for future use For current information applying to the hoist accompanying this manual use only this manual Do not rely wholly upon earlier editions of this manual for such information USE THIS MANUAL FOR LODESTAR HOIST MODELS A THRU RR 2 ONLY CH HOIST DIVISION COLUMBUS MCKINNON CORPORATION NAWANDA NEW YORK 14150 USA MANUAL No 80 AM 83874 PRICE 2 50 COLUMBUS McKINNON CORPORATION EACH LODESTAR HOIST IS BUILT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SPECIFICATIONS CONTAINED HEREIN AND AT THE TIME OF MANUFACTURE COMPLIES WITH OUR INTERPRETATION OF APPLICABLE SECTIONS OF THE AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD INSTITUTE CODE B30 16 1973 OVERHEAD HOISTS THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE ANSI C 1 AND THE OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ACT 1970 SINCE OSHA STATES THAT THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE APPLIES TO ALL ELECTRICAL HOISTS INSTALLERS ARE REQUIRED TO PROVIDE CURRENT OVERLOAD PROTECTION AND GROUNDING IN KEEPING
156. NG POSITIONS FOR COLLECTOR BAR AND BRACKET LOW HEADROOM TROLLEY Smoke Where 17 K 5 C STD PRINTED IN U S A HH 10 79 aRU IDRAULICHE PREPARING VEHICLE FOR USE OF THE CRANE 1 Famibanze yourself with fae instruciion plate mounted on the base ol Ihe crane Check thal the vehicle is on level ground wilh the brakes on and that the wheels are choc Y Slartshe and accelerate the engine Io the r pm Make sure that fne pressure in the system ol Ihe Iruck has reached the cor tect level Depress the clutch and engage Ihe power take oll hy means ol the dash mounied sentch lor velucles vatn inechanical power take move the lever behind Ihe drivers seal For trucks also having tipper be sure that the shultle valve CRANE TIPPER is in the CRANE position Each movement of the shuttle valve must be made with the clutch depressed or the power take off disengaged Gelore use of the crane stabihze the vehicle by means ol Ihe legs see special structions on Page 4 and lolloving UNFOLOING OF THE CRANE 7 Operate lever No 2 lig 1 until the main boom 15 in Ihe honzontal pnsilion 8 Operate lever 1 lig 1 10 slew crane and bring the hook over the Io be lifted and le ver and 4 hg 1 lo increase the hydraulic ex tension USE OF THE CRANE 9 Honk
157. NG THE GENERALITY OF THE FOREGOING AND ALL OTHER OBLIGATION AND ALL WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY AND FITNESS AND ALL OTHER OBLIGATION AND LIABILITY ON THE PART OF SELLER SELLER SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR CONSEQUENTIAL OR SPECIAL DAMAGES UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES OR FOR MORE THAN REPLACEMENT OR REFUND OF THE PURCHASE PRICE ON DEFECTIVE GOODS Upon request SELLER will furnish such technical advice or assistance as it has available in reference to the use of the goods however it is expressly understood that i SELLER assumes no obligation or liability for the advice or assistance given or results obtained ii all such advice or assistance is given and accepted at BUYER S risk and iii such advice or assistance shall not waive or affect SELLER S liability as herein defined IMPORTANT NOTICE Use of chain or replacement parts other than as supplied as original equipment on Chester Hoists may lead to dangerous operation Accordingly Chester Hoist cannot be responsible in such cases and our warranty would be voided Caution Some of the hoists and trolleys manufactured by the Chester Hoist Division can be adjusted to fit various sizes of runway beams Others of our hoists and trolleys are built to fit a runway specified by our customers Regardless it is the customer s responsibility to apply such engineering calculations or tests as may be necessary to satisfy itself that the runway beam flanges are capable of carrying the loads expected to be ha
158. OAT LIFESAVING AND FIREFIGHTING EQUIPMENT Volume 17 includes procedures for the operation and maintenance of a Workboat provides water transportation for crew members and visitors small cargo items transportation of the messenger line for the shore discharge hose and similar work related tasks associated with operating the Water Purification Barges b Lifesaving Equipment installed on the barges and consisting of 2 liferafts 15 Type and 24 Type V lifevests and 4 lifesaving rings c Firefighting Equipment installed on the barges and consisting of Halon 1301 system 2 CO2 hose reel units a smoke detector system 17 portable C02 fire extinguishers 5 dry chemical fire extinguishers 5 self contained breathing apparatuses and a portable engine driven firefighting pump The workboat also has 1 0 pound portable dry chemical fire extinguisher VOLUME 18 SUPPORTING APPENDICES FOR VOLUMES 1 17 Volume 18 contains the Maintenance Allocation Chart Components of End Item List Tools and Test Equipment List Expendable Durable Supplies and Materials List and the Repair Parts and Special 3 21 22 23 TM 55 1 930 209 14 amp P 13 All of the information contained in this volume is common to volumes 1 17 and does not appear in each individual volume Appendix jn volumes 1 17 provides information unique to each volume volumes 1 17 provides manufacturers manuals and instructions unique to the system described i
159. OLLEYS Cat 16 104 Specifications as noted in the Trolley Section of the catalog TROLLEY LOAD BARS Cat 24 204 F Heavy malleable casting fixture machined END TRUCK CROSSHEAD Cat 24 204 0 14 Heavy malleable casting fixture machined END TRUCK FRAME Structural channel weldment fixture fabricated NO 24 207 A END TRUCK ASSEMBLY Same as above except equipped with 16 105 A two wheel trolleys having flangeless wheels and side guide rollers WEIGHT 550 pounds 1 7 0 UA 3 Vive n a 22 q E alind 3H ud A ND fi 24 204 0 14 6 106 _ 24 204 B CROSSHEAD TWO WHEEL ror r FRAME TROLLEY ASS Y DIMENSIONS ARE FOR ESTIMATING PURPOSES ONLY REQUEST CERTIFICATION FOR CONSTRUCTION Copyright 1978 A DIVISION OF JERVIS B WEBB COMPANY Page 24 7 Jervis B Webb co 739 MOORE ROAD AVON LAKE OHIO 440121 0 1 78 MONORAILS NO 24 209 A END TRUCK ASSEMBLY 31 000 LB CAPACITY MOTOR DRIVEN TWO WHEEL TROLLEYS Cat 16 109 A Specifications as noted in the Trolley Section of the catalog TROLLOUEY LOAD BARS Cat 24 209 F Heavy ductile casting fixture machined END TRUCK CROSSHEAD AND BUMPER Cat 24 209 G Structural bar fixture machined END TRUCK FRAME Structural channel weldment fixture fabricated WEIGHT 960 pounds TRUCK ASSEMBLY MOTOR DRIVEN TWO WHEEL TROLLEYS Cat 16 109 A Specifications as noted in the Trolley Section
160. OOM TROLLEY This unit should be moved by pushing on the suspended load or by pulling the empty hook However the unit can also be moved by pulling on the control station since an internal steel cable extends the length of the control cord and is anchored to the hoist and to the control station HOIST WITH MOTOR DRIVEN TROLLEY This unit should be moved by operating the controls marked FORWARD and REVERSE in control station Unless altered by the erector depressing 4 FORWARD control will move the hoist toward motor housing end Anticipate the stopping point and allow trolley to coast to a smooth stop Reversing or plugging to stop trolley causes overheating of motor and swaying of load Safety Procedures 1 When preparing to lift a load be sure that the attachments to the hook are firmly seated in hook saddle Avoid off center loading of any kind especially loading on the point of hook 2 When lifting raise the load only enough to clear the floor or support and check to be sure that the attachments to the hook and load are firmly seated Continue lift only after you are assured the load is free of all obstructions 3 Do not load hoist beyond the rated capacity shown on hoist identification plate or on the hoist motor housing cover Models A thru H and A 2 thru H 2 and on hoist back frame cover Models J thru RR and J 2 thru RR 2 Overload can cause immediate failure of some load carrying part or create a defect cau
161. OR O nng t Goi 35 Ring nut 5 100029 3 Guarmzipne Sear i 58406 35 Guarnizione Dust cover seal 1 Gw426 36 Sieso 1 120032 17 _ 1UBAZIUNE MAHIINE iI PHINCIPALI A 51 PIPING FOR MAIN RAMS CODICE POS coDIC ITEM DENOMINAZIONE DESCRIPTION QTY CODE ITEM OENOMINAZIONE DESCRIPTION QTY CODE 21 22 Noole icomp 21 22 8 1986 7409 100245 7 56 Poe 1 100247 7 20 Hessipie Hose 2 TGS74 i laccorao gomito Eitow 2 Ru944 Aaczcico Union Rv998 nose 2 T6575 gt Tuc lessione TG582 accio hippie Y NIS25 1078 7 90 Pipe 1 100838 0 425 Faccores gomilo 21 22 icompi 21 22 4 5951 2 1 5991 52 cl Block i YA M56 4 como 23 24 Eibow como 23 24 1 RV943 22 00 Union 1 Rvg9s 175 1 100836 i xs Tuco Poe 00837 03 Tuzo 1 100835 79 Copper wasner ARBOR t Tacco Plug 1 122 Guarnizione O nng 35 45 M Sonaeila Wasner 22225 uu Guarnizione OR O nng 69173 og washer 82228 TAV 406 geu SBLEAS SI ISRAULICHE al 4 ee ea Ea m s mee hh est en m s 2 PIPING FOR MAIN RAMS TYPE B
162. Open or shorted motor winding loose or broken wire in circuit speed contactor stuck in opposite speed mode Replace motor repair wire and or re pair speed selecting contactor b See Item lb TROUBLE PROBABLE CAUSE CHECK AND REMEDY 12 Hoist will not a Open circuit a See Item 11a operate at fast b Open speed selecting b Open or shorted winding in speed select speed in either control circuit ing contractor coil Loose connection or direction broken wire in circuit Mechanical bind ing in contactor Control station contacts not making or opening Replace coil repair connection contactor or control station Phase failure c See Item lb 13 Hook will not a Excessive load a See Item 6b raise at slow b Phase failure b See Item lb speed Open speed selecting c See Item 12b control circuit d Brake not releasing d See Item lg 14 Hook will not a Phase failure a See Item lb lower at slow b Open speed selecting b See Item 12b speed control circuit c Brake not releasing c See Item lg 15 Hook will not a Excessive load a See Item 6b raise at fast b Phase failure b See Item lb speed c Brake not releasing See lg 16 Hook will not a Phase failure a See Item 6b lower at fast b Brake not releasing b See Item lg speed 17 Hook moves in a Phase reversal a Wiring reconnected improperly Inter proper direction at one speed wrong direction at other speed change two l
163. Ph 616 381 1242 Telex 224420 Dings Co Dynamics Group 4740 W Electric Ave Milwaukee WI 53219 Ph 414 672 7830 Telex 2 6602 Chester Hoist Division Monogram Industries Inc 7573 State Route 45 Lisbon OH 44432 Ph 216 424 7248 CM Hoist Division of Columbus McKinnon Corp Audubon amp Sylvan Pkwys Amherst NY 14228 Ph 716 689 5400 Manufacturer FASSI Gru Idrauliche Supplier Morgan Crane Co Inc 1009e Chestnut Avenue Santa Ana CA 92701 Krueger Crane Systems Inc 4699 Colt Road Rockford IL 61109 Ph 815 874 9402 TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 SPANMAS TER PRESENTATION 0 A Y oS M 5 Spare Parts and Maintenance for VSE Corporation NS 85 92929 qamri vM Spanmaster Division oi Jervis B Webb Company 739 Moore Rd Avon Lake Ohio 44012 216 933 6166 S For over twenty five years Spanmaster a division of Jervis B Webb Company has engineered and manufactured all types of underhung cranes These cranes range from the common hand pushed variety to the more complex multi span crane In addition we manufacture a complete line of monorail equipment including automatically dispatched carrier systems Our expertise extends to all facets of system design installation and operation in accordance with established specifications developed by the Monorail Manufacturers Associati
164. R MMTS 4300 Goodfellow Blvd St Louis MO 63120 1798 A reply will be furnished directly to you Approved for public release distribution is unlimited Supersedes TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 30 January 1989 A B blank TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 WARNINGS AND SAFETY NOTICES WARNING DANGEROUS VOLTAGES AND HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ARE USED IN THIS EQUIPMENT DO NOT TAKE CHANCES GENERAL WARNINGS Always redtag electrical equipment controls circuits and switches before beginning repairs Do not service or adjust high voltage electrical equipment when alone Do not overload circuits Always use authorized insulated tools and test equipment when working on electrical equipment Remove all jewelry before working on or around electrical equipment with exposed current carrying areas Do not wear clothing with exposed metal fasteners when working on electrical equipment Always use approved breathing apparatus when working with chemicals Avoid chemical contact with eyes skin and clothing Always wear safety glasses gloves and rubber aprons when handling chemicals Wear protective clothing and safety glasses as required when working on barge equipment Always wear approved ear protection in noise hazard areas SPECIFIC WARNINGS Do not connect any new circuit to an existing circuit Do not energize circuits if water condensation is present If any sparks are seen stop operation immediately Determine cause and take corrective action N
165. Ring 2 Grommet Retainer Ring Attaching Screw 6 Cover Attaching Screw Case 1 Gasket 1 Cover Assembly 1 Decal amp Rocker included Control Station Parts Kit 1 Consists of 1 Spring 1 Strain Cable Attaching Screw 1 Strain Cable Attaching Screw Washer 2 Switch Attaching Pin 1 Sliding Cam 2 Spring End Support 3 Switch Mounting Plate amp Rocker Assembly Attaching Screw 1 Rocker Assembly 1 Cam Return Spring Control Station Switch Kit 1 Consists of 3 Switch 2 Insulator 1 Jumper Control Station 1 Items S 551 S 553 thru S 555 S 563 amp S 565 CONTROL STATION USED ON MODELS A THRU H THREE PHASE AND SINGLE PHASE WITH CONTACTOR AND MODELS J THRU RR ALL VOLTAGES Parts List Key Number No Part Name Required S 551 Control Station Kit 1 Consists of 1 Neoprene Grommet 1 Grommet Retainer Ring 2 Grommet Retainer Ring Attaching Screw 4 Cover Attaching Screw S 552 Control Station 1 Items S 551 S 553 thru S 555 S 563 amp S 565 S 553 Case 1 5 554 Gasket 1 5 555 Cover Assembly 1 2 Switch Mounting Pin Decal amp Rocker included 2 Pin Retainer Screw S 563 Control Station Parts Kit 1 2 Switch Leaf Spring Consists of 1 Jumper Retainer Screw 1 Strain Cable Attaching Screw S 565 Control Station Switch Kit 1 1 Strain Cable Attaching Screw Consists of Washer 2 Switch 1 Jumper 1 Terminal 5 566 Control Station 1 Jumper Kit Consisting of 1 Jumper
166. SCHARGE PUMPS SPARE ROWPU DIESELS 2 SEAWATER TARBOARD SHELL GENERATOR COOLING SEA CHEST SEAWATER SUPPLY SEAWATER PUMPS BILGE PUMP HOSE WINCH HYDRAULIC UNIT FUEL OIL TANK 2PL DRINKING WATER STORAGE 4PL TROLLEY HOIST FUEL TRANSFER PUMP Bow SPARE SEAWATER PUMPS y S PARE HIGH PRESSURE PUMPS 20 KW GENERATOR 155 KW GENERATOR 2PL BOLSTER VOID 4 STBD 4PL Figure 2 10 Bridge Crane System Schematic 2 of 2 2 28 TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 2 16 5 2 Repair 2 16 5 2 1 Friction disk replacement See Friction Disk Replacement paragraph on 2 of Dings 60 Series Heavy Duty Unipac Brake Instructions manual in Appendix 2 16 5 2 2 Magnet assembly replacement See Magnet Assembly Replacement paragraph on page 2 of Dings 60 Series Heavy Duty Unipac Brake Instructions manual in Appendix 2 16 5 3 Adjustment 2 16 5 3 1 Friction disk See Wear Adjustment paragraph on page 2 of Dings 60 Series Heavy Duty Unipac Brake Instructions manual in Appendix B 2 16 5 3 2 Torque adjustment See Torque Adjustment paragraph on page 2 of Dings 60 Series Heavy Duty Unipac Brake Instructions manual in Appendix 2 16 5 4 Replacement a Removal 1 Make sure bridge crane system is electrically dead by opening OFF power panel 1 circuit breaker 6P5 If one of the bridge cranes must be operational first open OFF and retag circuit breaker 6P5 and disconnect tag and tape voltage input cable term
167. SOVER LOWER HINGE AND RAIL SPLICE ASSEMBLY JIB CRANE END STOP SAFETY STOP Figure 2 4 Bridge Crane Jib Rail Stowed Toward 2 11 TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 ON PUSHBUTTON FOR STARTING BRIDGE CRANE OFF PUSHBUTTON FOR STOPPING BRIDGE CRANE MOTOR FWD PUSHBUTTON FOR MOVING BRIDGE CRANE FORWARD REVERSE PUSHBUTTON FOR MOVING BRIDGE CRANE BACKWARD Figure 2 5 Bridge Crane Hand Held Control 2 12 UP PUSHBUTTON FOR RAISING LOAD DOWN PUSHBUTTON FOR LOWERING LOAD Figure 2 6 Two Ton Hoist Hand Held Control 2 13 TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 2 11 2 Using crossover for trolley transfer To transfer trolley from one side to the other with or without load perform the following procedures a Move both portside and starboard side cranes to crossover Figure 2 7 b Align portside crane with crossover and pull interlock rope until interlocks engage c Align starboard side crane with crossover and pull interlock rope until interlocks engage d Use movement chain to move trolley from one crane to the other e Upon completion of moving trolley disengage both crane interlocks by pulling interlock ropes 2 11 3 Using jib rail for moving loads through sliding door To use jib rail and trolley hoist for on loading or off loading equipment perform the following procedures a Remove four bolt Figure 2 8 from captive storage positions in jib rail base b Remove jib stowing ro
168. STALLATION AND ADJUSTMENT Installation and adjustment of the vertically mounted DINGS UNIPAC BRAKE is the same as on the standard model this bulletin pages thru 3 FRICTION DISC REPLACEMENT When replacing friction discs follow procedure outlined on page 1 with this addition Care must be taken to insure proper insertion of disc separating springs Springs are color coded for easy identification and reference is made to spring color see Figure 6 and Table 3 The installation order of the disc springs is dependent on brake mounting position above or below motor so make sure to consult the correct diagram for spring location MODELS VO2 61001 24 MODELS VO2 62006 24 02 61003 24 _ AND VO2 63020 24 Dr Broke Above Motor 2222 22 Brake Below Motor _ 5 MOBEES VU2 6100 D VU2 61003 24 MODELS VU2 62006 24 AND VU2 62010 24 7 40 gt MODELS VU2 63009 24 _ VU2 63010 24 VU2 63015 24 AND VU2 63020 24 Figure 6 Vertical Mounting Brakes DESCRIPTION PART NO 1 Lee Lewes Pe sais a mna IT Table 3 Parts for Vertical Mounting BRAKE SPECIFICATIONS TORQUE 1 1 2 thru 20 Ib ft MOTOR FRAMES 56C 66C 143TC 145TC HOUSING All aluminum die cast VOLTAGES All NEMA single phase voltages and frequencies are standard Others opti
169. START H1 Remote station 2 STOP 11 AUTO OFF HAND J2 Main contactor U1 m If no faults were found in steps e thru and output voltage in step e was not 440 Vac replace main contactor n With power on and pump operating but bow crane not operating properly test anti 2 block control panel station as given in paragraph 3 19 2 2 2 2 3 19 2 2 4 3 Replacement a Removal WARNING Make sure hydraulic power unit motor controller is electrically dead before replacing motor controller by opening OFF circuit breaker P16 on switchboard Redtag circuit breaker with WARNING DO NOT ACTIVATE REPAIRS BEING MADE 1 Tag and disconnect wiring with connection information 2 Remove attaching hardware and remove motor controller b Installation 1 Install motor controller using attaching hardware 2 Connect wiring 3 Close ON circuit breaker P16 on switchboard 4 Check operationally that motor controller operates normally 3 25 9c 2 WU oine4pAH 11 euni REMOTE STATION 1 DECK START Fipi are REMOTE STATION 2 HOUSE TOP L REAR VIEW OF DOOR RELAY K pus ra c o LU 1 FRONT OF PANEL w s s Station 1 and 2 START STOP switches 440 VAC 30 60Hz Ai B1 C1 FROM 24 VDC PANEL BOOM PIVOT CONNECTOR TO ANTI 2 BLOCK SWITCH 8
170. Shield Conversion Terminal Board Insulator Convetsion Terminal Board Mounting Screw Conversion Terminal Board Mounting Screw Lockwasher Conversion Terminal Board Jumper Harness Wiring Harness Contactor Jumper Black 2 Lg Contactor Jumper Black 414 Lg Contactor Jumper Black 6 Lg Contactor Attaching Screw Lockwasher Contactor Attaching Screw Reversing Contactor see Page 33 Selector Relay Mounting Screw Selector Relay Mounting Screw Lockwasher Aux Contact Switch Contactor Coil Jumper Black Contactor Relay Jumper Specify Length Contactor Relay Jumper Specify Length Swivel Hook Suspension Items 5 701 thru S 706 tor Models J JJ L LL 5 2 1 2 2 amp LL 2 Items S 701 thru 5 706 5 830 S 833 thru S 836 tor Models R RR R 2 amp RR 2 Upper Hook with Latch Suspension Adapter Screw Special Alloy Screw Suspension Adapter Upper Hook Washer For Swivel Hook Suspension Upper Hook Nut For Swivel Hook Suspension Upper Hook or Suspension Lug Nut Pin Specify whether for Rigid or Swivel Hook or Lug Suspension Specify if Latch or Latchlok Type Hook is required Used on Weatherproof Hoist Only Not Shown 32 NUMBER REQUIRED onl HN ENN S OQ n n n n w KEY NO PART 5 7107 Rigid ook Suspension 711 8 716 5 720 721 S 721B S 740 S 741 742 S 743 S 750
171. T NO 15 101 0 01 15 101 0 02 33 306 0 25 33 402 0 03 15 101 0 03 15 101 0 05 15 101 0 04 33 306 0 45 33 401 0 04 32 106 0 12 33 106 0 03 15 101 0 06 15 101 0 07 33 307 0 46 33 402 0 04 15 101 0 08 32 106 0 14 15 101 0 10 15 101 0 09 33 106 0 45 15 101 0 18 32 108 0 22 33 108 0 01 33 108 0 27 15 101 0 15 15 101 0 16 15 101 0 17 15 101 K 15 1010 14 15 101 0 11 33 950 0 47 32 108 0 26 15 102 0 01 15 102 0 03 15 102 0 04 15 102 0 08 33 305 0 24 33 402 0 02 15 102 0 02 15 102 0 05 33 950 006 32 104 0 14 33 900 0 12 32 900 0 12 33 104 0 01 15 100 P 33 104 0 23 32 104 0 16 15 100 0 16 15 100 0 08 15 100 0 10 15 100 6 15 100 0 04 33 950 0 57 33 950 0 56 15 100 0 07 DESCRIPTION Interlock Housing Interlock Pin 1 2 Dia Plain Washer 1 8 Dia Cotter Pin x 1 Lg Keeper Roller Axle Roller 1 2 Dia S A E Flatwasher 3 32 Dia Cotter Pin 1 2 13 N C 5 x 1 1 4 Lg 1 2 13 N C Jam Nut Actuating Lever Crank Arm 9 16 Dia S A E Flatwasher 1 8 Dia Cotter Pin x 1 1 4 Lg Safety Stop Elevating Lever 1 2 13 N C H H C S x 1 1 2 Lg Bushing Bushing 1 2 Dia External Shakeproof Lockwasher Keeper Retainer 5 8 11 N C H H C S x 3 1 2 Lg 5 8 11 N C Hex Full Nut 5 8 Dia Helical Lockwasher interlock Base Plate 16 Gage Shim 11 Gage Shim Pull Rod Pin Safety Stop Spring 5 8 11
172. TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 TECHNICAL MANUAL OPERATORS UNIT DIRECT SUPPORT AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL INCLUDING REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST FOR WATER PURIFICATION BARGES NSN 1930 01 234 2165 VOLUME 13 HANDLING EQUIPMENT This technical manual is an authentication of the manufacturer s commercial literature and does not conform with the format and content requirements normally associated with the Army technical manuals This technical manual does however contain all essential information required to operate and maintain the equipment Approved for public release distribution is unlimited This manual supersedes TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 30 January 1989 HEADQUARTERS DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY 15 OCTOBER 1992 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 TECHNICAL MANUAL HEADQUARTERS NO 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY WASHINGTON D C 15 OCTOBER 1992 TECHNICAL MANUAL OPERATOR UNIT DIRECT SUPPORT AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL INCLUDING REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST FOR WATER PURIFICATION BARGES NSN 1930 01 234 2165 VOLUME 13 HANDLING EQUIPMENT REPORTING ERRORS AND RECOMMENDING IMPROVEMENTS You can help improve this manual If you find any mistakes or if you know of a way to improve the procedures please let us know Mail your letter DA Form 2028 2 located in the back of this manual direct to Commander US Army Troop Support Command ATTN AMST
173. TORS Three Use THREE COLLECTORS CAUTION Trolley Beam should always be electrically grounded Be sure that there is good electrical contact between Trolley Beam and Trackwheels Avoid the use of paint or other coatings on the Beam Flange which might form an insulation MOUNTING POSITIONS FOR COLLECTOR BAR AND BRACKET low NOTE For wheel and shoe type STD HEADROOM DRIVEN collector mounting information 1 B AM TROLLEY TROLLEY refer to page 54 Back Cover SizE 42 FIGURE 9 Chain Container Remove the loose end screw lockwasher plain washer and loose end link from the hoist see Figure 2 These parts are not required for installation of the chain container Insert loose end of chain through chute and into bucket as shown in Figure 10 Place lockwasher on shouldered screw With the shouldered screw through bracket and chute insert screw in the loose end screw hole and firmly tighten the screw NOTE There must be approximately 2 clearance between the bracket and head of the screw as shown below to allow the bracket to rotate on the screw During normal hoist operation the chain container swings freely back and forth If the bracket is not free to rotate on the screw the normal movement of the chain container may cause the screw to back out The chain must be loose and hang straight down into bucket with a minimum of eight links showing below bottom of hoist when
174. WRITTEN SPECIFICATIONS OR RECOMMENDATIONS AND PURSUANT TO A WRITTEN CONTRACTUAL COMMITMENT FROM IT THE SPANMASTER DIVISION OF THE JERVIS B WEBB COMPANY HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL RESPONSIBILITY FOR ANY EQUIPMENT AND OR SYSTEM MALFUNCTION ANY VIOLATIONS OF LAW PROPERTY DAMAGE PERSONAL INJURY OR ANY OTHER DAMAGES RESULTING FROM EQUIPMENT AND OR SYSTEM SELECTION DESIGN INSTALLATION MAINTENANCE OR OPERATION CARRIED OUT BY ANYONE WG 1143 SPANMASTER RECOMMENDED PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE PROGRAM FOR SPANMASTER MOTOR OPERATED EQUIPMENT Extended equipment life best operating characteristics and reduced downtime are the benefits to be obtained from a continuing preventative maintenance program The following program is intended for systems in moderate industrial usage and if usage is heavy or the system is automatic in operation a more frequent inspection and service routine should be established MONTHLY SERVICE AND INSPECTION ROUTINE Hoisting Machinery 1 2 Inspect cables for fraying bends or kinks and lubricate with wire rope compound Inspect hook block for worn sheaves or broken sheave flanges Check block for loose or frozen bearings and lubricate Inspect sheave guards and repair if necessary If equipment is floor controlled check pendent cable for cuts or abrasions that might lead to shorts or control interruptions Inspect strain cables or chains for loose connections and determine that the weight of pushbutton
175. Workmanship and materials TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 CHAPTER 3 BOW CRANE SYSTEM Section Description and data 3 1 Description The bow crane is a hydraulically operated articulating boom crane with a maximum outreach of approximately 47 feet Maximum lift capacity at this extension is 2 425 pounds Maximum lift is 41 895 pounds at an outreach of only 6 feet 7 inches The crane is corrosion proof and suitable for operation in a marine environment The crane has five major assemblies crane body inner boom outer boom mounting base and hydraulic control unit When not in daily use bow crane must be placed in its traveling stowed configuration The crane body is a steel casting with the upper part being a closed welded box design through which hydraulic hoses are routed to inner and outer boom actuating cylinders Inner and outer boom assemblies are positioned as required by extending or retracting hydraulic actuators A winch assembly is mounted on top of the primary element of the boom for retrieving loads of 10 000 pounds or less To winch loads greater than 10 000 pounds the sheave block must be installed on the end of the outer boom Operator controls for the crane Figure 3 2 for Barge 1 and Figure 3 3 for Barges 2 and 3 are on the forward side of the deckhouse top They include five control levers for controlling crane movement a START STOP control switch and a key lock for the anti 2 block control system The START STOP control swi
176. a low headroom manually operated hoist Major components include an I beam suspended from the void 4 overhead structure a manual hoist assembly load chains a block hook and a brake mechanism The trolley hoist has a net weight of 230 pounds and a standard lift height of 8 feet The load chains measure approximately 9 feet 6 inches and require 41 pounds of pull to lift a full load The hook assembly has a diameter of 1 3 7 inches The beam measures approximately 6 inches in width 4 2 Capabilities This trolley hoist is used primarily for lifting heavy equipment such as the spare HP diesel engine driven water pumps and spare seawater pump 4 3 Performance characteristics Void 4trolley hoist is rated at 3000 pounds of lift This is not sufficient to lift any configuration of any one of the generator sets or diesel engines These items must be moved with the ROWPU bridge crane operating through hatches access covers removed to reach items in voids 4 4 4 Equipment specifications Technical data identifying void 4 trolley hoist equipment specifications is in manufacturer s maintenance manual instructions i Trolley hoist Manufacturer Monogram Industries Inc Chester Hoist Division CAGEC 80735 Part no 1322 11 2 Capacity 3000 Ibs Quantity 1 4 5 Items furnished 4 5 1 Components installed as part of the void 4 trolley hoist are listed on the parts list of drawings referenced in and in the Components of End List in TM 55 1930 209
177. ace and or tighten as loose or required not secured d Check that weight of pushbutton Cable does not held control device is not supported by its hang freely Void 4 Geared Trolley Hoist electric cable Pendant cable must hang freely Repair or replace as necessary WARNING Notify higher maintenance unit after repair ing or replacing parts on the void 4 trolley hoist They must safety inspect and proof test the repaired item in accordance with TB 43 0142 In addition all slings and lifting devices must be proof tested to these stan dards every 12 months Record and main tain certification of all proof testing TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 Table C 1 Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services for Handling Equipment Continued B Before D Daily Q Quarterly D During W Weekly S Semiannually A After M Monthly A Annually PROCEDURES ITEM INTERVAL ITEM CHECK FOR AND HAVE EQUIPMENT TO BE IS NOT READY NO WSPECIED REPAIRED OR ADJUSTED AVAILABLE IE AS NECESSARY CAUTIONS Always center hoist over the load before Ift ing This prevents side loading and uneven tension on load bearing components Avoid swinging load when transporting it Bent hooks indicate component has been overloaded Replace hook and Inspect all other load bearing parts for damage NOTE When repairing or replacing parts use parts of origina construction Ali materials used shou
178. ace relay Phone 815 874 9402 Telex 25 74 Relay Drawings Wiring Diagram 11 85 and 86 are No 30 No 87 No 87a are the Krueger Crane Systems INC 4699 Colt Road Rockford ILL 61109 A B C Trouble Defective solenoid hyd or air depends on model Cause Burned coil Corrective action To operate the crane the solenoid has to be energized 12 VDC has to be supplied to the coil To check the solenoid disconnect the wires on the solenoid terminals The operator should not be able to hoist up boom down or extend the telescopes Connect a ground and a hot wire to the solenoid and the operator should be able to do all crane functions If not replace solenoid Phone 815 874 9402 Telex 25 7498 12 Krueger Crane Systems INC 4699 Colt Road Rockford ILL 61109 A B C Trouble Broken Anti Two Block switch Cause 1 Mechanical damage 2 Electrical damage Corrective action 1 Check for mechanical damages Move lever arm and check if switch is operated by the lever arm 2 Wires from the cable reel should be connected to terminal No 1 and No 2 on the switch normally closed Pull the lever arm down and the OHM meter should read a closed circuit between No 1 and No 2 disconnect wires before checking with OHM meter When the lever arm is up the OHM meter should read an open circuit on No 1 and No 2 If not replace switch ANTI TWO BLOCK SWITCH Phone 815 874 9402 Telex 25 7498
179. acles clamping block JO 9 eq 1nOxX2528u2 uol13B e3sul roller guides small control boom pivot connector 77 E uw Steet peo 669 6 9 26 gig s gt suJ038 g eum minimum of Slayers YSN 80118 1 p20 20y 8 Jo 1 n029Uu2 s uoll1el e1su ON 0692 92 NCD 609v VEN 6019 P4090 guselsAg BOOM NOSE SLIPRINGS BOOM PIVOT CONNECTOR MAIN BOOM A2B SWITCH CABLE REEL CONTROL PANEL POWER SUPPLY 12VDC blue SHUT OFF SOLENOID S ground brown ue ELECTRIC SWIVEL WHERE APPLICABLE 9 Jo 9 CRANES WITH ONE A2B SWITCH MAIN BOOM ONLY BOOM PIVOT B CRANES WITH TWO A2B SWITCHES PANEL CONNE CTOR ABLE REEL A2B MAIN HOIST ONLY C S C CRANEWITH TWO OR MORE A2B SWITCHES MAIN HOIST amp AUX HOIST located at ROOSTER SHEAVE SWING AWAY b A FRAME JIB BOOM NOSE RECEPTACLE A2B Pe T 1n029Uu2 Q UOIJEJEJSUI On eoi JUMPER CABLE BOOM NOSE RECEPTACLE EE 27 74 L JUMPER PLUG HAS TO BE CONNECTED TO THE BOOM NOSE RECEPTACLE OPERATING WITH MAIN pbs 9672 62 2076 7298 5 8 0 pecu 860 VSN
180. aft Gear 54 teeth Intermediate Shaft Gear 58 teeth SPANMASTER 120 00 120 00 120 00 120 00 120 00 120 00 120 00 120 00 Ratios formally available with D amp E reductions can be obtained by using the B reduction amp proper motor RPM s Contact factory if A reduction must be used 7 1 85 WG 1143 RP 35 1A Flange Adapter 28 9 Intermediate Bearing 200 01 2 Gear Reducer V 100 Section 35 Line Shali Coupling Q0 001 CRANE DRIVE ASSEMBLY Pago RP 21 1 2 29 80 DIMENSIONS ARE FOR ESTIMATING PUNPOSES ONLY Floxible Coupling 0 24 SIR Dia Motor Shatt 0 51 3 4 Dia Motor 0 2 WB Dia Motor Snatt 33 950 0 33 1 Molor Shatt Brake 28 500 D Far 3 2 Oia Shall Drive Wheel 26 1006 Rubber 9 Dia C 9 Dia 268 100 26 100 E Patyurelhane 6 Dia Compression Sp ng M23 35 Flange Soaring 33 950 0 27 ar Danos of derna amp Heth Cowgnuy 11 Moore Read Avaa Lake Oki 40012 1340511416 MONORAILS END TRUCKS Spanmaster end trucks are designed to economically meet a wide range of modern industrial requirements The 24 100 series end trucks are used primarily on hand propelled cranes and the 24 200 series on hand chain driven single girder cranes and motor driven single and double girder cranes Modified 24 200 series end trucks are also used in the construction of moto
181. age f Correct low voltage condition as described on page 5 g Brake not releasing open or g Check electrical continuity and connec shorted coil winding armature tions Check that correct coil has been in binding stalled The coil for three phase dual volt age unit operates at 230 volts when the hoist is connected for either 230 volt or 460 volt operation Check brake adjust ment as described on page 16 h Excessive load h Reduce loading to the capacity limit of hoist as indicated on the identification plate 2 Hook moves in a Wiring connections reversed at a Check connections with the wiring the wrong either the control station or diagram direction terminal board single phase unit only b Failure of the motor reversing b Check connections to switch Replace a switch to effect dynamic brak damaged switch or a faulty capacitor ing at time of reversal single phase unit only c Phase reversal three phase unit c Refer to installation instructions on page only 5 3 Hook lowers but a Excessive load a See Item lh will not raise b Open hoisting circuit open or b Check electrical continuity and repair or shorted winding in reversing replace defective part Check operation of contactor coil or speed selecting limit switch as described on page 5 relay coil loose connection or broken wire in circuit control station contacts not making upper limit switch contacts open c Motor reversing switch not op c
182. aker P16 and position AUTO OFF HAND switch to OFF and check continuity as follows a Depress START button and check continuity across points Fl to F2 If check indicates closed circuit go to step b If check indicates open circuit replace START STOP switch b Depress STOP button and check continuity across points E1 to E2 If check indicates closed circuit START STOP switch is good If check indicates open circuit replace START STOP switch b Control station 2 START STOP switch 1 Perform steps a 1 and a 2 2 Open OFF and redtag switchboard circuit breaker P16 and position AUTO OFF HAND switch to OFF and check continuity as follows a Open storage box on top of deckhouse remove START STOP switch cover depress START button and check continuity across points H 1 to H2 If check indicates closed circuit go to step b If check indicates open circuit replace START STOP switch b Depress STOP button and check continuity across points 11 and 12 If check indicates closed circuit START STOP switch is good If check indicates open circuit replace START STOP switch 3 22 TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 3 19 2 2 3 3 Replacement a Control station 1 START STOP switch 1 Removal WARNING Make sure START STOP switch is electrically dead before replacing switch by opening OFF circuit breaker P16 on switchboard Redtag circuit breaker with WARNING DO NOT ACTIVATE REPAIRS BEING MADE a Tag and disconnect wires
183. an annual proof and function test and safety inspection in accordance with TB 43 0142 4 17 5 Repair Repair and replace parts discussed ir paragraph 4 17 3 las necessary Perform maintenance as given on pages 7 through 9 in the Chester Hoist Division Parts and Instruction Manual Low Headroom Manual in Appendix B Also reference the parts list for the 1 1 2 ton trolley hoist and exploded views on pages 10 through 27 of the same instruction manual 4 17 6 Replacement a Removal 1 Make sure bridge crane system is electrically dead by opening OFF and redtagging circuit breaker P16 on switchboard 2 Remove stop on end of track 3 Remove trolley from track after securing chains and providing means 10 safely lower trolley b Installation Install trolley in reverse order of removal procedure Table 4 1 Void 4 Trolley Hoist Troubleshooting Condition Possible Cause Suggested Action 1 Trolley hoist hook difficult a Load to be hoisted exceeds a Reduce load to hoist capacity to lower or raise hoist capacity b Hoist up down chains kinked b Straighten chains Inspect for or twisted damage c Hoist not properly lubricated c Lubricate in accordance with instructions contained in manufacturer s manual see page 9 section 825 of parts and instruction manual low head room ZLP ZLG services Chester Hoist Div Monogram Industries Inc d Hoist internal brake has d Inspect and adjust as excessive clearance required 2 Troll
184. apsize to remove twist CHECKING FOR ADEQUATE VOLTAGE AT HOIST Take voltage reading at end of the standard 15 foot power cord with the hoist operating in the 4 UP direction with full load The minimum running voltage for proper hoist operation is given below MINIMUM MINIMUM NOMINAL RUNNING STARTING CURRENT VOLTAGE VOLTAGE 115 1 60 103 5 98 230 1 60 207 196 230 3 60 187 460 3 60 396 CHECKING LIMIT SWITCH OPERATION Operate hoist over the entire length of its rated lift checking upper and lower limit switches for correct operation as follows Press control raise the lower until top of hook block is about one foot below the hoist 2 Cautiously continue raising the hook until the upper limit switch stops the upward motion The upper limit switch is set at the factory to stop the hook block 3 inches from bottom of hoist on all units with standard 10 foot lift except Models AA and AA 2 Factory setting is 6 inches for these models and for all other models equipped with chain for lifts longer than 10 feet 3 If adjustment is necessary see page 16 and 17 CAUTION As with any lower hoist the hook block must not be allowed to run into the bottom of hoist nor allow the chain to become taut between loose end screw and frame or else serious damage will result which could drop the load 4 Press DOWN control and cautiously lower hook until lower limit switch stops the downward motion From 7
185. aring Cone 8 333 Trackwheel Bearing Shield 8 S 334 Trackwheel Stud 4 ds 335 Trackwheel Spacer 4 S 336 Trackwheel Stud Nut 4 5 337 Cross Bolt and Nut 2 5 331 Obsolete order 5 337 37 IRON 5 385 Cross Bolt Nut Lockwosher 2 TRACKWHEEL S 388 Trackwheel Stud Snop Ring 4 330 When ordering specify that part is for a 2 ton trolley with cast iron wheels CHAIN CONTAINER Parts List Key Number No Part Name Required 5 791 Chain Container Bracket Screw 1 Speciol Alloy Screw S 792 included S 792 Chain Container Bracket Screw Lockwasher 1 5 793 Choin Container Brocket Obsolete Order 5 792 and 1 5 795 thru S 798 36 5 794 Chain Container Bucket 1 S 795 Chain Container Support Link 2 rt REFER TO PAGE 27 FOR ORDERING INSTRUCTIONS 50 Adiustment of Open Type Limit Switches Use the general instructions given on pages 16 and 17 for ENCLOSED TYPE LIMIT SWITCHES However use Table IL and Figures 19 and 20 below in place of Table T and Figures 14 and 15 referred to in the text TABLE OPEN TYPE LIMIT SWITCHES Hook Travel Per Notch of Limit Switch Nut Hook Limit Travel Lifting length Switch Per Model Speed of Gear Notch 5 No Lift F Reduction Pin in Links E H 8 O thry 10 Single 1 Over 10 thru 45 Double 3 6 B 16 0 thru 20 Single 6 Over 20 thru 45 Double 1 2 B 16 Over 45 thru 90 Double 1 2 A C 32 thru
186. arts should be replaced TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 EQUIPMENT IS NOT READY AVAILABLE IF End link is loose or open Capscrews are loose Switching arm does not pivot freely and or sticks in either position Gap exceeds 0 045 in Liftwheel is severely damaged Chain guides severely worn Excessive wear on tread and flange internal bearing exhibits looseness on stud Collector wheels shoes and other pins are worn TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 Table C 1 Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services for Handling Equipment Continued B Before D During A After ITEM INTERVAL NO 5 6 ITEM Miscellaneous D Daily Q Quarterly W Weekly S Semiannually M Monthly A Annually PROCEDURES RE CHECK FOR AND HAVE O INSPECTED REPAIRED ADJUSTED AVAILABLE IF AS NECESSARY p Inspect the gasket between the gear Class leaks housing and back frame for signs of leaks Tighten the screws holding back frame to gear housing If leaking persists repack housing and gears with grease and install a new gasket q Apply light film of machine oil to the limit switch shaft threads a Check hoists and crane for proper fubri cation Lubricate as necessary b Inspect all end stops and tighten bolts if required c Inspect all structural components for Structural loose conections and secureness components are Repair repl
187. ase Fittings on chain sheave Annually or as required pins roller bearings wheels After prolonged use or at reassembly Stud Coat lightly at reassembly Brake square thread Coat lightly at reassembly NLGI No 2 with Geers After prolonged use or at E P additive reassembly Intermedia oils Chain mmerse in container or preferably with swab with oil soaked rag E P additives Wipe off excess oil Should maintain chain rust free Bonded lubricants Chain Use in place of oil if oil similar to Dow residues are objectionable Molykote 88 Not required on unit equipped with sealed ball bearings Wheels will not have grease fittings See also service lubrication specifications contained in MIL L 2104 and MIL L 46152 ojo g Inspect load chain for lubrication wear Load chain damaged links or foreign matter Lubri aged cate clean or repair as necessary h Check hook block for damage rust or Hook block dam corrosion Clean as required aged i Inspect trolley track wheels for external Tread and flange wear on the tread and flange Repair as excessively necessary worn j Inspect chain guides for wear or burring Chain guides where chain enters hoist Replace show severe severely worn guides wear or burring C 11 TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 Table C 1 Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services for Handling Equipment Continued B Before D During A After ITEM INTERVAL
188. assure its continued operation TON CAPACITY 2 TON CAPACITY NO OF SPACERS NO 5 SPACERS A STANDARD TROLLEYS SPECIAL TROLLEYS Minimum Beam Radius 24 for all capacities Dimension applies to minimum and will vary with larger I Beams CHART TROLLEY SIDE FRAME SPACING 4 Draw the side frames together and assemble cotter pins I BEAM SUSPENSION PIN I c r I Cit r SCREW 23 Pod LOAD BRACKET LOCKWASHER SUSPENSION LUG HOIST FIGURE 7 ATTACHING HOIST TO TROLLEY 5 With the trolley mounted on the beam attach the hoist by inserting the suspension lug into the trolley load bracket and inserting the suspension pin through the load bracket and suspension lug as shown in Figure 7 6 Thread the socket head cap screw and lockwasher into load bracket and tighten securely 7 return to 4 Power Supply and Electrical Connections and complete the hoist installation procedure 8 Then with a capacity load on hoist operate trolley over the entire length of runway or monorail system to be sure that the adjustment and operation is satisfactory On systems with curves the edges of the rail at the curved sections should be kept lightly lubricated with grease Motor Driven Trolley This trolley is shipped separately and must be assembled and wired to the hoist by the user Refer
189. b rails and other structural components for loose connections and securement Repair replace and or tighten as necessary e Visually inspect rail components for loose connections wear damage corrosion and chipped or worn paint Remove rust and corrosion by wire brushing chipping or scraping Immediately paint area with zinc chromate primer and finish to match surrounding area in accordance with TB 43 0144 Do not paint threads or labels f Visually inspect all stops and tighten bolts if required g Visually inspect drive tires for wear and slippage If necessary adjust all spring mounts uniformly at each drive wheel h Visually inspect and test interlocks for alignment proper clearances and freedom of operation i Visually inspect electrical components for indications of burns corrosion loose connections damaged parts or chipped paint Clean corrosion from contacts or terminals tighten loose connections and replace damaged parts Clean electrical components with silver polish fine sandpaper or burnishing tool DO NOT use emery paper or steel wool Vacuum to remove residue Touch up paint according to TB 43 0144 Do not paint threads or labels 2 16 4 2 Testing 2 16 4 2 1 Load proof and function test and safety inspection Perform and record an annual load proof and function test and safety inspection of bridge crane assembly including jib rail in accordance with TB 43 0144 All load carrying members must be visually i
190. bend open for removal Unscrew 4 screws on gear cover and remove cover Back out the square head set screw to permit removal of the spindle smallest gear Grasp handwheel and pull After removal the complete handwheel and brake assembly may be more conveniently placed in a soft jawed vise for disassembly Remove cotter pin and unscrew counter clockwise the handwheel from spindle See Fig 2 Page 8 for reassembly adjustment Lift off brake disc ratchet and second brake disc The pawl retaining ring and pawl spring nut should be removed to permit the pawl and pawl spring to be disassembled The pawl stud can be disassembled by turning counter clockwise When reassembling the smaller of the two brake discs is placed on the spindle last against the handwheel assembly Gear Cover Side Parts Service Unscrew 4 screws on cover and remove cover Note the proper timing mark position of the two planet gears See Figure 1 page 8 Back out the square head set screw to permit the pinion cage with the two planet gears to be pulled from the load shaft The two planet gears are removed by pulling the cotter pins and slipping the shafts from the gears Reassembling Mount planet gears in pinion cage with cotter pins in place Align set screw hole in pinion cage with cotter pins in place Align set screw hole in pinion cage with the set screw hole in the drive shaft and time the planet gears as illustrated in Fig 1 Page 8 Trolley Whee
191. box 9P14 near 24 Vdc power panel Redtag fuse box with WARNING DO NOT ACTIVATE REPAIRS BEING MADE a Wipe clean exterior of storage box with clean rag Open storage box door and vacuum clean or clean inside with electrician s brush Avoid using solvents for cleaning inside of storage box Solvents leave greasy film that may reduce electrical conductivity of components b Visually check for indications of burns loose connections or damage Clean corrosion from terminals tighten loose connections and repair damage 3 19 2 2 2 2 Test With fuse box 9P14 fuses installed and 24 Vdc power panel power ON check input voltage across anti 2 block control panel terminal board terminals TB1 1 and TB1 2 If voltage is not 24 Vdc replace input wires to anti 2 block control panel If voltage is 24 Vdc troubleshoot anti 2 block control panel as given in the Krueger Crane Systems manual Mark H Troubleshooting List in Appendix hnd or as given in steps 1 thru 5 Replace faulty wires or components as necessary 1 With bow crane hook lowered check voltage across terminal board terminals TB1 3 and TB1 2 If voltage is 24 Vdc go to step 2 If voltage is not 24 Vdc replace fuse and or wires from TB1 to fuse in anti 2 block control panel Check voltage across terminals TB1 2 and TB1 6 If voltage is 24 Vdc go to step 3 If voltage is not 24 Vdc replace anti 2 block switch and or connecting wires Turn horn switch on Raise h
192. brication and repair of the bow crane system involving repair parts listed 55 1930 209 14 amp P 1 3 WARNING Shut down bow crane system before attempting any repair Be sure to open circuit breakers Redtag circuit breakers with WARNING DO NOT ACTIVATE REPAIRS BEING MADE 3 19 2 1 Lubrication Lubricate bow crane as given in the FASSI manual Terms of Warranty Use and Maintenance in Appendix Lubricate winch as instructed on page 6 3 19 2 2 Repair or replacement of system components 3 19 2 21 Bow crane 3 19 2 2 1 1 Cleaning and inspection a Wipe clean with rag dampened with soapy water or with approved solvent to remove grease Wipe dry with clean cloth b Visually inspect bow crane for evidence of distortion broken welds cracks corrosion or damage Remove corrosion and touch up painted parts according to TB 43 0144 c Visually inspect structural parts i e crane hold down bolts pulley lock pins etc for signs of warp or excessive movement of joints or connections d Check all inner and outer boom attachment bolts for looseness or damage Tighten as necessary e Visually inspect hook for deformation heavy nicks cracks wear damage or malfunctioning latch and hook attachment Replace hook if necessary f Visually inspect winch for damage Extend winch cable to full length and carefully inspect wire rope for reduction of rope diameter below nominal valve according to TB 43 0142 Check for broken or worn w
193. cCOwO COLOR 15 STRIPE MECHANICAL INTERLOCK 7 T WIRING HARNESS S ELECTRIC BRAKE LIMIT SWITCHES TRANSFORMER w NY 2 NTERMINAL 277 more ON SOME UNITS AED REO MOORE HOST CHISHOLM COLUMBUS CORP LUE LE ROS ant I IMTCAMAL TRANSFORMER CONNECTION a c SUE an GROWN TRAMBFORMER enman 4 8 8 0 LEADS CONTROL usa t OMITTEO OM VOLTAGE TRANSPOmRMERS STATION WIRING MASRAM LOOESTAR mod MODELS J L 4 55 SINGLE PHASE WITH TRANS ORMER P v PRP O CONTACTOR cmm 8 35997 i k 25 a HARNESS SPEED SELECTING RELAY rtr SWITCHES usoga E ECT C mace GREEN GROUND 04 ORANGE CONTROL TEN STATION COLUMBUS ON T HN STATION rO awa De nal Vv YORE VAO Ub w wr FAST OLOR 4 BODY COLOR OF WIRING DIAGRAM LODESTAR MOOLS 2 ERE n 230 3 60 220 3 50 5 SRE SECOND COLOR STAAL 2 amp NE CONNECTOR WECMAMICAL x s wins OE HARNESS SELEGUNG RE Um AT GRECH
194. ckwheel Stud Trackwheel Stud Nut Suspension Bolt Special Alloy Bolt Specify Length of Bolt or Flange Width of Trolley Spacer Washer Suspension Bolt Nut Suspension Bolt Nut Cotter Pin Side Frame S A Plain Side Side Frame S A Name Plate Side Load Bracket Specify Width of Bracket and Flange Width of Vertical Load Bar Pin Special Alloy Pin Specify Length of Pin and Flange Width of Vertical Load Bar Pin Screw Specify Length of Screw and Flange Width of Vertical Load Bar Pin Screw Lockwasher Trackwheel Stud Nut Lockwasher Identification Plate Identification Plate Drive Screw Trackwheel Washer Number Required 1Ton 2Ton 4 4 4 4 4 4 2 2 24 32 4 4 4 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 4 1 1 2 2 4 LOAD BRACKET WIDTH Specify Flange Width of Beam and Whether or not Side Frame is Equipped with Spacer Block REFER TO PAGE 27 FOR ORDERING INSTRUCTIONS 37 ENCLOSED CONDUCTOR SYSTEM CURRENT COLLECTORS Part No No Reqd Part Name 7OE 3 Collector Assembly SER 601 BC 1 Clamp only NUMBER 70 E 601 85 1 Swivel only 601 P 1 Post 601 E 1 Standard Arm 701 Y 1 Yoke 707 2 Case Half 70S 1 Shoe 100 Z 1 Spring COM 1 1 16 Hex Nut COM 2 1 S Lock washer 3 1 16 x 11 2 Bolt 5 1 1 4 24 Hex Nut 6 1 1 4 Lock 7 1 1 _ 20 1 2 Bolt COM 8 2 1 14 Roll Pin COM 10 1 No 6 Non Insulated Terminal
195. ction Use materials in accordance with the drawings referenced ir Appendix A WARNING Notify IDS IGS maintenance unit after repairing or replacing crane load bearing parts or parts on any lifting slings or rigs used with the crane They must proof test and safety inspect the repaired item in accordance with TB 43 0142 In addition the crane and all slings and lifting devices used with the crane must be proof and function tested and safety inspected to this standard every 12 months Record and maintain certification of all proof testing 2 13 1 Maintenance concept 2 13 1 1 Unit level and IDS IGS maintenance on the bridge crane system is performed onboard by barge crew members whenever authorized by the Bargemaster 2 13 1 2 Any IDS IGS maintenance beyond the capability of crew members is provided by a shore based area support maintenance unit This unit also determines if depot support maintenance is required 2 13 1 3 Intermediate support maintenance is accomplished by replacing components or major end items 2 13 1 4 Unless other intermediate support procedures are directed IDS IGS maintenance normally is provided by Army Transportation Corps floating craft intermediate support maintenance unit serving terminal operating area Components to be disposed of are processed by this unit 2 13 1 5 Maintenance Allocation Chart MAC is in TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 18 For maintenance of other equipment onboard consult appropriate manual
196. ction or one full tooth on ER CE D J S double limit switch gear reduction refer to Table PUT Over 83 thru ied uo l B B 2 Othru 20 Single 6 10 Reposition the guide plate in the next slot and Over 20 thru 65 Double 2 2 6 securely tighten screws 622 Sale 3 14 6 11 Reconnect hoist to power supply and check the ined E n i j jo i 2 stopping point of hook by first raising the hook about 10 inches then lower the jogging F F 2 Othru20 Single 4 6 cautiously until the lower limit switch stops the Ovar 20 bro Double 2 2 6 downward motion The stopping point of hook wee Gua tubo Sawa ae dod should be the desired lower position If not dM poft n 1 5 g ouble Worm 1 25 8 repeat the above instructions Over 80 thru 90 Single Worm 2X 3 12 Double check setting by raising the hook about 2 Othru42 Double Worm 2 1 8 2 feet and then run the hook into the lower limit Worm CUNEO S pO with the v DOWN control held depressed NEN T n Poco E 13 Fine adjustment of the lower limit setting may R R 2 Othru2 DoubleWorm W 2 2 be obtained by inverting the guide plate in Step Over 21 thru 40 Single Worm 244 2 8 10 The offset on the plate gives adjustments d MD E rs Devis Worm Ha cre IM lt 3 equivalent to 1 2 notch see Table for the zd uda s Hook Travel Per Notch of Limit Switch Nut When inverting the p
197. ctrical power not reaching brake magnet assembly Low voltage to brake magnet 7 Trolley hoist does not stop Brake release did not when hand held controls are reset to normal position released 8 Bridge crane interlocks do not a Safety stops binding retract b Pull rod on connector interlock assembly bent or broken C Operator wheel on crane interlock and operator assembly binding warped or out of adjustment 2 16 2 Repair or replacement of bridge crane system components WARNING Suggested Action a Check that reel drum is center line to cable fun b Remove and replace reel assembly C Remove slip ring cover ensure ground wire is properly Repair as necessary a Close ON circuit breaker b Remove brake cover check for any broken wires leading to magnet assembly Repair as required C With power off and using a continuity meter check wiring Repair or replace as necessary Remove brake cover plate and inspect for damage or broken parts If brake is defective replace brake assembly a Adjust stops and or replace defective stops as required b Check pull rod for proper condition Remove and replace as required Check operator wheel assembly for proper operation Adjust or replace components as required Shut down bridge crane system before attempting maintenance Be sure to open OFF circuit breaker 6P5 on power panel 1 Red tag circuit breakers with WARNING DO NOT ACTIVATE REPAIRS
198. d Rev and Trolley 5 282 Indicator Plate Drive Screw 2 per Plate 12 283 Insulator Shield 1 S 284 Ground Wire Solderless Terminol 1 S 480 S 285 Sheet Steel Enclosure Frame and Cover included 1 286 Switch Unit Insert Items S 287 thru S 300 2 287 Push Button Guide Attaching Screw and L W 2 5 288 Stationary Contact Attaching Screw and L W 4 5 278 Long 5 289 Stationary Contact Attaching Screw and 4 Short S 290 Stud Lockwasher 2 291 Push Button 2 5 292 Tapered Spring Top 2 5 282 5 293 Push Button Guide 1 5 294 Compression Spring Center 2 5 295 Stationary Contact 8 5 296 Movable Contact 2 5 297 Compression Spring Bottom 2 5 298 17 299 Terminal Nut 8 300 Stud 2 S 479 Push Button Chain Attaching Link 2 480 Push Button Station Items S 278 thru 5 286 1 REFER TO PAGE 27 FOR ORDERING INSTRUCTIONS Number required for one switch unit insert 47 MOTOR DRIVEN TROLLEY 8 181 5 385 384 5 346 184 5 369 383 8 34 5344 i86 3 43 368 3 389 3 17 l ES y 36 yg 3 9 e DN 27 A LE ak VA J iN Sta NY 188 IN omen 4 EI s 2 22 24 p E THESES m 190 E S DE s a um 5 397 3 3987 3 07 vid H 2 5 16 s Z 7 5 571 1657 370 1877 7 s 5 352 5 372
199. d be od tank Generally where this is the case the tler will be mounted on the extra lank Mernove Ihe car wash with and with compies Sed au While crane es folded check that the level in the hydraubc tank is between minimum amp max mum When topping up use only the shown Ihe proper table Grease ponis as shown on page including the ponts not easely visible Spread grease Ihe surface ol telescoping booms to ensure easy movement remove ail sand Qui eic rom these surlaces Lubrcale jonied lever rods AFTER EVERY 500 HOURS USE fepiace Ihe ter clement Clean the ler in os filer Completely replace the hydrautic od GREASING TABLE Esso Multi Purpose Grease H AGIP Ft Grease 16 15 ESSO NUTO 115 75 J5ec ESSO NUTO 465 ESSO NUTO 100 When dustrial od 15 nut avadabie use the motor ir vom ee ESSO HOSW Bec 35 ESSO 25 ESSO HD30 Industrial oll can t te mixed with motor oil GAY IDRAULICHE ob ibe crane dun wat Belg wading Sloe ave medic Su Vie paved late ell den n engage Ihe crane htt Ie she so loads rans CAPE Temper dare et od fen tos OW chon pw Duty od tens Au ute she dul ty on Puriy fier Hon Tobis aded qois fad ue cer
200. d by a cable attached to the boom and jib nose With pbs this cable is wound manually operated rubber or steel type cable reel mounted at the jib base section and with extendable boom n is wound on e spring type cable reel mounted on the base boom section Menuel Opereted Cable Reel fer Jiba 2 018 The Panel This control unit ts located in the operstors cab contains 1 Visual warning light 2 Toggle switch for audible alarm and 3 Key switch to by pase the shut off system optional The panel s mounted on sdjustable mounting brackets and it can be adjusted for best operator view The optional by pass key switch deactivates the shut off system KRUGER GmbH amp Co KG Frietingsdertweg 4 Pestfach 4260 4300 Essen 16 Germany Tel 0201 40941 3 579552 KRUEGER CRANE SYSTEMS INC 4699 Road Recklord 61109 USA Tel 815 874 9402 Teles 25 7498 TERMINAL SQENOID ov DRAWG NO 640534001 TWO BLOCK Page 3 of 8 Installation procedure 1 Install hardware and components according to engineering drawings for reference see fig 1 2 Power supply 2 cond cable Connect the blue wire to terminal 1 of the control panel and to 12 crane power supply Connect the brown wire to terminal 2 of the control panel and to a ground terminal on the crane See fig 2 for connections on different models Two block sw
201. d can then be raised or lowered by manually operating the trolley chain that controls hoist movement If desired the load can be transported from the portside crane to the starboard side by using the crossover assemblies Loading or unloading can be accomplished through the starboard side sliding door by using the jib rail The jib rail is shown in Figure 2 4 2 10 Section Operating instructions Operating controls Controls for maneuvering loads include the bridge crane hand held control shown in Figure 2 5 2 ton hoist hand held control shown in Figure 2 6 2 11 Operating procedures To move a load within the ROWPU space perform procedures in paragraph 2 1 1 1 To move the ROWPU trolley from one side to the other perform procedures in paragraph 2 11 2 To move a load through starboard sliding door perform procedures in paragraph 2 1 1 3 To place jib rail in stowed position perform procedures in paragraph 2 11 4 2 11 1 Using portside or starboardside crane Use either portside or starboardside crane for handling a load within the ROWPU space a b Close ON power panel 1 circuit breaker 6P5 on ROWPU space portside Start crane motor by pressing ON button hand control Figure 2 5 Press FORWARD or REVERSE button as necessary to move crane to load location Move trolley sideways by using trolley lateral movement chain Figure 2 1 Obtain appropriate lifting rig Figure 2 3 if necessary for use
202. d that holds jib rail in aft stored position c Swing jib rail to loading position and return stowing rod to its position for storage d Secure jib rail with bolts removed in step a Make sure crane rail and jib rail are properly aligned e Slowly move trolley hoist to jib rail crossover f When crossover and jib rail are realigned pull interlock rope to retract interlock safety stops CAUTION Do not move trolley hoist onto crossover until jib rail is secure in loading position g Transport load using either 5 ton trolley or 2 ton electric hoist whichever is applicable 2 11 4 Placing jib rail in stowed position a Move trolley hoist onto bridge crane b Pull interlock rope to engage interlock safety stops c Remove four bolts securing jib rail d Remove stowing rod from storage position and swing jib rail to stowed position Figure 2 8 e Fasten rail in aft stowed position with stowing rod f Reinstall four bolts into captive nuts so that bolts are available for future use 2 12 Operation under extreme conditions Operating the bridge crane system in extreme hot or cold temperatures creates a special problem with lubricants As a result ambient temperatures above 150 degrees F or below 15 degrees F may cause hoist to move slower or faster than normal To ensure safe and efficient operation of bridge crane system use cold weather lubricants during extreme cold weather and hot weather lubricants during extreme hot weather Infor
203. dering or crimping connections Check all groundings Check that all current carrying members are properly insulated to avoid short circuiting Check for abrasion and chafed insulation on wires and cables Repairwith tape or replace as necessary When replacing bearings follow procedures in TM 9 214 Lubricate bearings with recommended lubricant When installing bearing on shafts apply pressure to inner race When installing bearings in housing apply pressure to outer race Weld in accordance with TM 9 237 and MIL STD 1261 Welding can be used to repair cracks and breaks in steel parts such as bracket panels and light framework Weld only when replacement parts are not available because of a chance of failure later CABLE TERMINAL INSULATOR 1 Strip cable insulation equal to depth terminal well 2 Slide insulator if used over cable 3 Insert cable into terminal well and crimp 4 Slide insulator if used over crimped end of terminal Figure 3 9 Replacement of Crimped Terminals 3 17 TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 WARNING Be sure that electric power is off before performing maintenance Observe all safety precautions in this manual and manufacturers manuals and instructions NOTE Due to this vessel s mission and crew capabilities maintenance normally assigned to organizational level or higher echelons may be assigned to the crew by the Bargemaster 3 19 2 Bow crane system This paragraph describes lu
204. diate Bearing Spacer S 192 Rubber Bushing For Brake Leads 194 Brake Hub Splined 5 359 Intermediate Shaft Ball Bearing Motor End 195 Brake Hub Snap Ring Splined Shaft S 249 Electric Broke Assembly Complete with gt gt gt 360 Intermediate Pinion Screw Lockwosher S 361 Intermediate Pinion Nut S 362 Intermediate Gear S 363 Motor Pinion h S 372 Terminal Box Attaching Screw 373 Terminal Box Attaching Screw Lock washer 5 253 Brake Attoching Screw 256 Brake Field Sub Assembly 5 262 1 1 1 Cover Items 5 164 5 165 5 166 5 364 Motor Pinion Groove Pin 1 5 176 S 250 5 252 5 253 5 314 and S 365 Gear Housing 1 S 315 S 366 Gear Housing Gasket 1 S 250 Electric Assembly Items S 174 1 S 367 Gear Housing Screw Lockwasher 4 5 175 S 251 5 256 thru 5 261 368 Gear Housing Screw 4 5 251 Brake Base Plate ond Stud Sub 1 S 369 Motor End Beil Gasket Assembly S 370 Terminal Box 1 252 Brake Attaching Screw Lockwasher 2 371 Terminal Box Cover 3 included 374 Box Connector 1 257 Brake Stud Nut 2 375 Idler Pinian 2 5 258 Brake Coil Retainer Strap 1 5 376 Idler Pinion Bearing 2 5 259 Brake Coil 1 S 377 Idler Pinion Washer 2 S 260 B S 378 Idler Pinion Cotter Pin 2 rake Armature Sub Assembly 1 5 390 C Ps apacitor Single Phase 1 5 261 Brake Friction Disc Sub Assembly 1 S
205. dically and adjusted when necessary BULLETIN NO BK4613 Date 8 80 60 SERIES HEAVY DUTY UNIPAC BRAKE INSTRUCTIONS 2 63015 24 2 63020 24 OD O m Bon y d of mounting hote thru brack i Fhese models are replaced by 2 620 To 24 se ge mi M NPT LEADWIRE Qu cron i ONNECTION CSA Listed LEFT HAND STANDARD RIGHT HAND UPON REQUEST STANDARD NEMA SHAFT BRAKE CAN E BE ROTATED TO PLACE EXTENSION BE USED OP BUT TOM OR EITHER SIDE OPEN INGS FOR INTERN CONNECTION MOTOR INSTALLATION see Figures 2 4 8 5 1 Remove hub 1 from brake and position on motor shaft with key as illustrated in Figure 2 Stamped part number on hub should face away from motor Tighten hub screws to shaft with 8 10 Ib ft torque 2 Remove two cover screws 32 and cover 31 and position brake over hub on shaft Bolt brake to motor flange or floor mount 3 connect coil wire leads as shown in Figure 4 Replace cover and cover screws 4740 WEST ELECTRIC AVENUE MILWAUKEE WISCONSIN 53219 414 672 7830 TELEX NO 2 6602 MANUAL RELEASE See Figure 5 To manually release the brake rotate release knob 21 clockwise until it strikes stop pin 22 The brake will remain in the release position until manually reset or automatically reset when electric power is restored MAINTENANCE AND SERVICE FRICTION DISC REPLACEMENT See Figure 5 When total wear on rotating fricti
206. dividual components are not available for the repair of this contactor ADJUSTMENT If the Contractor is disassembled to remove the movable contact carrier the armature solenoid may be adjusted by screwing the armature within A Dimension of the Magnet Core and Locking with slotted nut to 20 Ib in Torque A Dimension depends upon the series stamped on the contractor nameplate For series C contractors A 15 64 For series D contractors A 19 64 Key S 452 S 551 S 553 S 554 S 555 S 556 S 563 CONTROL STATION USED ON MODELS A THRU H SINGLE PHASE WITHOUT CONTACTOR AND MODELS A 2 THRU RR 2 ALL VOLTAGES FOR MODELS A THRU H SINGLE PHASE WITHOUT CONTACTOR Number Part Name Required Control Station 1 Items S 551 S 553 thru S 556 amp S 563 Control Station Kit 1 Consists of 1 Neoprene Grommet 1 Grommet Retainer Ring 2 Grommet Retainer Ring Attaching Screw 6 Cover Attaching Screw Case 1 Gasket 1 Cover Assembly 1 Decal amp Rocker included Switch Assembly 1 Control Station Parts Kit 1 Consists of 1 Strain Cable Attaching Screw 1 Strain Cable Attaching Screw Washer 1 Link 3 Switch Assembly Attaching Screw 1 Link Return Spring Parts List 34 Key 551 553 554 555 563 5 565 5 872 FOR MODELS 2 THRU RR 2 Number Part Name Required Control Station Kit 1 Consists of 1 Neoprene Grommet 1 Grommet Retainer
207. e When requesting spare parts specify Crane serial number printed into pillar succort Le chi re de la grue poinconne sur te supcor coionne i 1 2 Tatte and ligure 2 Table t dessin 3 Pan name 3 Nom la piece 4 Cece numoer Numero code Number of oieces 5 Quante des pieces aA h WICHTIG IMPORTANTE Ersatrteilanfrage muss folgendes genau angegeben Por ei pedido de las piezas de requesto indicar claramente werden 1 a ges Kranes iaut aer Saguiensivetze Uume matncula 3 grua tsellaco a Correspgonaienia 2 unc 818 3 SJezercmnurg des Tenes I Tara figura 124 Coge Nummer 1 Lenomunacion Je oela Mence der 1 hymen 16509 umero 26 11 2225 T l w cau n h NOMENCLATURA GENERALE DELLA GRU 35 Casamenio gt siapinzzaion salengone SADLIZAION namnet stapiizraion ssieme OsiruoulOre 127 2220 comand 2 9 0 7 mamnet tstensione stapuizzaton Tuo amp none osr statxuzzaton 7 per rotanone seme gracc F 10 2 ss eme oracc shiaow 210 3 Asseme onncioae 102 3
208. e This interchangeability of wheels is quick and simple and can TROLLEY be accomplished without the use of any special tools or YOKE devices DIMENSIONS ARE FOR ESTIMATING PURPOSES ONLY REQUEST CERTIFICATION FOR CONSTRUCTION Copyright 1978 A DIVISION OF JERVIS B WEBB COMPANY Page 16 2 Jervis B Webb co 739 MOORE ROAD AVON LAKE OHIO 440121 0 1 80 2 N 13 1 2 20 Side Guide Roller 16 106 0 12 f Salt Locking 5 Nut 33 900 0 15 Side Guide Roller Ass y 15 06 1 Rocker Seal 16 102 0 09 Spacer 18 106 0 10 7 Thrust Bearing 16 105 0 1 Page 16 7 DIDI SENS Cn FON LETVATAD PURPOSES OA P i Snap Ring 33 900 0 05 Yoko 16 1050 D4 C 16 919 09 gme Screw 32 109 0 25 32 109 0 46 Nut 33 103 0 03 Wheel 16 106 0 01 1 Forging No 18 918 00 4 End Plug 16 106 0 13 Wheel Axle 3 6 105 0 02 1 Wheel Axle Bushing 1065 0 05 Ball Bearing 16 1080 01 T Flangeless Wheel Ass y 6 105 Lockwasher 33 114 0 73 33 213 0 04 16 109 2 WHEEL TROLLEY 2000 LB CAPACITY st n Intermedial Trolley Intermediate Including Cable Clamp Trolley 29 211 29 111 0 08 Traveling Pushbutton Trolley Assembly 29 150 Trolley Track Splice Trolley Track 29 111 0 03 0 0
209. e n Ie an synt at k Non elec iency al he pump General hy pass bor ipit bh or ib en Pas welt worn out p w ings ie noun sel flow regalo valve noq eoim Hy Ant shock vate vhe Ted Worn out pacing Ihe eat he rack REM SUGGESTIONS OF FAULT FINDING Pag n 9 TU PELO the cd ny ine tipun M PCPS haly f san the birg ny evang iHe nt 6 ope up ms ema Pers the dead bom ways nan the bier doter cao qnte deo melo I a ae Neria m to Du ane pressure ard te wares narkinqs Staten ze Ihe Ahus Ibe valve Aunt the valve Replace portans Mtegulate Ihe clearance The cher tied ved adyislmenp ot ihe precsien n em phy oity wareanly I br cte ont by an mj Sir n GRU IDRAULICHE CATALOGO PARTI RICAMBIO SPARE PARTS CATALOGUE IMPORTANTE Per la richiesta dei pezzi di ricambio indicare chiaramente Numero d matncola della gru siampigiiato 5 zolenna Tavola e figura Denominazione qel pezzo Numero d codice Ur t Numero cezzi IMPORTANT IMPORTANT Pri re de specifier clairement dans vos commandes de pieces de rechang
210. e severely reduced WARNING Do not use bow crane for moving workboat or shore winch when barge is rolling 5 degrees or more 3 6 3 Repair parts and special tools onboard are listed in the Repair Parts and Special Tools List in TM 551930 209 14 amp P 18 3 7 Items required but not furnished All required items are furnished 3 8 Tools and test equipment Use existing tools and equipment onboard A complete list of tools and test equipment onboard is in the Tools and Test Equipment List TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 18 Section Il Description of operation 3 9 General The hydraulically operated bow crane is used to launch and retrieve the barge s workboat and to load and unload the shore winch When not in daily use place bow crane in traveling configuration Figure 3 1 3 91 Workboat This workboat weighs 6 590 pounds wet w messenger line reel mount and line and is approximately 26 feet long This length includes an aluminum tubular protective frame around the outboard drive to protect it from damage When not in daily use the workboat is stowed in its cradle on top of the deckhouse Three strap winches on each side hold the workboat in its storage cradle These straps are hooked into three eyes on each side of the boat just under the rubber bumper The boat is launched from storage using a three point suspension harness attached to specially constructed points on the workboat The other end of the suspension harness is securely attached
211. eads of motor winding that is out of phase at the speed selecting relay To Detect Open and Short Circuits In Electrical Components Open circuits in the coils of electrical components may be detected by isolating the coil and checking for continuity with an ohmmeter or with the unit in series with a light or bell circuit Shorted turns are indicated by a current draw substantially above normal connect ammeter in series with suspected element and impose normal voltage or D C resistance substantially below normal The current method is recommended for coils with very low D C resistance Motor current draw in the stator should be measured with the rotor in place and running Brake relay and contactor coil current should be measured with the core iron in operating position Electrical Data TRANSFORMER D C Resistance Voltage leads Ohms 2301 460 1o 115 Secondary Blue Tan 21 LA R J 2 Stripe to Blue 12 R 2 JJ LL RR JJ 2 Primary Red Black 150 U2 RR 2 Stripe or Black to Red Blue Stripe White Red Stripe to White Green Stripe or Red RELAY COIL 4 Voltage Normal Current D C Resistance Ohms 120 0 09 200 WW LUR HLUZ R2 230 J UL RR 42 2 U2 RAZ 230 46 AA R 1 2 L 2 R 2 N HJ RR 11 2 LL 2 RR 2 On dual voltogs units connected for 460 volts brake cat operate on 230 volts 21 21 MOTORS Voltage Full Lood D C Voltoge Full Load D C
212. ec a aR e LYS u M LP T S Repair or replacement of system BOW Cleaning and Aj Tost n sns a s S D e 5 lt 1 MIIN a CD olz lol 2 24 rri 0 IS A Od KR N S gt Jo 5 10015 AIMER 1 O 9 REB fevers 1 5 e gt gt E TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 TABLE OF CONTENTS Continued VOLUME 13 Page Storage cy us sues tensa une a a a um 3 29 SNr LONI uuu n 3 29 Administrative Storage a MERERI IR RIPE 3 29 Administrative storage 3 29 Long term Storage mer ee 3 29 Manufacturers service manuals instructions 3 29 Generala ama u Manufacturers warranties guarantees 3 30 ec p 3 30 VOIIB A TROEEE HOIS Tecos 4 1 che ULM eh ULM et UM LIES 4 1 us a ua MEI MH 4 1 GapabilllieS x ER 4 1 Performance 44444 00000 0 4 1 Equipment nenn
213. ecify 1 Quantity desired 2 Key number of part 3 Part name NOTE When ordering replacement parts it is suggested that the individual also consider the need if he has not done so already for such items as gaskets fasteners etc These items may be damaged or lost during disassembly or may be just unfit for future service because of deterioration from age or service conditions The parts shown on pages 29 38 are for current hoists and trolleys Additional parts which were used on older units are listed on pages 40 54 47 16 MODELS 2 6 H 2 5 We MODELS 2 6 RR 2 ___ END BOL o _ DEAD END BLOCK FIGURE 16 HOOK SUSPENSION 27 Assembly Instructions HOOK OR LUG SUSPENSION Models E H R RR E 2 H 2 R 2 and RR 2 Assemble the dead end bolt and block through the suspension adapter as shown in Figure 16 CENTRIFUGAL MECHANISM Centrifugal Mechanisms S 430 are furnished in kit form which contains the centrifugal mechanism spacers and an Instruction Sheet The Instruction Sheet provides complete details on the installation of the replacement mechanism To install the replacement mechanism a press on tool shown in Figure 17 will be required The press on tool is not included in the kit however it may be ordered from the Factory order Centrifugal Mechanism Press On Tool Key No S 438 When installing the replacement mechanism the spacer is placed between the rotor shaf
214. ecure all hoisting hooks by wrapping sides of each hook with 032 steel safety wire This procedure mousing prevents hooks from straightening and releasing load Notify Intermediate Direct Support Intermediate General Support IDS IGS maintenance unit after repairing or replacing parts on any slings used on the barge They must proof test the repaired item in accordance with American Society of Testing and Material Specification A 391 65 and US Army procedures In addition all slings and lifting devices must be proof tested to these standards every 12 months Record and maintain certification of all proof testing 2 6 TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 5FT LENGTH 29 Q 5 LIFTING SLING FOR LIFTING SLING FOR DIESEL GENERATOR SET ROWPU BOOSTER SEAWATER PUMP ASSEMBLY LIFTING SLING FOR ROWPU HIGH PRESSURE PUMP DIESEL ENGINE Figure 2 3 Hoisting Rigs and Lifting Slings Sheet 1 of 2 2 7 TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 HOISTING RIG FOR ROWPU RO BLOCK HOISTING RIG FOR ROWPU MEDIA FILTER 55 GALLON DRUM LIFTER Figure 2 3 Hoisting Rigs and Lifting Slings Sheet 2 of 2 2 8 2 9 TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 Section Il Description of operation General After load to be moved is securely in place it can be moved forward and aft by using the electrical hand control The load can be moved sideways on the bridge crane by manually operating the trolley chain that controls trolley lateral movement The loa
215. embly 1 S 601 Contactor Wiring Shield 1 S 833 thru S 836 for Models E H E 2 amp H 2 S 109 Motor Housing Cover Screw Lockwasher 2 5 261 Friction Disc Sub Assembly lor2 S 602 Contactor Mounting Plate Stud 3 S 721A Suspension Lug Specify Diameter of Lug 1 S 109 Motor Housing Cover Screw Washer 2 5 262 Brake Shading Coil 2 S 603 Contactor Mounting Plate 1 S 21B Suspension Lug Special High Strength Bolts 1 S110 Motor Housing Cover includes S 219 1 S273 Brake Jumper White 1 5 604 Contactor Mounting Plate Stud Lockwasher 3 Grade 6 or stronger are required for attachment S 113 Hoist Identification Plate 1 S 274 Brake Jumper Orange 1 5 605 Contactor Mounting Plate Stud Nut 3 S 740 Loose End Screw 1 S 114 Hoist Identification Plate Drive Screw S 302 Liftwheel 1 5 606 Conversion Terminal Board Insulator L S 741 Loose End Screw Lockwasher 1 5 115 Motor Housing 1 S 303 Liftwheel Gear 1 S 607 Conversion Terminal Board Mounting S 742 Loose End Screw Washer 1 S 116 Loose End Nut 1 S 304 Liftwheel Gear Snap Ring 1 Screw amp Lockwasher 3 S 743 Loose End Link 1 5 117 Suspension Adapter Nut 2 5307 Liftwheel Bearing Gear End 1 5 609 Conversion Terminal Board 1 S 750 Load Chain Specify Length Required 1 5 118 Chain Guide 2 5 308 Liftwheel Bearing Motor End 1 S 610 Jumper Harness 1 S 760 Lower Hook Block Assembly 1 5 120 Gear Housing 1 S 310 Drive Shaft amp Pinion Sub Assembiy 1 S 611 Wiring Harness Screw 1 Items S 764 5 770
216. en nnn nnn 4 1 Items furis led IM NUMINE 4 1 Items required but not furnished 4 1 Tools test SOLON atenta tee 4 1 Lu a nn nena a kasta nna 4 1 Gelierdl ME NIU DE MILL 4 1 Operating INS ute mu DEL IE 4 3 ULM UE ELM D ELM LIE DNE 4 3 Pr start PIOCCOUNGS esce 4 3 Operating ua UE IE 4 3 Shutdowm anie 4 3 Operation under extreme Maintenance 4 3 Generals aaa Maintenance 4 3 Maintenance Preventive maintenance checks and 4 4 V TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 TABLE OF CONTENTS Continued VOLUME 13 Page 4 16 4 4 Maintenance innen nnns 4 4 NERONE 4 4 MID MIG n SU s eut 4 4 4 17 3 Cleaning and inspection 4 4 4 5 MM ME 4 5 Replacement
217. epair all damaged equipment Coat unprotected metal surfaces with a preservative conforming to MIL C 16173 Grade 3 d Lubricate crane system components in accordance with manufacturers instructions e Move both trolleys as far aft as possible and secure chains with special fasteners on side of ROWPU space aft storage area 2 19 Long term storage If barge is to be taken out of service for 6 months or more turn it in to depot for preparation and placement into long term storage If barge is in administrative storage and is to be taken out of service and placed in depot long term storage 6 months or more process barge and bridge crane system for normal operations before releasing to depot Section VI Manufacturers service manuals instructions 2 20 General These references provide additional information on bridge crane system components Ready reference copies are i Refer to both the reference copies and the drawings listed in Appendix A while performing procedures in these manuals Component 5 ton bridge crane system Crane cable reel Series 200a amp 300a POW R Crane brake Document title Spare Parts and Maintenance Manual for VSE Corp US Army NS 83 92580 SM3120 04 IL Service Manual MITE amp POW R MATIC 0931 amp 228a H Cord Reel Telex 224420 Bulletin No 60 Series Heavy Duty Unipac Brake Instructions 2 31 Manufacturer Spanmaster Division of Jervis B Webb Co 739 Moore Road
218. ers excessively wom Magnetic contactors inoperable Springs and bearings worn Limit switches inoperable TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 Table C 1 Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services for Handling Equipment Continued B Before D During ITEM NO e o a ol wml a 9 A After INTERVAL ITEM TO BE INSPECTED Crane and CarrierDrive Equipment D Daily PROCEDURES CHECK FOR AND HAVE REPAIRED OR ADJUSTED AS NECESSARY Inspect and test interlocks for proper clearances and freedom of operation Inspect current collectors for shoe wear and alignment and adjust if necessary Inspect for loose electrical connections or damaged wiring Check oil level in gearcases and add BP LSEP 2 ALT BEACON EP2 machine oil if required If equipment is equipped with travel brakes test operation and adjust if nec essary Inspect lineshaft for loose bearing sup port bolts Check crossbridge conductors for bends or kinks and loose splices rect if necessary Inspect motor mounting bolts and tighten if necessary C 16 Q Quarterly W Weekly S Semiannually M Monthly A Annually EQUIPMENT IS NOT READY AVAILABLE IF Connections loose or wiring damaged Brakes inoperable Bearing support boit loose Crossbridge conductor bent kinked or loose Motor mounting bolts loose TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 Table C 1 Preventive Maintena
219. es a Always use new seals and gaskets same as the original when reassembling components that have been disassembled for repair Carefully install so as not to damage during assembly b When replacing gaskets make sure all mating surfaces are clean and free of old gasket material adhesive oil or grease These precautions will ensure a leak proof joint c When replacing O ring seals make sure all surfaces are thoroughly clean and free of grit dirt and foreign material Prior to installation apply a thin coat of protective lubricant to O ring for ease of assembly Protect the O ring by applying tape over threads sharp corners or edges d When replacing or repairing electrical components follow procedures for soldering in TB SIG 222 Crimp connections as shown in Figure 2 9 Check all groundings Check that afTER current carrying members are properly insulated to avoid short circuiting Repair abrasions and chafed insulation with tape or replace as necessary e When replacing bearings follow procedures in TM 9 214 Lubricate bearings with recommended lubricant When installing bearings on shafts apply pressure to inner race When installing bearings in housing apply pressure to outer race f Weld in accordance with TM 9 237 Welding can be used to repair cracks and breaks in steel parts such as bracket panels and light framework Weld only when replacement parts are not available because of a chance of failure later
220. es newton meters 11296 Temperature Exact F Fahrenheit 5 9 after Celsius C temperature subtracting 32 temperature PIN 065364 000 This fine document Was brought to you by me Liberated Manuals free army and government manuals Why do I do it I am tired of sleazy CD ROM sellers who take publicly available information slap watermarks and other junk on it and sell it Those masters of search engine manipulation make sure that their sites that sell free information come up first in search engines They did not create it They did not even scan it Why should they get your money Why are not letting you give those free manuals to your friends I am setting this document FREE This document was made by the US Government and is NOT protected by Copyright Feel free to share republish sell and so on I am not asking you for donations fees or handouts If you can please provide a link to liberatedmanuals com so that free manuals come up first in search engines lt A HREF http www liberatedmanuals com gt Free Military and Government Manuals lt A gt Sincerely Igor Chudov http igor chudov com
221. ever touch radio antennas of fixed base radio transmitters When transmitting antennas contain high voltage Always use approved breathing apparatus when handling material in multimedia filters and chlorination unit descaling acid crystals Do not breathe dust from these materials Avoid breathing vapors from coagulant aid chemicals Use in a well ventilated area In case of chemical contact with skin wash with water For eyes immediately flush at eyewash station and obtain medical help as soon as possible Always wear work gloves and shirts with full length buttoned sleeves when handling fuel oil and gasoline a TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 Do not smoke or have open flames within 10 feet when handling fuel oil or gas Only minimum number of personnel necessary to conduct fueling operation is permitted in area Before starting any repairs on compressed air system always release pressure from air receiver and compressor and open and redtag circuit breakers On air compressor do not adjust automatic regulator switch pressure switch and pilot valve settings To avoid flying particles lodging in eyes do not use compressed air to dust off clothing or workspace Stay clear of anchor cables when operating anchor winches Always wear safety glasses or face shield when using power tools Always wear lifevests when on weatherdeck and throughout the barge during storm conditions Lifevests are to be worn at all times aboard workboat Only
222. ewing crane in a complete circle to the left and then to the right Continue to operate crane without load until it runs smoothly in all actions Stop hydraulic power unit by pushing STOP button on START STOP control station on deckhouse top In void 1 turn motor controller HAND OFF AUTO to OFF Remove hydraulic tank filler cap and check fluid level Add hydraulic fluid until level is within 1 inch of bottom of filler neck Replace filler cap and make sure it is tight 05 TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 Section V Storage 3 20 Short term storage If barge is to be taken out of service for more than 7 days but less than 30 days and bow crane system is not to be used while in storage perform following a Shut down system b Perform after operation maintenance 3 21 Administrative storage When bow crane is taken out of service for more than 30 days but less than 6 months barge remains a unit responsibility and is maintained by unit personnel Before placing in administrative storage perform the following a Shut down system b Perform after operation maintenance c Perform monthly maintenance requirements 3 21 1 Administrative storage inspection Bow crane if not used during administrative storage will be inspected every 30 days for corrosion damage or pilferage Correct as necessary 3 22 Long term storage If barge is to be taken out of service for 6 months or more turn it in to depot for preparation and placement into long
223. ey hoist for normal operations before releasing to depot Section VI Manufacturers service manuals instructions 4 24 General These references provide additional information on void 4 trolley hoist components A ready reference copy is in Appendix B Refer to both this manual and drawings listed in Appendix while performing procedures in these manuals Component Document Title Manufacturer 1 1 2 ton trolley Bulletin J Zephyr Low Chester Hoist Division hoist Head Room Hoists Monogram Industries Inc Model 1422 1 1 2 P O Box 229 Chester Parts and Instruc 7573 State Route 45 tion Manual Low Headroom Lisbon OH 44432 ZLP ZLG Series sec 825 Ph 216 424 7248 Section VII Manufacturers warranties guarantees 4 22 General Information on void 4 trolley hoist component warranties guarantees is listed below Component Manufacturer Duration Coverage 1 1 2 ton hoist Spanmaster Division of 3 months from date Materials and Jervis B Webb Co of shipment workmanship 739 Moore Road Avon Lake OH 44012 Ph 216 933 6166 beam Same as above 3 months from date Materials and of shipment workmanship 4 6 TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 APPENDIX REFERENCES A 1 A 1 Drawings TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 US Army Belvoir Research Development and Engineering Center 97403 13226E1892 13226E1893 13226E1896 13226E1897 13226E1901 13226E 1903 13226E1917 13226E1923 13226E1924 13226E1928 13226E1932 13226E1933 1322
224. ey hoist has scuffing a Rails worn or severely pitted a Inspect rails determine con action while rolling along ditions and repair as required rails b Trolley wheels improperly b Check trolley wheels for installed or worn excessively proper installation and wear Adjust or repair as required TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 Section V Storage 4 18 Short term storage If barge is taken out of service for more than 7 days but less than 30 days and void 4 trolley hoist is not to be used while in storage follow procedures below Periodically inspect for corrosion damage and missing items a Ensure that trolley hoist is completely operational all repairs complete b Remove all rust and corrosion by scraping wire brushing sanding or buffing c Immediately after removing rust or corrosion coat unpainted surfaces with paint d Cover all exposed gears chains chain drives and cables with a coat of multipurpose water resistant grease MIL G 24139A 4 19 Administrative storage If barge is taken out of service for more than 30 days but less than 6 months barge remains a unit responsibility and shall be maintained by unit personnel 4 20 Long term storage If barge is to be taken out of service for 6 months or more turn it in to depot for preparation and placement into long term storage If barge is in administrative storage and is to be taken out of service and placed in depot long term storage 6 months or more process barge and troll
225. f overhanging equipment and that fellow workmen are clear of possible danger from swinging or rotation of the load Check hoist brakes frequently If brakes do not hold load when lifted a few inches off floor do not use equipment until brakes have been adjusted Avoid side or off center lifting Always center hook over the load Do not carry loads over workmen Be sure that all loads are safely and securely hooked When equipment is floor controlled transport the load as close to the floor as possible This permits the operator to guide the load and have the feel of the equipment Avoid bumping of other units on the system The impact can damage equipment and cause load to swing dangerously Avoid bumping of safety stops and other protective baffles They are intended for emergency stops only Be careful to determine that any track switches or interlocks that may be in the system are properly set for through travel by your unit Be sure to disengage interlocks on interlocking crane before attempting to move the crane If care is not exercised in this respect interlocks can become misaligned and difficult to operate Do not allow anyone to ride the hook OSR 13 SPANMASTER Avoid excessive jogging or inching The life of electrical equipment is adversely effected by unnecessary jogging or inching 14 Avoid overloading the equipment RECOMMENDED SPARE PARTS A few items in most installations are unavoidably susceptible
226. filter element and hydraulic fluid as follows a Turn hydraulic power unit motor controller HAND OFF AUTO switch to OFF Redtag motor controller with WARNING DO NOT ACTIVATE REPAIRS BEING MADE Remove drain plug from bottom of hydraulic power unit tank and drain hydraulic fluid into bilge tank Unscrew filter element Install new filter element and make sure it has a tight seal Replace drain plug Remove filler cap and fill tank with new hydraulic fluid Fill tank to within 1 inch of top of filler neck Replace filler cap and make sure it is tight Turn motor controller HAND OFF AUTO switch to HAND On deckhouse top control panel inside watertight box push START button on START STOP control station to start hydraulic power unit NOTE After filling bow crane hydraulic unit initially crane movement may be jerky and erratic until the system works out air in the hydraulic lines Operate bow crane by extending all booms to their maximum length raising them to maximum height and slewing crane in a complete circle to the left and then to the right Continue to operate crane without load until it runs smoothly in all actions Stop hydraulic power unit by pushing STOP button on START STOP control station on deckhouse top 3 27 3 19 2 2 5 3 a 2 0 79 TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 In void 1 turn motor controller HAND OFF AUTO to OFF Remove hydraulic tank filler cap and check fluid level Add hydraulic fluid until level is w
227. g bends kinks Repair or replace as necessary Lubricate with wire rope compound Inspect hook biock for worn sheaves or broken sheave flanges Repair or replace as necessary block for loose or frozen bearings and lubricate Inspect sheave guards and repair if nec essary Check the oil level in gearcase and add MIL L 2105C oil if necessary using type and grade as specified by hoist manu facturer Inspect electrical connections for loose connection or damaged wiring Inspect collectors for shoe wear and alignment and check the electrical con nections Test brakes for operation and adjust if necessary Lubricate points of wear and bearings in ail controllers Inspect all magnetic contactors and check operation Check contactor surfaces for wear or pitting replace worn parts Check contro items for weak springs and worn bearings Replace worn items Adjust and lubricate the bearing points with a drop of oil Inspect limit switches and test opera tion Check contacts Clean and adjust if necessary C 15 Q Quarterly W Weekly S Semiannually M Monthly A Annually EQUIPMENT IS NOT READY AVAILABLE IF Cables are frayed bent or kinked Sheaves and or flanges exces sively worn Bearing loose or frozen Sheave guards inoperable Wiring damaged Shoes worn or misaligned Brakes inoperable Bearing and or controll
228. g 1 GO188 3 Anelo aniestrusione 5 nag 1 8 975 4 Ring nul 1 100038 Anero Ci guida Guidenng 2 AGI 5 Suarmizione Seal 1 G8378 Guarmzione Dust cover seal 1 Gwa32 8 Stale Cylinger 1 100203 9 Guarnizione OR O nng i 60120 30 Anello aulobloccante Setl ocking fing 1 62499 1 stone Prston 100034 12 Guarnizione Seal 1 GP399 33 Guarnizione OR 1 amp 0111 4 Smera Aing nut 1 100039 1 78 Guarninone Seat GB406 6 Suarrutione parapoivere Oust cover seai GNa26 po Rog 100204 DOM Anello antiegirusione Suppen nng 2 3 996 9 Guarniz cne OR C ang t GO168 20 Bronnna Susn 1 30179 2 Suarnizone OR O nng i 60142 22 Anello autobioccante Sell locking nng i 71468 2 P sione Piston 1 100035 24 Suarmzone Seal SP402 ccmaieta guarnizicni Compiele set o seais GSC 3M 1 1 i 1 espinas t a TRIPLE EXTENSION RAM 8 55 gau IOBAUCICHE k DENOMINAZIONE DESCRIPTION ee DENOMINAZIONE DESCRIPTION I Maninedo compielo Complete ram 00722 37 Guarmzine OR Guartizione OR Ong 3 Zingaro Cylinaer 00029 28 Suocon nng 2 i Guarnizione OR O nng 1 30 89 39e Bronzna Bush h 3 anero anhastrusione ang 1 8 976 Bronz na Gusn 5 U ox Ring nut 1 1
229. g consists of searchlights and floodlights for use at night or during reduced visibility Lights on the weatherdecks and standard navigation and status lights are for use during operation and towing VOLUME 11 EQUIPMENT MONITORING SYSTEM This volume provides operation and maintenance procedures for the equipment monitoring system which monitors the operation of several equipment components onboard the Water Purification Barges This system monitors operating conditions such as amount of drinking water in storage tanks and temperature of diesel engine cooling water Sensors detect unacceptable operating conditions the main processor flashes at double intensity and remote alarms homs strobe lights and buzzer alert crewmembers that corrective action is necessary 2 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 VOLUME 12 COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM Operation and maintenance procedures for the communications system are provided in Volume 12 This system consists of three separate communications methods radio communications foghorn and intercom telephones VOLUME 13 HANDLING EQUIPMENT This volume contains operation and maintenance procedures for handling equipment used for lifting transporting and repositioning equipment and materials onboard the barges The system includes a bridge crane bow crane and a void 4 trolley hoist VOLUME 14 ANCHOR MOORING AND TOWING EQUIPMENT Volume 14 describes the operat
230. g instructions on page 5 ALTERNATE METHODS OF WIRING A flexible conductor cable can be used to supply power to a trolley mounted hoist The length of conductor should be adequate for the full travel of trolley A long conductor will usually require a clamp or strain relief available from factory fitting at the hoist to prevent kinking where the conductor enters hoist To keep the slack conductor awe from the hoist and load a messenger wire system a counterweighted pulley or a spring loaded cord reel available from factory can be used Wheel Assembly 110 2 3 4 5 amp 6 Ton PART NO PER CAPACITY NONE wow wow mov none mue 12260 rus 1 Spacer Outboard 9162 one 155 9952 Spacer 93071 v sore 3 swore r 974 075 1 92078 spacer sse 1 93425 1 ova 9946 r S545 Wheel Plain WiBearing Cup 9203 1P 1 9203 1P 9203 2P 9203 2P 1 9203 3P 9203 3P Wheel Geared W Brg 9203 1G 9203 1G 1 9203 2G 9203 2G 1 9203 3G 9203 3G Washer 1 S2 sms 95994 1 eus 93095 washer C sera son 3063 Sis 95065 99066 e swoz snos 1 T ring ap 5000178 sns none wow
231. g of Vessels Welding Procedure for Construction Steel Inspection Care and Maintenance of Antifriction Bearing Welding Theory and Application Marine Salvage and Hull Repair Safety Inspection and Testing of Lifting Devices A 3 A 4 blank TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 APPENDIX B MANUFACTURERS SERVICE MANUALS INSTRUCTIONS B 1 B 1 Bridge Crane System Component 5 ton bridge crane system Crane cable reel Crane brake Crane 5 ton trolley hoist model 1422 5 2 ton hoist B 2 Bow Crane System Component FASSI bow crane Model F10 3 Anti 2 block APPENDIX B Document title Spare Parts and Maintenance Manual for VSE Corp US Army NS 83 92580 SM3120 04 IL Service Manual Series 200a amp 300A POW R MITE amp POW R MATIC 0931 amp 228a H Cord Reel Bulletin No BK4613 60 Series Heavy Duty Unipac Brake Instructions Bulletin J Zephyr Low Head Room Hoists P O Box 229 Manual 80 Instruc tion Maintenance and Parts Manual Electric Hoist Equipped with Protector Document title F 10 Terms of Warranty Use and Maintenance F 10 Spare Parts Catalogue System Mark H Installation and Checklist Trouble shooting List TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 MANUFACTURERS SERVICE MANUALS INSTRUCTIONS Manufacturer Spanmaster division of Jervis B Webb Co 739 Moore Road Avon Lake OH 44012 Ph 216 933 6166 Aero Motive Mfg Co P O Box 2678 Kalamazoo MI 49003
232. g wire harnesses lay wires alongside wire or harness and cut new wires at least 1 1 2 inches longer than wire being replaced 2 16 8 Threaded parts Visually inspect screws nuts and fittings for damage Replace if damaged If threads are only slightly damaged chase threads with charing tool Replace cross threaded parts Visually inspect tapped holes for damage If threads are damaged tap holes for next oversize screw or thread If retapping weakens part replace part Section V Storage 2 17 Short term storage If barge is taken out of service for more than 7 days but less than 30 days and bridge crane is not to be used while in storage perform the following procedures before placing this equipment in short term storage a Perform weekly scheduled maintenance requirements as listed in paragraph 2 16 1 b Move both cranes as far aft as possible Raise hoist hook to topmost position and secure chains c Open power panel 1 circuit breaker 6P5 in ROWPU space d Store 2 ton hoist 2 30 TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 2 18 Administrative storage barge is taken out of service for more than 30 days but less than 6 months perform the following procedures a Perform weekly scheduled maintenance b Perform monthly scheduled maintenance WARNING Corrosive preventive compound MIL C 16173 is flammable and slightly toxic Avoid contacting skin and eyes or breathing vapors Skin eye and breathing protection is required c R
233. gives FAST speed Partial release of control returns hoist to slow speed while complete release allows hoist to stop Rated lifting speeds are shown on hoist identification plate SLOW speed is intended as a means of carefully controlling or spotting the load although the hoist may be operated solely at this speed if desired It is not necessary to operate in the SLOW speed position as the hoist will pick up a capacity load at FAST speed from a standing start In other words it is not necessary to hesitate at the slow position when moving control from STOP and FAST position or vice versa 4 If material being handled must be immersed in water pickling baths any liquid dusty or loose solids use a sling chain of ample length so that the hook is always above the surface Bearings in the hook block are shielded only against ordinary atmospheric conditions Refer to limitations on inside cover sheet coning dumbwaiter applications 11 Operating Instructions HOIST 1 Before picking up a load check to see that the hoist is directly overhead 2 WHEN APPLYING A LOAD IT SHOULD BE DIRECTLY UNDER HOIST OR TROLLEY AVOID OFF CENTER LOADING OF ANY KIND 3 Take up a slack load chain carefully and start load easily to avoid shock and jerking of hoist load chain If there is any evidence of overloading immediately lower the load and remove the excess load 4 Do not allow the load to swing or twist while hoisting HOIST WITH LOW HEADR
234. he 3 4 inch pipe thread opening at the bottom of the enclosure Due to various types that may be used this connector is not supplied with reel Individual conductors are then connected to open side of terminal board BK 47 SAFETY INTERNAL GROUNDING Standard reels are not grounded internally with the exception of reels built to C A standards and the model 228a H Internal grounding must be accomplished by the user by running one jumper wire from brushholder BK 21 to screw s BK 32 and a second wire from terminal BK 47 to screw s BK 48 SECONDARY SAFETY CABLE It is strongly recommended that a secondary safety cable or chain be attached to all reels mounted overhead to prevent reel from falling ADJUSTMENT RATCHET LOCK All models are supplied with ratchet lock which works in any position If ratchet lock is not required constant tension place lock adjustment plate in position shown in illustration on opposite side For ratchet lock action move plate to position shown with phantom lines CABLE GUIDE cable guide arm BK 1 may be set at any fixed position around the cable drum The guide BK 53 must be set so the cable pays off reel in a straight line without bends If guide arm is to be free swinging self aligning loosen screw BK 2 on base of guide arm SPRING TENSION Before making final connections of cable BK 18 pretension reel by pulling cable out far enough to allow one full wrap of cable to be thrown back o
235. he hoist and the new load chain to be installed Then under power reeve the new load chain through the liftwheel area replacing the starter chain in unit Run enough chain through to attach loose end link to hoist frame CAUTION For double chain models be sure to disconnect one of the loose end links from load chain before attaching to hoist frame h For single chain models attach the hook block to load chain and proceed to step m For double chain models run the hoist r UP until only 3 feet in chain remains on lead end side This will minimize the chance of introducing a twist between hook block and hoist Replace chain with CM Star load chain of the appropriate size embossed with on side of barrels at intervals of approximately 19 inches i Allow the chain to hang free to remove twists j Using a wire as a Starter insert the chain flat link first into lower hook block upstanding links will have weld toward sheave and pull through k Insert last link into slot in dead end block making sure that no twist exists in the reeving at any point Assemble dead end pin washer and pin as shown in Figure 2 m Adjust limit switches as described on page 16 and 17 If the new load chain is longer than old check to be sure limit switch will allow for new length of lift In the event maximum adjustment does not allow entire length of lift check with the factory for modification necessary Do not allow
236. he normal of the hoist without service The device has been lubricated and calibrated at the factory for a specific model of Lodestar hoist and is not adjustable or interchangeable with other models For proper overload protection be sure before installing a protector that it is correct for the unit The spring washer of the Protector has been color coded at the factory as follows Lodestar Lodestar Protector Models Color Code A A 2 White AA AA 2 Light Blue B B 2 E E 2 White C C 2 Orange F F 2 H H 2 Orange J J 2 Red JJ JJ 2 White Green L L 2 Green LL LL 2 Yellow R R 2 Green RR RR 2 Yellow WARNING THE CM LODESTAR PROTECTOR IS NOT TO BE DISASSEMBLED The spring washer of the Protector is under high compression and removing the snap ring holding the clutch assembly together could allow this washer to spring the parts out Load Chain CLEANING AND INSPECTION First clean the load chain with a non acid solvent then slack the chain and make link by link inspection for nicks gouges twisted links stretching and excessive wear in particular observe the bearing surface between links If any of these conditions exist the load chain must be replaced Chain should be gaged throughout its entire length and replaced if beyond serviceable limits NO OF LIMS IN GAGE GAGE LENGTH Figure 12 14 CAUTION Before installing new load chain the unit must be disassembled to allow in
237. hooting a Troubleshoot bow crane system as directed in Table 3 2 b Troubleshoot bow crane as given in suggestions of Fault Finding list on page 9 in FASSI manual Terms of Warranty Use and Maintenance in Appendix B c Troubleshoot anti 2 block system according to Troubleshooting List in the Krueger Crane Systems manual System Mark H Troubleshooting List in Appendix Table 3 2 Bow Crane Troubleshooting Condition Possible Cause Suggested Action 1 Hydraulic power unit does not a Switchboard circuit a Close circuit breaker start when START button is breaker P16 open OFF pushed b HAND OFF AUTO switch b Turn switch to HAND on motor controller not properly set c START button inoperative c Replace button d Loose or broken electrical d Inspect and troubleshoot bow connection at hydraulic crane electrical system Repair power unit controls as necessary located in void 1 2 Booms drop continuously with a Internal leakage in overflow a Replace overflow valve or without load control handle valve in neutral b Load to be transported b Stop operation decrease load exceeds crane lifting to within crane s capacity capacity 3 Crane will not lift load a Hydraulic system M21 a Remove and replace pump with like item b System hydraulic pressure b Check system hydraulic pres too low sure If lower than 3000 psi adjust main overflow valve to correct pressure TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 Condition Possible Cause Sugge
238. hter loads A jib rail provides a method for moving suspended loads through the barge sliding door Figure 2 2 provides a top down view of the various equipment transport paths The bridge crane system installation is shown on drawings listed i 2 2 Capabilities The bridge crane lifts and transports loads of up to 5 tons with the geared trolley hoist Loads of 2 tons or less are lifted with the electric hoist when installed on the trolley hoist 2 3 electric hoist Limitations Load limitations are set at loads of 5 tons or less for the bridge crane and 2 tons or less with the Lifting slings listed in paragraph 2 8 1 must be used to lift and transport such items as 155 kW generators ship auxiliary generator SAG ROWPU high pressure HP pumps media filters and 55 gallon drums 2 4 2 5 Performance characteristics See manufacturers service manuals in Appendix B Equipment specifications Geared trolley hoist Manufacturer Monogram Industries Inc Chester Hoist Division CAGEC 80735 Part no 1422 5 Type Low headroom with track Capacity 5 tons 10 000 Ib Quantity 1 Cable reel Manufacturer Aero Motive Manufacturing Co CAGEC 82366 Part no 0931 06 204 Type Roller outlet w 40 ft of 4 conductor 14 wire Quantity 2 Jib Manufacturer Spanmaster Division of Jervis B Webb Co CAGEC 5N204 Part no NS 83 92580 A4 Type Swinging w hinge assemblies and tie rod Length 9 ft 2 in Material Steel Quantity 1 Interlocking
239. iate Pinion S 325 If the gear train in these hoists is disassembled the following steps must be observed in order to properly orient the three parts when reassembling 1 Assemble liftwheel gear to liftwheel NOTE These parts have their splines keyed in such a way that they will go together only one way See Figure 19 2 To install the intermediate pinion align the arrows that are stamped on the pinion and lift wheel gear so they point toward each other 3 Check operation of gear train by rotating the pinion four 4 complete revolutions liftwheel gear will turn one 1 complete revolution and the arrows will again be aligned as shown If the arrows do not align or there is binding between the gear teeth repeat the above steps 4 For gearing lubrication instructions see page 16 FASTENERS Models A thru H 2 tighten motor housing cover screws S 108 to where they have a minimum breakaway torque of 48 inch pound and the brake attaching screws S 253 have 50 inch pound minimum breakaway torque qe must et Up RE lt GEaa BS WES A P E CAUTION h AT ASSEMBLY ARROWS sN 5 ens O GEAR MUST Lime UP lo X 2 TOOTH space LL TM I otan leas Y O N 56 r benio FIGURE 19 NON CIRCULAR GEARING Models J
240. ic in the trolley section c END TRUCK FRAME Rugged steel weldment WEIGHT 70 pounds NOTE 16 101 A TWO WHEEL These short wheel base en the TROLLEY ASSEMBLY most economical unit and are designed for short span hand propelled cranes TREADLINE LINE FE 3X DIMENSIONS ARE FOR ESTIMATING PURPOSES ONLY REQUEST CERTIFICATION FOR CONSTRUCTION Copyright 1978 A DIVISION OF JERVIS B WEBB COMPANY Page 24 2 Jervis B Webb Co 739 MOORE ROAD AVON LAKE OHIO 440121 0 1 83 MONORAILS NO 24 204 A END TRUCK ASSEMBLY 13 000 LB CAPACITY MOTOR DRIVEN TWO WHEEL TROLLEYS Cat 16 102 A Specifications as noted in the Trolley Section of the catalog TROLLEY LOAD BARS Cat 24 204 F Heavy malleable casting fixture machined END TRUCK CROSSHEAD Cat 24 204 0 14 Heavy malleable casting fixture machined END TRUCK FRAME Structural channel weldment fixture fabricated NO 24 205 A END TRUCK ASSEMBLY Same as above except equipped with 16 103 A two wheel trolleys having flangeless wheels and side guide roller WEIGHT 495 pounds EYE 5 VM E WINE l e MR DRIVE 4557 520 SHAFT Cae 127 24 204 018 24 204 B CROSSHEAI 24 204 F TOP OF FRAME LOAD BAR BRIDGE RAIL TROLLEY ASS Y NO 24 206 A END TRUCK ASSEMBLY 21 000 LB CAPACITY MOTOR DRIVEN TWO WHEEL TR
241. ic assembly used to make up the various four wheel trolleys They may also be used in pairs to mount on carriers racks etc and suitable fittings are shown for that purpose These two wheel units must not be used singly to carry a load since they will not operate properly if so used WHEEL Eos TROLLEY WHEEL MOUNTING ASSEMBLY In the interest of easy installation and maintenance it is highly desirable that trolley wheels be easily in stalled or removed while the trolley is on the rail Spanmaster trolleys are equipped with a unique feature which permits this interchangeability of wheels without removing the trolley from the rail In the accompanying Sketch you will notice that there is a Wheel Axle Bushing which fits the bore in the trolley yoke and also 22 accommodates the axle of the wheel assembly This bushing is prevented from slipping or turning by the i 949 clamping bolt which also engages a notch in the bushing 20 to insure and maintain correct wheel gaging remove I a wheel with the trolley on the rail the hexagon nut and lockwasher are removed from the axle and the clamping bolt removed from the yoke The bushing is then withdrawn from the yoke bore as shown With the axle bushing removed the wheel axle will readily slip upward WHEEL AXLE thru the slot in the top of the yoke thus freeing the wheel BUSHING assembly from the trolley Replacing the wheel simply involves the above procedure in revers
242. icable uo to crane 056 Manineno campieio Comotete ram 2 700925 AR Cunero Cyinger 1 00925 2 Suarnizione OR O nng 50128 iJ Gmera Ring nut 1 100177 Anello guida Guce ring z AG331 3 Suarnzone Seal 3 38405 i Suarmzone Dusi cover seal 1 aw430 7 Sieg Roa 1 100176 Suarnizione Sea 1 62343 3 Spode sienco Ban jam 1 100178 Anello C arresto 1 5998 2 lermo Stop nng 1 90766 2 00909 Backing 1 100179 EC Sona etasuca Sonng ain 2993 14 ngrassatore Grease noole 845 comoleta guarniz on Comotete set of seal 1 93 18 4 0 DEVIATOR AND DISTRIBUTOR ASSEMBLY WITH DOUBLE CONTROLS GRU IORAULICHE nr DENOMINAZIONE DESCRIPTION S 2925 DENOMINAZIONE DESCRIPTION r 2 sinpurcre Ousir outor 2063 mar Seconoary am noz x m Screw 3 1674 1 matr stiamento Extension lt v asner 3 RP226 42 1 amp 3 56227 Nut 3 25502 43 Guarnizione OR O ring 32 32 44 aneno q arresio Greng 25754 4 5 2200 Nul 5 2A634 i 7 si Roa 5 00285 3 Fo zeta Fork 2 FR E Sia C sene Roo istanoarai 1 100664 sia centrale cenral pase 100594 5 Peng Pin 41190 Y I aneno arreso Secho 6 58730 voce 2 LOC
243. imit Switch Traveling Nut 2 S 644 Jumper White Three Phase Dual 1 S 223 Limit Switch Shaft Gear 1 Voltage With Type AB Contactor 5 231 Limit Switch Bracket 1 S 645 Jumper Set White Single Phase With 1 5 233 Limit Switch Insulator 2 Type AB Contactor 5 234 Upper Limit Switch 1 5 646 Jumper Set Orange Single Phase 1 5 236 Limit Switch Mounting Screw and Lock With Type AB Contactor washer 4 5 701 Upper Hook 1 S 238 Lower Limit Switch 1 Swivel Hook Susp 5 704 5 705 amp 5 239 Rolling Spring 2 5 706 Incl 5 257 Interim Hex Brake Stud Nut 1 Rigid Hook Susp 5 706 and S 711 5 263 Interim Hex Brake Stud Spring 1 Incl 5 265 Interim Hex Brake Stud 1 5 704 Upper Hook Washer 1 S 266 Interim Hex Brake Stud Sub Assembly 1 S 705 Upper Hook or Lug Collar for Swivel 1 Items S 257 5 263 S 265 5 267 thru Hook or Lug Suspension S 272 S 706 Upper Hook or Lug Pin 5 267 Interim Broke Field Plate Clamp 2 S 711 Upper Hook or Lug Collar for Rigid 1 5 268 Interim Brake Field Plate Clamp Spacer 2 Hook or Lug Suspension 5 269 Interim Brake Field Plate Clamp Screw 2 S 721A Suspension Lug 1 S 721B Suspension Lug 1 NOTE 1 Order Centrifugal Mechanism Kit S 430 see Page 27 REFER TO PAGE 27 FOR ORDERING INSTRUCTIONS 43 TYPE AB CONTACTOR 5 622 65 625 Parts List S 62 S 640 CONTACTOR 3 POLE 2 POLE Key No No Required Part Name 5 620 1 Contactor Items 5 621 thru 5 641 5 621 1 1 Contact Block 5 622 2 2 Contact Block Screw 5 623 2 2
244. imit setting may be obtained by inverting the guide plate in Step 10 The offset on the plate gives adjustments equivalent to 1 2 notch see Table for the Hook Travel Per Notch of Limit Switch Nut When inverting the plate it may be necessary to use the notch adjacent to the one used in the preliminary setting SETTING LOWER LIMIT SWITCH 5 Refer to Table The B dimensions given are the minimum number of load chain links that should be set between the loose end link and the hoist frame on the loose end side of the chain In other words the lowest allowable hook position CAUTION THE B DIMENSIONS SHOWN IN THE TABLE ARE THE MINIMUM ALLOWED FOR SAFE OPERATION AND SHOULD NOT BE REDUCED Reconnect hoist to power supply Run the hook to the desired lower position cautiously operating the hoist without a load Disconnect hoist from power supply 9 Moving one traveling nut toward the other TABLE I increases hook travel and away from the other ENCLOSED TYPE LIMIT SWITCHES decreases the travel Now turn the nut nearest Hook Travel Per Notch of Limit Switch Nut the switch indicated as the LOWER LIMIT SWITCH until it just breaks the limit switch Limit Travel contacts An audible click will be heard as the Model 02 switch opens Continue to rotate the nut toward Ne bh fs Reduction _ In Phese Phase Links the switch an additional two full teeth on single 22 ite 3 M limit switch gear redu
245. in block with the large hole on top into the hook block body Align the holes in the hook block body with the hole in the chain block and insert the small end of the pin in the hole Push the pin in by hand until it stops and then use P hammer or slow acting press to drive the pin into position so that the end of the pin is flush with the outside surface of the hook block body CAUTION These are special high strength pins and under no circumstances should a pin of a different material be substituted 28 5 700 COMPLETE SWIVEL HOOK SUSPENSION 524 5 242 5 710 COMPLETE RIGID SUSPENSION e 5720 COMPLETE LUG SUSPENSION 5 721 ae 4 hj 97 3 gt 3 O 5711 gt 7 Mb v 4 diio Sy 5706 gt 3 po 4 LIMIT SWITCH 5 219 ADAPTER FOR MOOELS E H E2 amp H 2 SHOWN TRANSFORMER LOCATED AT THIS END FOR SINGLE PHASE W T UNITS TRANSFORMER LOCATED AT THIS END FOR THREE PHASE UNITS 5 6838 BLACK 5 684 BLACK SY 273 WHITE 274 ORANGE UPPER OR LOWER LATCH HOOK S 701 S 770 S 771 S 679 BLACK 5 614 BLACK 866 5 772 5777 5 774 5773 lt 770 5 772 UPPER OR LOWER LATCHLOK 771 TYPE HOOK S 701 S 770 771 Exploded View LODESTAR HOIST MODELS E H E 2 H 2 MODELS A AA B C F 2 AA 2 B 2 C 2 F 2 5 860 COMPLETE LOWER HOOK BLOCK ASSEMBLY 760 COMPLETE LOWER HOOK BLOCK ASSEMBLY REFER
246. inals at terminal box of crane to be repaired Then close ON circuit breaker 6P5 to provide power to operational crane 2 Remove brake in reverse order of Installation paragraph on page 1 of Dings 60 Series Heavy Duty Unipac Brake Instructions manual in Appendix B b Installation 1 Install brake as given in Installation paragraph on page 1 of Dings 60 Series Heavy Duty Unipac Brake Instructions manual in Appendix 2 Open OFF and red tag circuit breaker 6P5 and connect voltage input wires if disconnected in step 2 1 3 Close ON circuit breaker 6P5 and check brake for normal operation by operating crane Adjust torque if necessary 2 16 6 Lifting slings and rigs Lifting slings and rigs Figure 3 2 used onboard the ROWPU Barge are listed below Used to Lift SLING or RIG Type Diesel generator set Lifting sling 1 2in chain 2 leg ROWPU booster Lifting sling 1 4 wire rope 4 chain sea water pump ROWPU high pressure Lifting sling 3 8in chain 4 leg pump diesel engine ROWPU RO block Hoisting rig 2 hook ROWPU media filter Hoisting rig 3 hook 55 gallon drum Drum lifter 2 29 TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 2 16 6 1 Cleaning and inspection a Wipe clean with cloth dampened in hot soapy water or approved solvent Then wipe dry with clean cloth b Inspect chain and wire rope slings as given Appendix Q of TB 43 0144 c Visually inspect lifting rigs and 55 gallon drum lifter for corrosion damage and worn
247. ing Motor reversing switch not opening start winding circuit Single phase unit only Limit switches not opening cir cuits Shaft not rotating Traveling nuts not moving along shaft guide plate loose Limit switch not holding adjust ment Brake not holding Two Speed Hoists Open Circuit Phase failure 20 CHECK AND REMEDY a Check brake adjustment as described on page 16 b See Item Ih a See Item Ih b Correct low voltage condition as describe on page 5 c See Item lb d Check brake adjustment as described on page 16 a See Item lh b Correct low voltage condition as described on page 5 c Above an ambient temperature of 104 F the frequency of hoist operation must be limited to avoid overheating of motor Spe cial provisions should be made to ventilate the space or shield the hoist from radiation d Avoid excessive inching jogging or plug ging This type of operation drastically shortens the motor and contactor life and causes excessive brake wear See Item Ib p f Check brake adjustment as described page 16 g See Item 3c a Check switch connections electrical con tinuity and mechanical operation Check the switch adjustment as described on page 16 Check for a pinched wire b Check for damaged gears c Tighten guide plate screws Replace dam aged part shaft or nut threads damaged a See Item 9 b Check the brake adjustment as described on page 16 a
248. ing 5 Dead end bolt 11 Loose end screw 6 Load chain Do order parts by these numbers See parts list FIGURE 2A NOTE Models R R 2 RR and RR 2 are furnished with a contact block S 837 The dead end block 2 passes thru the contact block and the contact block is supported by the dead end pin b Wasa FIGURE 2 POWER SUPPLY AND ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS ALL HOISTS The hoist should be connected to a branch circuit which complies with the requirements of the National Electrical Code and applicable local codes It is recommended especially for a single phase hoist with a one horsepower motor that a line of adequate capacity be run directly from the power supply to the hoist to prevent having problems with low voltage and circuit overloads For grounding of the hoist the power cord includes a grounding conductor green wire On a standard single phase unit this cord is equipped with a three prong plug Be sure that the receptacle opening which receives the longest prong is properly grounded Furthermore the suspension system on which the hoist is mounted should also be permanently grounded Before connecting the hoist to the power supply check that the power to be used agrees with that shown on hoist identification plate In addition for a three phase dual voltage unit check the voltage shown on the tag attached to power cord FIGURE 3 VOLTAGE CONVERSION TERMINAL BOARD The nominal
249. install new 20 Amp fuse in holder 4 Reinstall fuse holder in anti 2 block control panel 5 Replace fuse in fuse block in workshop b Anti 2 block system warning light replacement 1 Remove leng Figure 3 6 2 Remove bad bulb and install new bulb 8 Reinstall lens c Fuse box 9P14 fuse replacement 1 Above 24 Vdc power panel in workshop release two clips holding cover on fuse box 9P14 and remove cover 2 Remove blown fuse and replace with new fuse 3 Close cover and secure with clips 3 19 2 2 2 4 Switch replacement a Removal WARNING Make sure anti 2 block control panel is electrically dead before replacing switch by removing fuses from fuse box 9P14 Redtag fuse box with WARNING DO NOT ACTIVATE REPAIRS BEING MADE 1 Open storage box cover 2 Tag and disconnect wires to control panel 3 Remove mounting hardware 4 Remove control panel b Installation Install control panel in reverse order of removal Check operationally after installation 3 19 2 2 3 Bow crane remote Station 1 and 2 START STOP switches WARNING Make sure remote station 1 or 2 START STOP switch is electrically dead before starting repair or removal Redtag switchboard circuit breaker P16 Crane Hydraulic Unit REDTAG circuit breaker with WARNING DO NOT ACTIVATE REPAIRS BEING MADE 3 21 TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 NOTE Remote station 1 START STOP switch is located on the weatherdeck forward bulkhead Remote station 2 START STOP swi
250. ion and maintenance procedures for the anchor mooring and towing equipment on the Water Purification Barges This equipment provides a method to hold anchor the barges in a fixed position offshore at dockside or next to another vessel and a method to move the barges from one location to another VOLUME 15 MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT DAYROOM WORKSHOP ACCESSES AND SANITATION SYSTEMS Volume 15 addresses operation and maintenance procedures for miscellaneous equipment installed on the Water Purification Barges This equipment includes the dayroom on the forward starboard side of deckhouse the workshop on the forward portside of deckhouse accesses such as deckhouse doors and portholes and various accesses to and from the voids and two separate sanitation systems toilets and bilge Additional equipment addressed in this volume includes guard rails rubber fendering removable rubber floor mats eyewash stations component labels caution warning and danger signs and storage areas VOLUME 16 VENTILATION HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMS This volume contains operation and maintenance procedures for the deckhouse and voids ventilation systems and the heating and air conditioning HAC system installed on the Water Purification Barges The ventilation system provides fresh air circulation in the deckhouse and voids with 17 hatches and 10 ventilation fans The HAC controls the temperature in the dayroom and deckhouse VOLUME 17 WORKB
251. ion any goods which within the time stated herein shall be returned to it at its place of business at the address set forth herein with two way packaging and shipping costs prepaid and which upon examination and determination by SELLER shall be found to have been thus defective The rework repair or replacement of defective goods under this warranty will be made without charge for material or labor This warranty shall remain in force and be valid during the following periods and under the stated circumstances a on goods manufactured by SELLER or manufactured by others to SELLER S detailed design for 3 months from date of shipment by SELLER to BUYER and b on purchased items not included in a and incorporated in the goods for the period and to the extent specified by the original manufacturer Goods which are allegedly defective can not be returned to SELLER without prior written approval of SELLER SELLER at its option may first request samples for inspection purposes The provisions of this warranty shall not apply to nor is any other warranty given on as determines solely by SELLER goods which have not been used or maintained in accordance with SELLER S instructions or which have been subject to misuse negligence or accident or which have been repaired altered or modified in any way by anyone other than SELLER THIS WARRANTY IS EXPRESSLY IN LIEU OF ANY AND ALL OTHER WARRANTIES EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED INCLUDING SPECIFICALLY WITHOUT LIMITI
252. ires attachment to drum and other damage Replace wire rope if necessary g Visually inspect lubrication points on page 8 of the FASSI manual Terms of Warranty Use and Maintenance in h Visually inspect hydraulic hose connections for leaks Tighten connections or replace hoses if necessary i Check all slings used to hoist workboat for broken or frayed wires smooth or worn spots and corrosion Remove slings with broken or frayed wires from service immediately Inspect smooth or worn spots to determine cause of condition and corrective action to be taken If no further action is required coat spots with a thin coat of oil 3 19 2 2 1 2 Test Direct Support must perform and record an annual proof and function test and safety inspection of bow crane and workboat sling in accordance with TB 43 0142 3 18 TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 3 19 2 2 1 3 Repair Repair bow crane in accordance with the exploded illustrations in the FASSI Spare Parts Catalog in 3 19 2 2 2 Bow crane anti 2 block control panel WARNING Make sure anti 2 block control panel is electrically dead before attempting maintenance Be sure to remove fuses from fuse box 9P14 near 24 Vdc power panel in workshop Redtag switchboard circuit breaker P16 and fuse box 9P14 after removing fuses with WARNING DO NOT ACTIVATE REPAIRS BEING MADE 3 19 2 2 2 1 Cleaning and inspection WARNING Make sure anti 2 block control panel is electrically dead by removing fuses from fuse
253. is in the Morgan Crane Company s Operator Manual irl Appendix B a Crane hydraulic Supplier Morgan Crane Co Inc 1009e Chestnut Avenue Santa Ana CA 92701 Builder FASSI Crane Gmbh Model F10 3 Quantity 1 b Hydraulic power unit w motor controller Supplier Morgan Crane Co Inc Part no F10 3F M Motor controller 30 Hp 440 Vac 3 ph 60 Hz Output 3600 psi hydraulic pressure Quantity 1 c Anti 2 block device Manufacturer Krueger Crane Systems Inc CAGEC 58584 Part no 9009 HCMC Power 24 Vdc Quantity 1 d START STOP control switches Manufacturer Square D Co Milwaukee Manufacturing Plant CAGEC 81487 Part no BW240 Type Class 9001 NEMA Type 4 Quantity 2 3 6 Items furnished 3 6 1 Components installed as part of the bow crane are listed on the parts list of drawings referenced i and in the Components of End List in TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 20 3 6 2Common and bulk items onboard are listed in the Expendable Supplies and Materials List in TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 20 3 7 TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 Table 3 1 Bow Crane Performance Characteristics and Load Limitations with Barge on an Even Keel Extension Maximum Load 6 ft 7 in 41 895 Ib 8 ft 8 in 33 075 Ib 10 ft 6 in 27 562 lb 15 ft 3 in 19 624 1b 19 ft 10 in 14 773 1b 24 ft 9 in 11 466 Ib 30 ft 8 820 Ib 35 ft 7 in 6 835 Ib 41 ft 2 in 4 630 Ib 46 ft 9 in 2 425 lb f barge is rolling 5 degrees or more these maximum loads ar
254. ist from 5 ton hoist and return to storage m Raise trolley hook to top position by using hoisting chain Return bridge crane to aft end of ROWPU space Table 2 1 Equipment Media filter 155 kW diesels 20kW diesel HP pump assembly HP pump diesel engines HP pump Spare diesel Air compressor Reverse Osmosis RO block RO pretreatment skid Drill press Weights Measurements and Locations of Movable Equipment in Voids and Deckhouse Weight dry wet 5000 9217 Ib 3960 4180 Ib 1300 1451 Ib 5760 5980 Ib 3960 4180 Ib 2800 Ib dry 3900 Ib dry 425 Ib dry 4000 6144 Ib 1518 1672 16 275 Ib dry Length 56 0 in 118 0 in 74 0 in 101 0 in 80 0 in 35 0 in 72 0 in 53 0 in 229 0 in 111 0 in 72 0 in 2 10 Width 48 0 in 39 0 in 26 0 in 75 0 in 31 0 in 25 0 in 56 0 in 26 0 in 53 0 in 39 0 in 56 0 in Height 82 0 in 59 0 in 40 0 in 82 0 in 75 0 in 35 0 in 56 0 in 57 0 in 92 0 in 71 0 in 70 0 in Location ROWPU space Void 4 port starboard Void 4 starboard ROWPU space port and starboard ROWPU space port and starboard ROWPU space port and starboard spare in void 4 starboard Void 4 port ROWPU space port ROWPU space port and starboard ROWPU space port and starboard Workshop TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 JIB STOWING ROD UPPER HINGE ASSEMBLY ROD SUPPORT AND FITTING BRIDGE CRANE JIB CROS
255. itch 2 cond cable This cable runs fran the control panel terminal 3 blue and 6 brown to the two block switch For detailed connections refer to fig 2 which shows the wiring from the control panel to the boom nose and fig amp 3 which shows the wiring for optional two block switches jibs ect Shut off 2 cond cable Only the blue wire is used cut off the brown wire Connect the blue wire to terminal 5 of the control panel and to the coil of the shut off solenoid The second shut off solenoid terminal has to be connected to ground Refer to fig 2 Cable reel For the system H there is no specific setting for the cable reel Simply run the cable out to the boom nose make all connections and than take layers on off the cable reel to get the necessary tension so that the cable winds up onto the reel when the boom is being fully retracted Since the cable reel comes with standard length of cable on the reel either 30m 98ft 40m 131ft 60m 196ft one can start with a fully extended boam including power pinned section Pull the cable off the reel until there are 3 to 5 layers left on the reel wrap the cable around the tube on the boom nose tighten the clamping block and than cut off the access cable This allows the cable reel to handle just the necessary length of cable that is actually needed a a oe 81 rm _ INSTALLATION Uaa Drewing No Page 4 of 8 T 818 874 0402 went No
256. ithin 1 inch of bottom of filler neck Replace cap and make sure it is tight Remove red tag from motor controller and record maintenance action in log book Replacement Removal 1 Make sure hydraulic power unit is electrically dead by opening OFF switchboard circuit breaker P16 Redtag circuit breaker with WARNING DO NOT ACTIVATE REPAIRS BEING MADE 2 Remove drain plug from bottom of hydraulic power unit tank and drain hydraulic fluid to bilge tank 3 Replace drain plug 4 Tag and disconnect cable P16c from hydraulic power unit motor b Disconnect piping to hydraulic power unit 6 Remove mounting hardware 7 Remove hydraulic power unit Installation 1 Install hydraulic power unit on foundation and loosely secure to foundation 2 Connect piping 3 Connect electrical cable 4 Tighten mounting hardware b Remove filler cap and fill tank with new hydraulic fluid Fill to within 1 inch of top of filler neck 6 Replace filler cap and make sure it is tight 7 Turn motor controller HAND OFF AUTO switch to HAND On deckhouse top control panel inside watertight box push START button on START STOP control station to start hydraulic power unit NOTE After filling bow crane hydraulic unit initially crane movement may be jerky and erratic until the system works out air in the hydraulic lines Operate bow crane by extending all booms to their maximum length raising them to maximum height and sl
257. ius must be specilied on orders ttCurves less than minimum may be titled by special constructinn Consult factory 17 114 17 1 4 ALL HEADROOM DIMENSIONS DETERMINED WHILE HOIST UNDER LOAD CHESTER HOIST DIVISION MONOGRAM INDUSTRIES PHONE 215 424 7248 LISBON U S A 44422 CHESTER ZEPHYR Low HEAD ROOM HOISTS CLEARANCE DIMENSIONS Minimum Radius Curves MINIMUM CAPACITY RADIUS CURVE 59 3 66 4 76 5 6 86 8 96 10 100 For over 10 Ton straight track operation is recommended Curve radius must be speci fied on orders Curves less than minimum radius may be fiited upon application 20 3 8 10 3 16 20 3 8 10 306 10 3167 20 3 8 10 36 10 316 20 3 8 10 3016 10 3116 26 14 13 118 a 3 8 L 29 32 26 1 4 13 1 8 2 9 16 26 447 13 118 ene 26 M4 13 1 8 P 3 4 2 916 30 3 8 19 36 15 316 gt 9 16 30 3 8 15316 15 3 16 gt 7 30 3 8 15 306 15 3 16 1 7132 1 1 8 1 1 8 1 1 8 1 5 8 1 1 1 32 13 4 141 22 s lt 13 d 1241067 1413 32 2516 1 16 An 2 1 4 1 3 4 u ED 11 11 16 2 1 4 1 3 4 4 s d t1 44 16 3 2 8 18 4 316 2 13 1 2 4 316 2 E 18 716 13 1 2 All dimensions are in inches P Min Beam to
258. ized alterations or repairs Use of materials or replacement parts other than CM manufacture may lead to dangerous operation Accordingly CM cannot be responsible in such cases and the guarantee would be void CM LODESTAR PROTECTOR The CM Lodestar Protector is a friction clutch assembly that is designed to protect the Lodestar Hoist from excessive infrequent overloads The Protector is not intended to be used as a scaling device for purposes of determining what is an appropriate or safe load to be lifted on a regular basis This overload clutch is intended for use on the Lodestar Hoist only and is in the gear train of the hoist The Lodestar Protector does not change the overall dimensions or operating characteristics of the hoist and it is available in kit form for installation in prior models of CM Hoists SECTION A INSTALLATION Hoist After removing your Lodestar Hoist from the carton inspect the frame and external wiring for damage which may have been caused during shipment or handling IMPORTANT assure extra long life and top performance be sure to follow the load chain lubricating instructions on page load16 ATTACHING SUSPENSION 1 Remove the hook or lug suspension from its carton and the two socket head cap screws plus the socket screw key from the bag see Figure 1 The suspension for a double chain hoist Models E H R RR E 2 H 2 R 2 and RR 2 includes a dead end bolt and block for supporting the dead end of
259. l Parts Service A To disassemble trolley wheels back off axle nut then force the axle toward center of hoist The C washer should be free of its retaining cup shaped washer When the C washer is removed the axle can be withdrawn CHESTER HOIST OIVISION MONOGRAM INDUSTRIES PHONE 216 424 7248 LISBON OHIO U S A 44432 Indicates three timing marks in alignment To enable the two independent chains to lift the bottom block evenly the large gears and load sheaves must first be timed as illustrated Then both gears must be timed simultaneously with the shaft pinions This timing procedure is only necessary when the gears have been disengaged during disassembly Fig 3 When replacing load chain the two chains must be exactly the same length The starting chain lint on each chain must be simultaneously fed into the two lifting load sheaves The starting links will pass over the top of the load sheave in a horizontal position to permit end attachment without twisting the chain The second link of chain will be a standing link of chain this link should have the weld further away from the center of the load sheave Fig 3 CHESTER HOIST DIVISION MONOGRAM INDUSTRIES PHONE 216 424 7248 LISBON OHIO U S A 44432 8 LUBRICATION LUBRICANT INSTRUCTIONS NLGI No 2 Grease Fittings on chain sheave pins Annually or as required roller bearing Trolley wheels After prolonged use or at reassembly Pawl Stud Coat ligh
260. late it may be necessary to use the notch adjacent to the one used in the preliminary setting SECTION D TROUBLE SHOOTING All Hoists TROUBLE PROBABLE CAUSE CHECK AND REMEDY 1 Hook does not a No voltage at hoist mainline Close switch replace fuse or reset breaker respond to the or branch circuit switch open control station branch line fuse blown or cir cuit breaker tripped b Phase failure single phasing b Check for electrical continuity and repair three phase unit only open or replace defective part circuit grounded or faulty con nection in one line of supply system hoist wiring reversing contactor motor leads or wind ings c Upper or lower limit switch has Press the other control and the hook opened the motor circuit should respond Adjust limit switches as described on page 16 d Open control circuit open or d Check electrical continuity and repair or shorted winding in transformer replace defective part reversing contactor coil or speed selecting relay coil loose connection or broken wire in circuit mechanical binding in contactor or relay control station contacts not closing or opening 18 TROUBLE PROBABLE CAUSE CHECK AND REMEDY e Wrong voltage or frequency e Use the voltage and frequency indicated on hoist identification plate For three phase dual voltage unit make sure the connections at the conversion terminal board are for the proper voltage as described on page 4 f Low volt
261. ld be according to void 4 trolley hoist drawing and appropriate repair manual a Check barge maintenance log for dis crepancies that would prevent using trol ley hoist ele b Check hoist for damaged hook or chains Hooks and or Check that hoist and attaching hardware _ chain damaged are secure clean and properly lubri cated WARNING Corrosive prevention compounds are flammable and slightly toxic Avoid contact ing skin and eyes as well as breathing vapors Skin eye and breathing protection is required Remove rust and corrosion from hoist and components Touch up paint in accordance with TB 43 0144 as neces sary Do not paint threads or labels d Visually check chain drive wheels for Chain drive excessive wear Repair as necessary wheels are excessively worn e Check braking and iocking device for Brakes and proper operation Repair as necessary locking device inoperable C 10 TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 Table C 1 Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services for Handling Equipment Continued B Before D Daily Q Quarterly D During W Weekly S Semiannually A After M Monthly A Annually PROCEDURES INTERVAL ECK FOR AND HAVE REPAIRED OR ADJUSTED E bi Bj oja o w mj aj s al reo AS NECESSARY AVAILABLE IF f Check hook for free swivel movement Adjust or repair as necessary NOTE Lubricant Location instructions NLGI No 2 Gre
262. ley Hoist Give all information listed below This will enable the factory to promptly fill your order 1 Provide complete identification data from hoist serial number or nameplate located on the trolley hoist side plate In the event identification tags are missing advise hoist capacity and complete beam size on which it operates 2 Provide part numbers description and quantity required 3 Provide correct shipping destination If it becomes necessary to return the complete hoist or certain parts to the factory authorization is required Provide a written explanation for return All returns must be made by prepaid freight CHESTER HOIST DIVISION P O BOX 229 7573 STATE ROUTE 45 LISBON OHIIO 44432 Phone 216 424 7248 INSTALLATION The hoisting unit is custom sized at the factory to fit on a specific beam size Most units are slipped over the end of the supporting rail or beam however removable wheels are provided which enables the unit to be fitted on a beam with obstructed ends See parts breakdown page 7 for additional information regarding disassembly The distance between trolley wheel flanges measured at the tread diameter should be 118 to 3 16 greater than the beam flange width for proper running clearance This clearance should be checked before operating the hoist under load The hoist should be traversed the entire length of the beam to check for beam interference points proper side clearance and effectiveness of
263. lippage daily b Limit switches for proper operation monthly refer to page 5 c Load chain for lubricant wear damaged links or foreign matter daily refer to page 14 d Hooks for damage cracks twists excessive opening latch engagement and latch operation monthly refer to page d Any deficiencies noted are to be corrected before the hoist is put into service PERIODIC INSPECTIONS These inspections are visual inspections of external conditions by an appointed person and records of periodic inspections are to be kept to provide the basis for continuing evaluation of the condition of the hoist For Normal and Heavy Service the periodic inspections are to be performed yearly with the hoist in place For Severe Service the periodic inspections are to be performed quarterly Periodic Inspections are to include those items listed under frequent inspections as well as the following a Inspect the loose end link loose end screw and dead end block on double reeved units Replace the loose end link if it has opened and check the operation of lower limit switch b Check that the loose end screw is tight and the pin seated at the dead end of chain c Inspect the upper suspension adapter making sure it is fully seated in the recess and that both cap screws are tight If a condition of loose screws persists replace the self locking nuts in hoist frame d Inspect contactor and selector relay two speed unit for burnt or pi
264. ll slings and lifting devices must be proof tested to these standards every 12 months Record and maintain certification of all proof testing 3 16 1 Maintenance concept 3 16 1 1 Unit level and IDS IGS maintenance on the bow crane is performed onboard by barge crewmembers whenever possible 3 15 TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 3 16 1 2 Any IDS IGS maintenance beyond capability of crewmembers is provided by a shore based area support maintenance unit This unit also determines if depot support maintenance is required 3 16 1 3 Intermediate support maintenance is accomplished by replacing components or major end items 3 16 1 4 Unless other intermediate support procedures are directed IDS IGS maintenance normally is provided by an Army Transportation Corps floating craft intermediate support maintenance unit serving terminal operating area Components to be disposed of are processed by this unit 3 16 1 5 Maintenance Allocation Chart MAC is in Appendix C jn TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 18 For maintenance of other equipment onboard consult appropriate manual 3 16 2 Maintenance instructions Maintenance instructions are presented in Troubleshooting procedures 3 17 Preventive maintenance checks and services See TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 for preventive maintenance checks and services for handling equipment See TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 19 for complete preventive maintenance checks and services for all systems on the ROWPU Barge 3 18 Troubles
265. loads that can overload the sys tem and shorten system life Avoid swinging load when transporting it DO NOT ailow load to twist If used make sure lifting rig is properly seated In center of hook and properly attached to Always disengage interlocks on crane before attempting to move crane to avoid misalignment and difficult opera tion 4 EQUIPMENT IS NOT READY AVAILABLE IF ITEM INTERVAL NO ofw sfa 1 ele ele 2 ele ele eje ITEM TO BE INSPECTED BRIDGE CRANE SYSTEM Hooks Cables and Chains Brake and Brake Assembly TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 PROCEDURES CHECK FOR AND HAVE EOM TU REPAIRED OR ADJUSTED AVAILABLE IF AS NECESSARY Visually inspect hooks cables and Hooks cables or chains for damage Make sure crane and chains damaged hoist cables and chains are properly secured and clean Avoid overloads Check cables and chains for fraying Cables frayed bends kinks or loose connections Repair replace or tighten as necessary Check pendant control cable for cuts or Cable has cuts or abrasions that might lead to electrical abrasions shorts on controls Check hoisting hook for wear heavy Hook does not nicks cracks or bends Make sure hook turn freely turns freely and that latch has freedom of movement Checkinterlocks are set properly for through travel Check brakes frequently If brakes do not
266. m grade machine oil if required If equipment is equipped with travel brakes test operation and adjust if necessary Miscellaneous Accessory Equipment 1 2 Inspect all interlocks and crossovers for alignment clearance and freedom of operation If interlocks are motor operated check oil level and add a good grade of medium machine oil Test the stroke of motor operated interlocks and adjust if necessary Inspect for loose electrical connections and damaged lead wires Inspect all end stops and tighten bolts if required Inspect all track switches baffles and track device baffles or stops and straighten and adjust if damaged or misaligned PMP 2 SPANMASTER OPERATION AND SAFETY RECOMMENDATIONS FOR SPANMASTER EQUIPMENT The operator of all motor propelled equipment literally has the life of the equipment as well as lives of fellow workmen in his hands Only by careful and intelligent use can he prevent accidents or damage to his fellow workmen or equipment A few safety and operational suggestions are listed below and the operator should become familiar with them and any other advisable safety measures that may be desirable because of unusual requirements of his individual installation 1 Inspect frequently any below the hook devices such as slings grabs chains and hooks Do not use if there is any doubt as to condition or ability to carry the load Never make any lift until you are certain that your load is clear o
267. maged parts Adjust or replace worn friction disk Replace bad magnet assembly 2 26 TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 SEARCHLIGHT 2PL OORING BITT PL WORK SHOP BATTERY BANK zz 25 u 22247 lt 5 X o 29 eo 6 S Sw Ga 52 oz 2 98 58 z A NR 7 5 Q M CN NY 5 7 SAN E dian 85362 a 5 ASS 9 9dg sa N AN 6k ak D 2 oy 868 45 6 h d 24 S4 25 zu c 5 4 up 9 ux 2 22 asc wy lt fre OF u m WS gt 5 s o ur 9 z 8 zia a m gece 5 5 a gt 7 AIR TELE PHONE STATION 12PL z gt 885 55 88 ask we up amp ws to SE ze 2 u lt 1 A ES gF EEE Uu lt al 553 ni a eet ya eee fy ciu io oro S lt x er o u 5 Ty ae y plc 2 27 2 1 Figure 2 10 Bridge Crane System Schematic 1 of 2 TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 BALLAST TANK TOWING BRIDLE STOWAGE _ COOLING PUMR BOW CRANE HYDRAULIC UNIT EYE WASH STATION 2PL UNIT DRINKING WATER RESERVE TANE PRESSURE SET DRINKING WATER DI
268. mation about other problems that occur during operation under extreme conditions is in the manufacturers service manuals instructions listed Section 2 14 TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 CROSSOVER SUPPORT MEMBER INTERLOCK HOUSING 4 PL BEAM STARBOARD BRIDGE CRANE PORT BRIDGE CRANE SAFETY STOPS DECKHOUSE 4 PL SUPPORT BARGE DECK Figure 2 7 Bridge Crane Crossover Assembly 2 15 TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 UPPER HINGE ASSEMBLY LOWER HINGE ASSEMBLY 4 BOLTS WITH HEX NUTS ROD SUPPORT AND FITTING T SWING JIB RAIL 5 CAPACITY SECURING BOLTS 4 PL END STOP ASSEMBLY PREVENTS HOIST FROM TRAVELING BEYOND THE RAIL SPLICE ALLOWS JIB RAIL LENGTH JIB RAIL TO SWING INTO STOWED POSITION SECURING BOLTS ARE PROVIDED Figure 2 8 Bridge Crane Jib Rail Deployed 2 16 TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 Section IV Maintenance instructions 2 13 General When inspecting bridge crane components give special attention to pulleys lifting hooks chains slings and other load bearing components Keep inspection reports and records on all hoist equipment Required maintenance forms and records are explained in DA PAM 738 750 When performing maintenance be sure to observe CAUTIONS and WARNINGS in this manual and the manufacturer s manual in Appendix E Due to crane strength considerations repair or replace parts or components of the crane with items the same as original constru
269. me hoist is moved to a new location Serious damage can result if the hook is run to the upper or lower limit of travel with the hook operating in a direction opposite to that indicated by the control station Therefore proceed as follows 1 Make temporary connections at the power supply 2 Operate UP control in control station momentarily If hook raises connections are correct and can be made permanent 3 If hook lowers it is necessary to change direction by interchanging the Red lead and the Black lead of hoist power cord at power supply Under no circumstances should the internal wiring of control station or hoist be changed to reverse hook direction The wiring is inspected and tested before leaving the factory CAUTION As with any power hoist the hook block must not be allowed to run into the bottom of the hoist nor allow the chain to become taut between loose end screw and frame or else serious damage will result which could drop the load Do not force the Lodestar Protector to compensate for improperly adjusted limit switches or reverse volt age phasing CHECKING FOR TWIST IN LOAD CHAIN Models H 2 H 2 R RR R 2 and RR 2 The best way to check for this condition is to run the lower hook without a load up to within about 2 feet of hoist If the dead end of the chain has been properly installed a twist can occur only if the lower hook block has been capsized between the strands of chain Reverse c
270. mediate support procedures are directed IDS IGS maintenance normally is provided by an Army Transportation Corps floating craft intermediate support maintenance unit serving terminal operating area Components to be disposed of are processed by this unit 4 14 1 5 Maintenance Allocation Chart MAC is i in TM 55 1 930 209 14 amp P 18 For maintenance of other equipment onboard consult appropriate manual 4 14 2 Maintenance instructions Maintenance instructions consist Troubleshooting 4 15 Preventive maintenance checks and services See TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 for preventive maintenance checks and services for handling equipment See TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 19 for complete preventive maintenance checks and services for all systems on the ROWPU Barge 4 16 Troubleshooting Conditions listed in Table 4 1 may occur while operating the void 4 trolley hoist While this list is not all inclusive it does provide some of the more common faults that could occur during operation Notify higher level maintenance of those discrepancies or tests that are beyond the capability of the unit level to correct or perform 4 17 Maintenance procedures 4 17 1 General Maintenance instructions for the void 4 trolley hoist involve lubricating disassembling repairing replacing and reassembling equipment requiring spare parts listed in 55 1930 209 14 amp P 18 special tools are required When performing maintenance be sure to follow safety precautions in
271. mmended Anneal or replace if necessary 5 Inspect swivel seats and trolley swivel washers PMP 4 SPANMASTER RECOMMENDED SPARE PARTS LIST FOR SPANMASTER EQUIPMENT JOB NO NS 85 92929 P O NO CUSTOMER VSE Corp DATE July 24 1985 49406 Dave Bollinger Norfolk VA Fort Washington PA QUANTITY DESCRIPTION FOR BRIDGE CONTROL PANELS 4 mo Po no o Co CO N CO 30 404 0 11 Fuse 30 900 P Resistor 30 351 0 02 Thermal Unit 30 404 0 02 Fuse 30 360 0 09 Transformer 30 404 0 10 Fuse 30 350 0 10 Overload Relay 30 21 1 0 34 Contractor 30 211 0 33 Reversing Switch FOR 5 TON MOTORDRIVEN CRANES 4 N N Q 30 404 0 11 Fuse 30 900 P Resistor 16 106 E 7 Wheel Assembly 16 105 T Side Guide Roller Assembly 30 001 0 62 Motor 3 4 HP 35 300 G Gear case Parts List Attached 26 100 8 9 Rubber Drive Wheel FOR INTERLOCK DELIVERY 30 404 0 11 Fuse 30 900 P Resistor 15 101 A Interlock Assembly 16 100 Q Interlock Operator 2 weeks SUBMITTED BY Betty Burkhardt DEALER OR SALES ENGINEER UNIT LIST PRICE 13 00 170 00 14 00 16 00 80 00 3 00 78 00 75 00 130 00 13 00 170 00 200 00 31 00 440 00 160 00 13 00 170 00 660 00 600 00 PRICES ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE F O B AVON LAKE OHIO 44012 CATALOG 35 300 A 50 35 300 0 01 35 300 0 03 35 300 0 05 35 300 0 06 35 300 0 07 35 300 0 08 35 300 0 09
272. n for 2 07 Zooms ass ior extension 2 23 Sooms ass 27 extersicn c F 02 127 890 L ping exignsicns L ass 2 extension Lo 077 7 Sams tor exiengion L 6192 Sang sw rengpon 122 2722 on Id fa NL w W to a Soc vero t ig 23 413 PILLAR ASSEMBLY 22855 GAU OMAULICHE POS Q T CODICE POS CODICE ITEM DENOMINAZIONE OESCRIPTION QTY CODE TEM DENOMINAZIONE OESCRIPTION OY 00437 5 Ean nee 1 Ra100 2 Nasner 89225 E Screw 36 19022 como 6 7 Pillar como 6 7 100439 Dsiar naie Soacer 90 36 i 2ronzina 3usn 2 82008 ate Screw 36 100220 Srase 4 845 in Z s rigulore rotante cistnburor 921009 Nasner 14 269 io Screw 3 1587 i Complete 00426 Screw 10 41526 i E 2ern 2 100016 5 2 asinna lt 2 90018 7c oena 2 E269 5 758 Screw A603 3 ing nut 2 DA S97 I 2 167101016 motor MT z Sicunore Soeed recucer 20100 22 24none mgr gear 2160 22 7 2 aug 50100 24 Panga Flange 00284 25 wie Screw 1542 25 ram 2 22025 ASSI
273. n Boom nose and Rooster Sheave Attach counterweight to Main Boom and to Rooster Sheave Anti Two Block switch Main Boom amp Jib swing around The 6 pin jumper cable has to be connected to the receptacle at the Boom nose and the Jib Attach counterweight to Main Boom and to Jib Anti Two Block switch Main Boom amp Extendable Jibs The 6 pin jumper cable has to be connected from the Jib receptacle to the rubber cable reel and the plug of the reel to the Main boom receptacle Attach counterweight to Main Boom and Jib Anti Two Block switch Note Counterweight for Main Boom Anti Two Block switch has to be attached at all times to close the circuit while operating with Jibs or Rooster Sheave Phone 815 874 9402 Telex 25 7498 16 Krueger Crane Systems INC 4699 Colt Road Trouble Rockford ILL 61109 Shut off and light is on Cause Jumper Counterweight is missing plug cable is missing Broken relay Broken Anti Two Block switch Broken cable bad connection Main Boom circuit Broken cable bad connection Rooster Sheave Jib Corrective action 1 Refer to page 16 2 Make sure counterweight is free to move Refer to page 9 3 Refer to B C on 11 4 Refer to B on 13 5 Check wiring and cable for outside damages and loose connections starting from control panel towards Anti Two Block switch b Check with an OHM meter figure 6 on page 7 for an
274. n each volume Appendixes C G are located in Volume 18 VOLUME 19 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES PMCS Volume 19 contains PMCS pertinent to all onboard systems for the Reverse Osmosis Water Purification Barges VOLUME 20 SUPPLEMENTAL DATA Volume 20 contains the Basic Issue Items Ust and additional Authorization List for all onboard systems for the Reverse Osmosis Water Purification Barges VOLUME 21 WINCH DOUBLE DRUM DIESEL This volume contains operation and maintenance procedures for the 20 ton double drum diesel engine winch used on the Water Purification Barges of Volume 21 contains the Maintenance Allocation Chart and the Repair Parts and Special Tools List for the winch TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION 1 1 Purpose This Technical Manual TM describes the operation and maintenance of the material handling systems on Water Purification Barges Information on other systems onboard is in TM 55 1930 209 1 4 amp P 2 thru P 12 and P 14 thru P 17 TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 18 and 930 209 14 amp P 20 contain appendices common to all TM s Location of major barge components is shown in Figure 1 1 1 2 Scope The handling equipment is used for lifting transporting and repositioning equipment and materials onboard the barge This system includes a bridge crane bow crane and void 4 trolley hoist The bridge crane is installed in the reverse osmosis water purification unit ROWPU space bow c
275. nce Checks and Services for Handling Equipment Continued B Before D Daily Q Quarterly D During W Weekly S Semiannually A After M Monthly A Annually PROCEDURES INTERVAL ITEM EQUIPMENT ITEM TO BE CHECK FOR AND HAVE 1S NOT READY NO REPAIRED OR ADJUSTED INSPECTED AS NECESSARY AVAILABLE IF 10 Miscellaneous Equipment WARNING If hook is twisted or has throat opening greater than normal notify IDS IGS mainte nance unit to inspect and or repiace a Check hooks and pulleys for cracks Hooks and bends or deformed parts Check cables pulleys cracked for kinks or fraying Repair as necessary bent or deformed Cables frayed b Inspect structural components for cracks Cracks or exces and excessive play in joints and connec sive play in tions Repair as necessary Structural components joints and connections c If crane is not in traveling position cover all exposed stainless steel rods with heavy coating of general purpose anti corrosion grease or hydraulic fluid d Clean grease from staintess steel rods before operation ojojo Check for leaks on hard piping hoses Class Ill leaks and hydraulic seals Notify shift leader or bargemaster so that leaks can be repaired f Inspect all interlocks and crossovers for nterlocks or alignment clearance and freedom of crossovers are operation restricted or mis aligned g Extend winch
276. nd 0 4 5 465 Back Cover Screw Lockwasher 4 4 Lockwasher S 466 Back Cover Screw 4 4 5 579 Up Button 1 467 Back Cover 1 1 S 580 Down Button o 1 5 468 Strain Relief 1 1 S 581 Up Button Kit 1 O 5 469 Terminal Screw 9 0 582 Down Button Kit 0 For Weatherproof Switch Only REFER TO PAGE 27 FOR ORDERING INSTRUCTIONS 45 45 SERIES D PUSH BUTTON STATION FOR HOIST AND DRIVEN TROLLEY S 489 Contact Finger 490 Insulating Liner Parts List 5 510 Number Key Number Required No Port Name Required 167 Box Connector 1 5 492 Contact Terminal 2 171 Push Button Cord 1 5 493 Contact Terminal 2 Specify Length 5 494 Link 2 5 172 Push Button Chain 1 5 495 Base Attaching Screw 4 Specify Length 5 496 Base Attaching Screw L W 4 5 173 Coble Clip 497 Terminal Attaching Screw 4 Specify No Required 498 Terminal Attaching Screw L W 4 S 478 Push Button Chain Clip 1 5 499 Ground Screw 1 S 479 Push Button Choin Attaching Link 2 5 500 Ground Screw L W 1 S 480 Push Button Station 1 5 501 G dS C Wash 1 M D Trolley Items S 481 thru 486A Sanches addit 502 Ground Screw Nut 1 480 Weatherproof Push Button Station 1 5 503 G ds J Nut 1 M D Trolley Items 5 481 thru S 486C 3 Deed I a 5 504 Interlock Bar 1 S 481 Cover 1 482 Box 1 5 504 Interl ck Bar Weatherproof P B 1 S 483 Box Liner 1 S 505 Locking Clip 5 484 Cover Attaching Screw 4 S 506 Connector i 5 485
277. ndled Chester Hoist Div Monogram Industries Inc P O Box 229 7573 State Route 45 Lisbon Ohio 44432 216 424 7248 Bulletin J CHESTER ZEPHYR LOW HEAD ROOM HOISTS The equipment illustrated and des cribed in this Bulletin are designed for manual operation only and are not to be power driven nor are they suitable for lifting persons ZEPHYR Chester Zephyr Low Head Room Trolley hoists as the name implies are designed for those applications where head room 15 so limited that no other type hoist can be used It offers the answer for existing structures with low ceilings and suggests Interesting cost savings in new construction by allowing lower ceilings The Chester Low Head Room is not adjustable to varying size beams Each unit is custom built to fit the size beam specified in the order Zephyr Low Head Room hoists are equipped with through hardened machined tread precision bearing trolley wheels Beam size height flange width and curve radius are required for all orders Minimum distance Chain tt bottom of Chain overhaul Minimum I beam to to litt radius hook in full toad inches 1421 1 4 1422 1 1421 2 1422 2 1421 3 1422 3 1421 4 1422 4 1421 5 j 1421 6 142 6 1421 8 1422 8 1421 10 1422 10 1421 12 1422 12 1421 16 1422 16 1421 20 1422 20 1421 24 1422 24 fStraight track operation only recommended tor these units However Curve rad
278. nect junction box to cable reel cable terminals at junction box to cut off electrical power to cable reel Remove all spring tension from reel before performing maintenance 2 16 3 1 Cleaning and inspection a Make sure cable reel is electrically dead by opening OFF circuit breaker 6P5 on power panel 1 Red tag circuit breaker with WARNING DO NOT ACTIVATE REPAIRS BEING MADE Wipe clean exterior of cable reel with clean rag Remove all spring tension before vacuum cleaning inside of cable reel Avoid using solvents inside of cable reel Solvents leave greasy film on components that may reduce electrical conductivity Visually inspect exterior and interior for loose connections corrosion and damage Clean corrosion from terminals tighten loose connections and repair damage 2 21 TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 2 16 3 2 Test a With power panel 1 circuit breaker 6P5 closed ON and red tagged check input voltage to crane reel If input voltage is not 440 Vac go to step b If input voltage is 440 Vac go to step c b Open OFF circuit breaker 6P5 on power panel 1 Red tag circuit breaker with WARNING DO NOT ACTIVATE REPAIRS BEING MADE Check continuity of input wires from terminal box to crane reel If check indicates open circuit replace bad wire s If check indicates closed circuit check circuit breaker 6P5 on power panel 1 and input wires from circuit breaker 6P5 to terminal box c With power panel 1 circuit b
279. ng components Keep inspection reports and records on all hoist equipment Required maintenance forms and records are explained in DA PAM 738 750 When performing maintenance be sure to observe precautions in this manual and in the manufacturer s manual Due to stress and tolerance requirements for the trolley hoist replace parts or components of the trolley hoist with items the same as original construction Use materials in accordance with the drawings referenced in Appendix A WARNING Notify IDS IGS maintenance unit after repairing or replacing crane load bearing parts or parts on any lifting slings or rigs used with the crane They must proof test and safety inspect the repaired item in accordance with TB 43 0142 In addition the crane and all slings and lifting devices used with the crane must be proof and function tested and safety inspected to this standard every 12 months Record and maintain certification of all proof testing 4 14 1 Maintenance concept 4 14 1 1 Unit level and IDS IGS maintenance for the bridge crane system is performed onboard by barge crewmembers whenever possible TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 4 14 1 2 Any IDS IGS maintenance beyond capability of crewmembers is provided by shore based area support maintenance unit This unit also determines if depot support maintenance is required 4 14 1 3 Intermediate support maintenance is accomplished by replacing components or major end items 4 14 1 4 Unless other inter
280. nspected upon completion of the load proof and function test for wear and cracks If visual inspection of painted members indicates possibility of cracks perform the magnaflux or other accepted method to find cracks not visible to the eye 2 16 4 2 2 Electrical test and repair WARNING Shut down bridge crane system before attempting maintenance Be sure to open OFF circuit breaker 6P5 on power panel 1 Red tag circuit breaker with WARNING DO NOT ACTIVATE REPAIRS BEING MADE If one of the bridge crane assemblies must be operational disconnect junction box to cable reel cable terminals at junction box to shut off electrical power to cable reel a With circuit breaker 6P5 at power panel 1 closed ON check bridge crane input line voltage at junction box JP1 terminal pair A1 and A2 A1 and A3 and A2 and for 440 Vac If voltage across any terminal pair is not 440 Vac go to step b If voltage across all terminal pairs is 440 Vac go to step c b Check circuit breaker 6P5 output voltage across all three terminal pairs for 440 Vac If voltage across any terminal pair is not 440 Vac circuit breaker or power source is at fault If voltage across all terminal pairs is 440 Vac repair or replace power cable to circuit breaker 6P5 to junction box 2 23 TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 WARNING Drive wheels must be lowered to prevent accidental movement of bridge crane while repairs are being made Failure to do this may cause serious b
281. ntenance log on bow crane and associated hydraulic system Make sure there are no discrepancies that would prohibit bow crane operation b Make sure switchboard circuit breaker P16 is closed ON CAUTION Due to high pressure in hydraulic system do NOT operate crane with any visible leaks Repair crane prior to use Correct leaks in flexible hose hardpiping or joints Do not confuse seepage around hydraulic packing on actuator arms with leaks A small amount of seepage is acceptable c In void 1 visually inspect hydraulic pump and motor and hard piping of crane hydraulic system for leaks or damage Do not use system until such leaks have been repaired d Remove filler cap on hydraulic tank and make sure fluid level is within 1 inch of bottom of filler neck If fluid is below this level add hydraulic fluid before using crane Screw cap on tightly before starting hydraulic pump e In void 1 push up on main switch on hydraulic power unit motor controller aft bulkhead and set HAND OFF AUTO switch to HAND position Figure 3 4 NOTE Hydraulic power unit pump is started locally by pushing green START button on motor controller or pushing blank START button on START STOP control station on deckhouse top If bow crane has not been used recently start pump by pressing green motor controller START button and make sure pump starts 3 9 TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 f On forward weather deck visually check exposed hardpiping and flexible h
282. nverted from seawater or brackish water is for use by a Rapid Deployment Force in a forward area When needed the drinking water can be pumped to a shore facility or to another vessel This manual provides operation and maintenance procedures for all the component systems on the barges VOLUME 1 NORMAL OPERATIONS This volume provides information and procedures on normal Reverse Osmosis Water Purification Barge operations including barge movement and deployment communications and electrical power systems drinking water production shutdown and required operational maintenance Emergency shutdown procedures are also provided VOLUME 2 SEAWATER SYSTEM This volume describes operation and maintenance of the seawater system which supplies seawater to the Reverse Osmosis Water Purification Units ROWPUs for processing to the air conditioning unit for cooling to the ballast tank for barge trimming to the chlorination unit for priming and cooling and to the diesel generators for cooling VOLUME 3 REVERSE OSMOSIS WATER PURIFICATION UNIT ROWPU SYSTEM Volume 3 provides operation and maintenance procedures for the ROWPU System which processes seawater or brackish water to produce drinking water Normally this system processes seawater supplied by the seawater system TM 930 209 14 amp P 2 to create product water Chlorine is then added to this product water by the chlorination system TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 4 The resultant drinking water
283. od and continuity check indicates an open circuit replace relay If check indicates a closed circuit and pump does not operate go to step h If pump operates but crane does not operate go to step n Check continuity of wires from relay K3 point D4 to overload OL contact point W1 from OL point W2 to main contactor coil point U2 and from relay K3 point D3 to L2 If connections are good and continuity check indicates a closed circuit go to step k If continuity check indicates an open circuit replace wire Depress or position the switches listed below and check continuity across points listed If continuity check indicates a closed circuit go to step If continuity check indicates an open circuit replace switch Switch position Across points Start START G1 to G2 Remote station 1 START FI to F2 STOP EI to E2 Remote station 2 START H1 to H2 STOP 11 to 12 AUTO OFF HAND HAND J1 to J2 3 24 TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 Check continuity of the switch wires listed below If continuity check indicates an open circuit replace bad wire If continuity check indicates all closed circuits go to step m Wire connections Switch Switch point To point START G1 Main contactor V2 G1 Remote station 1 START F1 G1 Remote station 2 START H1 G2 Main contactor V1 G2 Remote station 2 START H2 G2 AUTO OFF HAND J1 Remote station 1 START F2 Main contactor V1 STOP EI Remote station 2 STOP 12 STOP E2 Disconnect switch A2 Remote station 2
284. odily harm C Lower drive wheels by loosening 34 inch x 10 NC HEX and 34 inch x 10 NC tam nut Loosen two nuts on each until both drive wheels are 1 8 inch to 1 4 inch from the Close disconnect switch open lockout limit switches ON FORWARD and REVERSE Check voltage at motor connection inputs across terminal pairs T1 and T2 T1 and T3 and T2 and T3 for 440 Vac in both FORWARD and REVERSE modes If 440 Vac is not apparent across one or more terminal pairs in both modes go to step e If voltage is 440 Vac across all terminal pairs in one mode but not in the other mode go to step e If voltage is 440 Vac across all terminal pairs in both modes replace motor Check fuses F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 and F7 for blown condition 1f all fuses are in proper working condition go to step f If any fuse indicates blown condition replace with properly rated fuse Check voltage at inputs of disconnect switch across terminal pairs C1 and C2 C1 and C3 and C2 and C3 for 440 Vac If voltage across all terminal pairs is 440 Vac go to step g If voltage across any terminal pair is not 440 Vac perform steps 1 and 2 following as necessary 1 Check voltage at outputs of cable reel across terminal pairs B1 and B2 B1 and B3 B2 and B3 for 440 Vac If voltage across any terminal pair is not 440 Vac go to step 2 If voltage across any terminal pair is 440 Vac repair wire s from cable reel to disconnect switch 2 Check voltage at
285. of bridge crane system components 2 20 5 ton geared trolley hoist aaa 2 20 Cleaning and inspection iaoeia oenina enne nennen 2 21 2 16 3 Gable 2 21 2 16 3 1 Cleaning and i o a 2 22 REPA is smua LE 2 22 2 16 3 4 Replacementua EROR 2 22 5 2 22 aaa nu aun Du n DEN UU DIG MU khinsa aa 2 23 un SS 2 23 Load proof and function test and safety 2 23 2 16 4 2 2 Electrical test and repair 2 23 2 16 5 Bridge crane trolley 2 26 GIEANING 2 26 2 29 Friction disk replacement ec 2 29 Magnet assembly replacement itane cci at etiacus c 2 29 Yemen 2 29 icc m 2 29 TOrque adJHSLtTle u u u t un suu Sa 2 29 Replacement eos a n n MEN 2 29 slings and HOS 2 29 2 16 6 1 Cleaning and InSpectlon itii tes eti d tur adie eee 2 16 6 2 2 30 2 16 6 3 pm 2 30 Saee 2 30 look 2 16 6 3 3 mem 2 30 rollo o N
286. of crane hydraulic system for leaks or damage Do not use System if such leaks are present Notify shift leader or bargemaster so corrective action can be taken C 12 TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 Table C 1 Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services for Handling Equipment Continued B Before D Daily Q Quarterly D During W Weekly S Semiannually A After M Monthly A Annually PROCEDURES INTERVAL ITEM EQUIPMENT NOS EL TO BE PAIRED ADS rE IS NOT READY NO REPAIRED OR ADJUSTED joja ofw mial sla INSPECTED AS NECESSARY AVAILABLE IF Remove filler cap on hydraulic tank to Fluid level is low assure fluid level is within 1 in of bottom of filler neck If fluid is low add hydraulic fluid before using crane Screw cap on tightly before starting hydraulic pump d Check hydraulic system operations To test turn main switch on at hydraulic power unit motor controller void 1 aft bulkhead and set HAND OFF AUTO switch to HAND position NOTE Hydraulic power unit pump is started locally by pushing green START button on motor controller or pushing black START button on START STOP control station on deckhouse top If bow crane has not been used recently start pump by pressing green motor controller START button and make sure pump starts e On forward weatherdeck visually check Class leaks exposed hard piping and flexible Crane base is not hydraulic lines for cracks and leaks
287. oin 4 55974 Sermo Lock 4 100188 4 2 Foncetia Washer 4 RE277 5 ze Screw 4 45550 Bracket 1 100222 8 Sena 3 100156 3 Prownga Extension 500190 2 2 Guige 1 100185 i 5 Stata Bracket 1 100346 2 gt otunga Extension 1 700278 2 Sanno Guide shoe 1 100283 14 Screw 2 v 609 Sate Bracket 100348 i y Sancio icomci 20 Hook icomot 20 1 GA751 T nilo cornoisto Complete snacrie i GA754 4008 Shackie GA752 9 Ferno cen dado Pin wath nul GA753 22 S curazza Ser gancio Security cup G 104 I I AS SYSTEM MARK H TROUBLESHOOTING LIST SYSTEM MARK H INSTALLATION amp CHECKOUT PARTS LIST TROUBLESHOOTING LIST Krueger Crane Systems Inc 4699 Colt Road Rockford 61109 Cranes with one AntiTwo Block switch A Cranes with one Anti Two Block switch Main Boom only Main Boom only Cranes with two Anti Two Block switches B Cranes with two Anti Two Block switches Main Hoist only Main Hoist only Cranes with two or more Anti Two Block switches Cranes with two or more Anti Two Block switches Main amp Aux Hoist Main amp Aux Hoist Page 2 Diagram Model H without key switch Page 3 Diagram Model H with key switch Page 4 Figure 1 Panel in operating position Page 5 Figure 2 Panel in shut off position Page 6 Figure 3 Panel in shut off position with by pass key Page 7 Figure 4 5 6 Boom wiring diagram for A B C Page
288. ommended by wheel supplier that will clear adjacent links 2 Use a grinder and nick the link on both sides Figure 13A then secure the link in a vise and break off with a hammer Figure 13B 3 Use a bolt cutter Figure 13C similar to the H K Porter No 4 with special cutter jaws for cutting carburized chain 1 inch long cutting edge WARNING LINK MAY FLY WHEN CUT An acetylene cutting torch can be used The flame must clear adjacent links so as not to destroy the hardness properties Max Gage Length Allowable Used Chain 14 13 16 18 7 8 Figure 13 CUTTING LOAD CHAIN REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF LOAD CHAIN Hoist load chain can be installed by any one of several methods The first method is recommended when replacing severely worn load chain and requires disassembling the hoist Method 2 does not require hoist disassembly whereas Method 3 requires only partial disassembly NOTE When installing load chain in Models E H R RR E 2 H 2 R 2 and RR 2 by either of the starter chain methods two loose end connecting links S 743 must be used Method 1 a Disconnect hoist from power supply b Remove back frame cover and disengage the limit switch guide plate from the traveling nuts see page 16 c Detach loose end of load chain from hoist frame see Figure 2 Also on single chain models detach the lower hook block from the load chain On double chain models E H R RR E 2 H 2 R 2 and RR 2 unfas
289. on MMA satisfying a wide range of customer applications we continue to achieve new plateaus of engineering excellence In Spanmaster underhung crane and monorail systems Many systems require custom engineering incorporating many standard components to suit special or unusual job requirements The variety of potential custom design options is virtually limitless By combining our expertise in application and design engineering we can develop equipment precisely suited to individual requirements Careful attention to customer requirements and satisfaction before and after the sale has become a Spanmaster trademark In system and component design concentration on innovative engineering features has simplified installation and general maintenance for most applications minimizing costly downtime and wear Prompt satisfactory attention to customer needs has become an essential part of our company policy Engineered reliability is backed by a continuing commitment to provide the most productive yet the most economical equipment for the job After sale service continues not only through installation but well beyond the warranty period Our dealers throughout the country are strategically located to provide prompt attention to our customers needs TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 MONORAILS i TO DATE Aug 3 1985 V S E Corporation 2550 Huntington Avenue CUSTOMER S ORDER NO 49406 Alexandria Virginia 22033
290. on disc reaches 1 16 replace as follows Remove cover With release knob 21 in released position remove three mounting screws 27 and remove operator assembly 6 as a unit Spring 5 is a loose part Avoid loss Remove stationary discs 3 install new rotating discs 4 and reassemble all parts in reverse order After starting three screws 27 turn two wear adjustment screws 26 counterclockwise to allow the three posts on end plate assembly 7 to seat against the bracket 2 Tighten screws 27 Readjust magnet gap see WEAR ADJUSTMENT Replace cover MAGNET ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT Remove cover Unscrew two flat head screws 13 remove shoulder nuts 12 and rubber washers 11 Remove and replace magnet assembly 9 and reassemble parts in reverse order Magnet and armature faces must be clean and parallel to insure quiet operation see WEAR ADJUSTMENT and TROUBLE SHOOTING If manual release does not operate properly see TROUBLE SHOOTING CONNECTION LEADS DUAL VOLTAGE yellow po 9oo volts Connect leads 2 and 410 any two line leads single three phase of same gt voltage and frequency as brake 227 SINGLE VOLTAGE COIL Connect brake coil leads to any two line leads single or three phase of same voltage and frequency as broke Figure 4 Wiring Diagram WEAR ADJUSTMENT See Figure 3 When armature plate 25 touches bracket
291. on load to be transported WARNING To reduce risk of personal injury or equipment damage always find out weight of load from identification label shipping data or equipment manual to make sure proper hoist is used Table 2 1 provides additional information on equipment weights and sizes Severe personal injury and equipment damage may result from improperly attaching slings lifters or hoisting rigs Observe all safety recommendations in this manual and in manufacturers service manual Install lifting rig on hoist and secure to load Center hoist hook directly over center of load Use trolley hoisting chain Figure 2 1 to raise load when 2 ton electric hoist is not installed If load is within capacity of 2 ton electric hoist and it is installed press UP button on hand control to raise load Make sure load is high enough to clear any equipment in the path of the load Press crane hand control FORWARD or REVERSE Figure 2 4 as necessary to transport load to new location Press hand control STOP button to stop crane TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 i Use trolley lateral movement chair Figure 2 to move trolley so load is at exact position for unloading j Use trolley hoisting chain to lower load when 2 ton electric hoist is not installed If 2 ton electric hoist is used press DOWN button on hand control Figure 2 6 to lower load k Remove lifting rig and return to storage If used remove 2 ton electric ho
292. on or malfunction The inspection of hoists is divided into two general classifications designated as frequent and periodic The type of service to which the hoist is subjected can be classified as Normal Heavy and Severe Normal Service Normal service is defined as that service which involves operation with randomly distributed loads within the rated load limit or uniform loads up to 65 percent of rated load for not more than 25 percent of a single work shift Heavy Service Heavy service is defined as that service within the rated load limit which exceeds normal service Severe Service Severe service is defined as that service which involves normal or heavy service with abnormal operating conditions Below is the recommended maximum intervals of inspection When the unit is subjected to extra heavy usage or dusty gritty moist or other adverse atmospheric conditions shorter time intervals must be assigned During the Periodic Inspection inspection must be made of all parts for wear corrosion effect or damage in addition to those specifically mentioned Minimum Inspection Schedule FREQUENT INSPECTIONS These inspections are usually visual examinations by the operator or other designated personnel and records of such inspections are not required For Normal Heavy and Severe Service the frequent inspections are to be performed daily or monthly and shall include the following items a Brake for evidence of s
293. onal DUTY Rated for continuous duty cycle MOUNTING Direct to NEMA C motor flanges Adapters for larger or smaller frames foot mounting wall mounting or vertical mounting available on request HUB MOUNTING NEMA standard length motor shaft extensions may be used Thru shaft also available with simple cover modifications ORDERING INFORMATION The following data should be furnished with your parts order Brake Model Number Serial Number if available Part Number from Table 2 Part Description from Table On hub order specify bore dia amp keyway dimensions On electrical parts specify voltage phase amp frequency group 27 2 DIVISION or V 7 WEHR CORPORATION The Dings Co has played a principal role in the development and application of magnetic and power transmission equipment A company commitment to design and manufacturing excellence has been a major factor in making Dings an industry leader The Dings Co offers extensive experience plus proven ability in the practical utilization of magnetic forces A worldwide network of sales representatives and distributors provides prompt and efficient assistance Dings is ready to give your problem individual attention DINGS Tradition of Excellence ZLP ZLG Series SECTION 825 Parts and Instruction Manual Low Headroom CHESTER CHESTER HOIST DIV MONOGRAM INDUSTRIES INC P O BOX 229 7573 STATE ROUTE 45 LISBON
294. ook to trip anti 2 block switch and to energize horn and warning light If neither was activated check voltage across terminals TB1 2 and TB1 4 voltage is 24 Vac go to step 4 If voltage is not 24 Vac replace printed circuit dl relay and or wire in anti 2 block control panel Check A 2 B warning light horn ON OFF switch and horn for fault If fault exists replace faulty part If no fault exists go to step 5 Disconnect wires to solenoid in anti 2 block control panel Make sure that bow crane boom cannot be extended and lowered and that hoist cannot be raised Then connect a ground and a hot wire to the solenoid If bow crane does not function through all modes of operation replace solenoid If bow crane still does not operate normally troubleshoot bow crane as given in Table 3 2 3 19 TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 Momentary Key Switch Switch Ho Warning Light To Override Shut Off Of On Anti 2 block System Optional Adjustable Mounting Brackets Horn ON OFF Warming Solenoid Light Hom TERMINAL BOARD TB1 Figure 3 10 Anti 2 Block Control Panel 3 20 TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 3 19 2 2 2 3 Repair a Anti 2 block system control panel fuse replacement 1 Above 24 Vdc power panel in workshop remove clips and cover from anti 2 block fuse block and remove fuse 2 On anti 2 block control panel in watertight box on deckhouse top remove fuse holder Figure 3 6 3 Remove blown fuse and
295. open circuit Take wires off on terminal No 3 and No 6 in the control panel Check at the wires you took off with an OHM meter If the OHM meter reads a closed circuit the wiring from the panel to the Anti Two Block switch is correct The trouble is inside the control panel If it reads an open circuit the problem is between the panel and the Anti Two Block switch Open the cable reel take the wires off the cable sliprings Check for open circuit at the wires leading towards the Anti Two Block switch If the OHM meter reads a closed circuit the wiring from the cable reel to the Anti Two Block switch is correct Replace the cable from the control panel to the cable reel d If the OHM meter reads an open circuit open the 6 pin receptacle and disconnect the wires on No 2 and No 3 coming in from the cable reel With the jumper plug in check for an open circuit on No 3 and No 4 If the OHM meter reads a closed circuit the wiring to the Anti Two Block switch is correct Replace the cable on the cable reel e If the OHM meter reads an open circuit check the jumper plug The OHM meter should read a closed circuit between No 2 and No 4 at the jumper plug If not replace the jumper plug 6 If the Main Boom wiring is correct check the jumper cables and rubber reel and go down the line to the Jib Anti Two Block switch in the same way as you did for the Main Boom circuit Phone 815 874 9402 Telex 25 7498 17 Krueger Crane System
296. ossible After the injured person is free of contact with the source of electrical shock move the person a short distance away and if needed start CPR immediately c d blank L D i a gt RER m AO aE gt RE 5 ds E RUN UR gt 05 Oo Co cO 40 42 Sho 4 5 Ne lt moll ER 1 ie So ee St Ih A TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 TABLE OF CONTENTS VOLUME 13 Page INTRODUCTION uu aaa aaa 1 1 1 1 icc 1 1 Warranties and 1 1 Maintenance forms and 1 1 Destruction of Army materiel to prevent enemy 1 1 cio 1 1 BRIDGE CRANE SYSTEM 4 sessi enne nsere nnet 2 1 Description and a 2 1 2 1 GapabilitleS 2 1 Eurum 2 1 Performance 2 1 Equipment nnne nnn 2 1 f rnish d uu Items required but not 2 2 6
297. overheating wihi the hydraulic sy stem and possible damage to Ihe pump 14 sure that no one slands wilhin the woking area of Ihe crane dunna epecaton and observe all salety precautions wilh regad lo king equipment FOLOING OF THE CRANE 15 Leaving inne boom in honzontal postion told ower boom until iam has reached the Stroke and lever 3 lig 1 16 Slew the crane yntd Ihe two black painted sti pes on Ihe column and column support conci lormwig single strip 1 Opeialing lever 2 lig 1 fold inner boom con trolling that inner and outer booms tean on Ihe Slops welded on Ihe base 18 Litt and withdraw the oulnagers legs 19 Disengage the power take otl DISTRIBUTOR UNIT USE OF ACCESSORIES Pag n 6 GRU_IDRAULICHE mop ote po tee radit toer wha grat roto eser san pod oar duce aber nere t n da onse and pape atk bain n ydp acta fto Den to ane onm aem quae rel ge 3 oPeeogage tee gos orige pt po Bes a e qe tnm v ana er pepe ons Dy eperauncg ae de O unn beh enc ton GRAB ROTATOR V bon ii ed ana 60r ton eb ls Care must be taken hal Hie overall danen Y ali not goag gare Tate care also hat masimom sorong pensare wy on spon po hatolihe ciane acci cren y requires a prim consajerabhy Har lal fin cane at Halte
298. p you properly install operate and maintain your Lodestar Hoist for maximum performance economy and safety Please study its contents thoroughly before putting your hoist into operation By practicing correct operating procedures and by carrying out the recommended preventive maintenance suggestions you will experience long dependable and safe service After you have completely familiarized yourself with the contents of this manual we recommend that you carelully file it for future reference The information herein is directed to the proper use care and maintenance of the Lodestar Hoist and does not comprise a handbook on the broad subject of rigging A word about rigging Rigging can be defined as the process of lifting and moving heavy loads using hoists and other mechanical equipment Skill acquired through specialized experience and study is essential to safe rigging operations For rigging information we recommend consulting a standard textbook on the subject The postage paid guarantee card included in the envelope with this manual should be filled in and mailed to the factory at once for recording and validating A copy of this manual is packed with each Lodestar Hoist CM GUARANTEE If any part proves defective within one year of shipment we will replace the part at no charge F O B our factory provided the part claimed defective is returned to our factory transportation prepaid We assume no responsibility for unauthor
299. ptoms and check crane carefully before using 3 12 Bow crane procedures for deploying workboat WARNING Non Commissioned Officer in Charge NCOIC must control boat movement by supervising crane operator and crew members on control lines Crane operator cannot see all portions of workboat movement To control crane movement NCOIC uses hand signals Figure 3 5 walkie talkies to direct crane operator a Turn crane counterclockwise and extend boom over center of workboat in its cradle on deckhouse top b Make sure two seawater drain plugs on bottom of workboat hull are installed with properly fitting gaskets Make sure plugs and gaskets are tight c Take boat lifting harness from storage in cabin and attach to three lifting points on workboat two eyes on bottom of stern mooring bitts and one eye under cabin floor Open aft cabin top hatch to allow front lifting harness to reach crane hook without damaging cabin top 2 Place lifting harness ring in crane winch hook and use crane winch to take up slack in harness e Attach at least two control lines to boat to prevent swinging twisting and yawing when crane lifts boat from cradle f Check crane winch hook and harness alignment to make sure it will lift boat vertically g When ready release tension on three tiedown straps on each side of cradle and station crewmembers on control lines Using crane winch lift boat about 6 inches vertically from cradle 3 10 TM 55 1930 209
300. qualified persons will operate and maintain arc and fuel gas welders When welding always make sure those working with or near the welder wear proper clothing heavy hole free gloves heavy shirt cuffless trousers high shoes and cap Keep clothing dry and free of oil and other flammable substances Use dry heavy canvas drop cloth to cover work area and adjacent deck when arc welding Before welding on bulkheads deck plating and similar surfaces always check carefully to make sure that the other side of the surface to be welded does not hide fuel or compressed gas tanks flammable or hazardous materials or electrical equipment or wiring When welding keep your head out of the fumes and make sure area is well ventilated Before welding on surfaces which have been cleaned with cleaning solutions containing chlorinated hydrocarbons always wash with water dry and ventilate area thoroughly Use shield with proper filter lens when welding Do not allow others near welding operations to assist or observe without proper eye protection This must include side shields during slag chipping operations Warn personnel in area during welding operations not to look at arc or expose themselves to hot spatter or metal In an extreme emergency when welding is required in void 2 port shut down chlorination system Close all valves Cover the parts of chlorination system not being welded with a heavy canvas drop cloth Turn on vent 8 and if available pro
301. r er gay Io mount Dy pass val e on Ine WINCH The has d yn fing plale which can be higher Iban Ue apost al cram Do not ilt toads wih vincti heave than those shov n on he crane radius pule When andina Ihe wre rope on do the ween barrel check thatthe wire does nol overlap asm rozin diio il ho eme is not sullicientiy taut Aller avery 100 baurs use check The el level insxde Ihe winch molor Alter every AQ howe grease Ihe mns an pulleys which quide the wie EXTENSIONS Instructions lor Mounting and Use yon wil coll lacking Hy plang 10e bonn bonzenjal these can be elended or ie entered Daka care npl toerien d oi do Lat or Ue Sell ipi hng gevi es vedi be damaged 1UBRICATION TABLE GREASING BY PRESSURE see instructions page 8 IORAUUCHE Greasing PERIODIC MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS avoid down tune and work the Tolowing manienance is suggesied AFTER EVERY 40 HOURS USE Check the hocking bolis amd hang ol Ihe Crane on the chassis Retighten d necessary Clean nd at the base of the crane Clean the mounted on Ihe suctionway So metimes this liter is nol readily accessable and may be Inddon by the luck chassis H the hy draulic system lor Ihe crane rs connected to that of a lipper there coul
302. r gt ANTI TWO OVERRIDE ER j BLOCK SHUT OFF SYSTEM 20A FUSE WATERTIGHT BOX WATERTIGHT BOX DOOR Figure 3 6 START STOP Control Station and Anti 2 Block Control Box on Deskhouse Top 3 12 TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 SLEWING BASE BOW CRANE HOLD DOWN NUT AND BOLT 8 PLACES BOW CRANE FOUNDATION Figure 3 7 Bow Crane Base 3 13 TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 Tle JOWN STRAP Figure 3 8 Workboat Cradle Tie Down with Ratchet 3 14 TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 3 14 Bow crane shutdown procedures CAUTION To avoid damage to bow crane and its hydraulic control system always return bow crane to its traveling folded position for storage and travel a Draw back extension boom to its innermost position b Fold outer boom in position under inner boom Swing lower boom into pedestal tunnel and pull up until pulley wheel touches pedestal Figure 3 1 d In watertight control box 1 Press STOP button on START STOP control station Figure 3 6 2 Set anti 2 block HORN ON OFF switch to OFF Figure 3 6 3 Close and secure box e In void 1 on hydraulic pump controller turn HAND OFF AUTO switch to OFF and pull down top switch NOTE If bow crane is left in unfolded position apply a light coat of grease or hydraulic fluid to all exposed chromium plated parts of crane hydraulic cylinders Wipe this coating clean before using the crane If crane must be left in this position exercise it daily
303. r Hook Nut Pin Lower Hook Pin Special Alloy Lower Hook Chain Biock Lower Hook Nut 5 860 5 861 5 862 5 863 5 864 5 865 5 866 5 867 5 872 Lower Hook Block Washer Lower Hook Spring Chain Block Pin Retaining Spring Selector Relay Dead End Bolt Dead End Block Dead End Pin Specify Length Req d Dead End Pin Cotter Pin Dead End Pin Washer Contact Block Lower Hook Block Assembly Items 5 770 amp 5 861 thru S 867 for Models R RR R 2 amp RR 2 Hook Block Sheave Hook Block Sheave Bearing Hook Block Hook Block Screw 2 Lg Hook Block Screw 114 Lg Hook Block Screw Lockwasher Hook Block Screw Nut Control Station Two Speed see Page 34 REFER TO PAGE 27 FOR ORDERING INSTRUCTIONS 1 1 1 amor orm an 2 m In CONTACTOR MODELS A THRU H WITH CONTACTOR AND A 2 THRU H 2 USES TYPE SD CONTACTOR INDIVIDUAL COMPONENTS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FOR REPAIRS MODELS J THRU RR AND J 2 THRU RR 2 USES TYPE D CONTACTOR REPAIR PARTS LISTED BELOW STATIONARY CONTACT BLOCK ASSEMBLY MOVABLE CONTACT CARRIER 672 MAGNET CORE ARMATURE SOLENOID REFER TO PAGE 27 FOR ORDERING INSTRUCTIONS 33 Parts List Key Number No Part Name Required S 650 Reversing Contactor Complete 1 S 672 Electrical Interlock Assembly 1 Specify N O Contacts or N C Contacts S 673 Contact Kit Items S 653 654 656 and 658 1 Other than S 672 and S 673 in
304. r Proper Wheel Running Clearance CHESTER HOIST DIVISION MONOGRAM INDUSTRIES PHONE 216 424 7248 LISBON OHIO U S A 44432 2 SERIES 0900 Catalog 9921 202 293 0931 xx 206 0931 206 0941 203 9941 2204 0941 4x 206 8541x208 12 47 7342 Qum A Dim a dmm x 9 50 24 6 53 166 11 60 295 6 43 166 15 0 11 38 289 7 857199 4 50 114 420 SERIES 2000 1041 302 3041 203 1041 xx 304 1941 306 1041 306 1041x316 25 67 423 14 67 423 21 6 0 47 112 iA 2 MOUNTING HOLES Chor shows dimensional verigbles within reel series x in the cotalog number listing represents the drive system and does not offect reei dimensions Slip ring roting see 45 Dimensions ore shown in decimal inches and millimeters series 1000 I 38132 1 42 number listing represents the drive system ond does not affect reel dimensions Slip ring toting sec page 45 Dimensions ore shown in decimal inches ond Page 23 ENCLOSED COLLECTOR MOUNTING FOR LODESTAR LOW HEADROOM AND MOTOR DRIVEN TROLLEY LOW HEADROOM TROLLEY MOTOR DRIVEN TROLLEY GROUND CONDUCTOR IF INSTALLED CONTACT SURFACE OF CONDUCTOR a 8 2 gt a 31 4 gt Lde COLLECTOR LOCATION COLLECTOR LOCATION SiNGLE PHASE Use Two COLLEC
305. r driven hoist carrier units that operate on double girder cranes The trolleys used on all end trucks incorporate the features described in Section 16 of this catalog These features permit self compensation of each trolley for slightly out of balance loading Also because the trolleys are fully articulated the end trucks may be operated on runways that are suspended either rigidly or flexibly with equally satisfactory results The Spanmaster trolley wheel mounting described in Section 16 of this catalog provides the maximum in quick and easy removal and interchangeability of trolley wheels without having to remove the trolley or end truck from the track The maximum allowable stress in all Soanmaster end truck components is 20 of the ultimate strength of the material used DIMENSIONS ARE FOR ESTIMATING PURPOSES ONLY REQUEST CERTIFICATION FOR CONSTRUCTION Copyright 1978 A DIVISION OF JERVIS B WEBB COMPANY Page 24 1 Jervis B Webb co 739 MOORE ROAD AVON LAKE OHIO 440121 0 1 80 MONORAILS NO 24 100 C END TRUCK ASSEMBLY 3400 LB CAPACITY HAND PROPELLED TWO WHEEL TROLLEYS Cat 16 100 A Specification as noted in the trolley section of the catalog END TRUCK FRAME Rugged steel weldment WEIGHT 64 pounds 4 16 100 A TWO WHEEL TROLLEY ASSEMBLY TREAD LINE 222 3 NO 24 101 ASSEMBLY 4600 LB CAPACITY HAND PROPELLED TWO WHEEL TROLLEYS Cat 16 101 A Specif
306. r is used on the barges to operate air powered impact tools to propel air through the shore discharge hose to blowdown seachest and for general cleaning blowdown VOLUME 8 FUEL OIL SYSTEM This volume provides operation and maintenance procedures for the fuel oil system which functions as a centralized receiving storage and distribution system for diesel fuel used for barge operations This onboard fuel system provides fuel for two 155 kW diesel ship service generators a 20 kW ship auxiliary generator two ROWPU high pressure pump diesel engines and a fueling station for the barge workboat VOLUME 9 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS Operation and maintenance procedures for the two electrical power systems installed aboard the Water Purification Barges are contained in Volume 9 The normal electrical power system generates controls and distributes all electrical power for operating the water purification system and its auxiliary systems The emergency electrical system supplies 24 Vdc from a battery bank to 24 Vdc equipment and converts to 24 Vdc through an inverter to 120 Vac to power emergency lighting and equipment VOLUME 10 LIGHTING SYSTEM Volume 10 contains operation and maintenance procedures for the onboard lighting systems for the Water Purification Barges This system supplies interior and exterior lighting Normal and emergency interior lighting is provided in the deckhouse ROWPU space dayroom workshop and voids Exterior lightin
307. r welding 7 AVOID swinging of load or load hook when NEVER touch the welding electrode to the traveling the hoist chain 8 PROPERLY secure outdoor hoist when 11 DO NOT divert attention from load while unattended time and DO NOT leave a load operating hoist unattended during 12 DO NOT leave a load suspended in the air at 9 KEEP load block above head level when not in the end of a work shift or for extended periods use of regular working hours 10 BE SURE the sling is properly seated in the 13 DO NOT tip or point load a hook saddle of the hook Tip loading leads to spreading and possible failure Recommended Spare Parts List for Chester Zephyr Low Head Room Plain and Geared Trolley Hoists CATALOG NO CAPACITY C 9329 Load Wheel only for 1 1 2 2 3 4 8 or 16 ton capacity units C 9374 Bull Gear Shaft C 9390 Bull Gear C 9274 2 C 9329 Load Wheel C 938 2 lineal load chain 2 pcs C 38 lineal load chain C 38 1 2A or C 38 3 Required C 9203 P Plain Trolley only C 9203 G_ Geared Trolley Wheel onl Depends Upon Hoist Capacity CHESTER HOIST DIVISION MONOGRAM INDUSTRIES PHONE 216 424 7248 LISBON OHIO U S A 44432 Sold in combination only for 5 amp 6 10 amp 12 20 amp 24 ton capacity units 3 REPAIR PARTS ORDERING INFORMATION This instruction and parts manual is provided as a convenience to assist you in ordering repa parts for your Chester Zephyr Low Head Room Trol
308. rane on the forward weatherdeck and the trolley hoist in void 4 starboard The bridge crane is used also to load and offload supplies and equipment through the deckhouse starboard sliding door The bow crane is used primarily to unload and load the workboat from the deckhouse top and to load and unload the shore winch from its carrying position in front of the bow crane on the forward weatherdeck The trolley hoist is used to lift or reposition equipment in void 4 1 3 Warranties and guarantees Manufacturers warranty guarantee information is in Section VII Chapter 2 Chapter Chapter 4 1 4 Maintenance forms and records Required maintenance forms and records are explained in DA PAM 738 750 The Army Maintenance Management System TAMMS 1 5 Destruction of Army materiel to prevent enemy use This shall be as directed in TM 750 244 3 1 6 Storage For storage of this equipment refer to Section Vlof Chapter 2 Chapter 3 and Chapter 4 TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 DAYROOM VENT PORT FUEL OIL _ VIGATI LIGHT TANK VENT een 2PL WARNING ALARM AND STROBE LIGHT STATUS LIGHTS ROWPU DIESELS EXHAUST ANCHOR SMOKE DETECTOR BLOWER ASSEMBLY VOID 4 VENTILATION EXHAUST 2PL RO SPACE pee VENTILATION FANS 6PL 155 KW GENERATOR EXHAUST 2PL 20 KW GENERATOR STERN e EXHAUST Ratt VOID VENTILATION Bw EXHAUST 10PL e Figure 1 1 Major Components of ROWPU Barge Systems and Equipmen
309. re plate 25 after adjusting release 7 BACK VIEW Description No Specify Bore and Keywa i 14 Bracket Models L60038 2 62006 24 amp 2 62010 24 2 62010 24 amp 2 630 Bracket Models L60075 a 2 63009 24 2 63010 24 ime 2 63015 24 amp 2 63020 24 60147 is 0906 1 ma 1 Orque Spring 33201024 m i 1 Lift Bar Assembly Imcludes Item 19 5 Operator Assembly 1 gam Nut includes Items 7 thru 26 20 2 Release Camshaft End Plate Assembly 21 17771 Release Knob ee eem 5 1 24 Magnet Assembly Includes H60199 NUN S Item 10 Models 2 61001 2 24 G60277 _ 2 62006 24 2 24 Armature Plate Assembly 60162 1 and 2 63010 24 Includes Item 26 Magnet Assembly Includes _ Models 2 61001 24 and tem 10 M _ i nature Plate Assembly en Item 10 Mode p 2 63020 24 ma gs Item 26 2 3 1 Screw with Nylok Insert w Springtite Lockwasher Nameplate G60294 Cap Plug Torque Spring Model G60275 80053 2 61001 24 Pan Head Machine Screw 1 6 4 For number of rotating discs see Table 1 page 1 w Springtite Lockwasher Number of stationary discs is one more than number of rotating discs Table 2 Parts List VERTICAL MOUNTING IN
310. reaker 6P5 closed ON and red tagged check output voltage from crane reel If output voltage is not 440 Vac go to step d If output voltage is 440 Vac crane reel is not at fault d Open OFF and retag circuit breaker 6P5 on power panel 1 Remove all spring tension remove cover and drum and check cable connections and slip ring Tighten loose connections and remove corrosion Replace slip if necessary 2 16 3 3 Repair Repair crane reel by replacing mainspring and clip as given in Section Service page 4 in the Aero Motive Service Manual in Appendix To disassemble crane reel refer to the exploded view in the manual 2 16 3 4 Replacement a Removal 1 Make sure crane reel is electrically dead by opening OFF power panel 1 circuit breaker 6P5 Red tag circuit breaker with WARNING DO NOT ACTIVATE REPAIRS BEING MADE 2 Remove all spring tension from crane reel 3 Tag and disconnect cable from crane assembly motor controller 4 Note mounting position remove mounting hardware and remove crane reel b Installation 1 Install crane reel as mounted previously Follow installation instructions ih Section l Installation of Reel on page 4 in the Aero Motive Service Manual in Appendix Bl 2 Adjust crane reel as given irj Section Adjustment on page 4 in the Aero Motive Service Manual 3 Connect wiring as tagged 4 Close ON circuit breaker 6P5 on power panel 1 b Check operationally by moving crane
311. reel remove all spring tension and lock out electric power A MAINSPRING AND CUP If reel will not develop tension or retract cable mainspring and cup BK 41 may need to be replaced To replace mainspring remove junction box BK 51 disconnect wires on terminal board BK 47 which enters junction box through mainshaft remove set screw BK 11 and remove spool from stand Remove mainspring and cup assembly from spool and replace with new part if necessary Reverse above to reassemble When reassembling be sure to line up arrow on spring cover with line on flange As shown on illustration Timing Mark on Flange Timing Mark on Spring Cover B SLIP RING Remove cover CK 27 and drum BK 30 exposing slip ring Brushholder assembly BK 21 may be removed by unclipping brushholder from mounting studs BK 34 Slip ring BK 31 may be removed by removing all brushholders set screw BK 26 and wires on terminal board BK 47 Slip ring will now slide off mainshaft To reassemble reverse above procedure For ease of reassembly place last brush one closest to drum in the top position with cable entrance located to the left Place subsequent brushes in clockwise rotation Caution Check continuity and replace all covers before turning on electrical power AERO MOTIVE A SUBSIDIARY OF DANIEL WOODHEAD INC AERO MOTIVE MFG CO P O Box 2678 Kalamazoo Michigan 49003 Telephone 616 381 1242 Telex 224420 4 DYNAM
312. rious damage or failure of the barges and their support systems An effective PMCS program requires that operators report all unusual conditions noticed before during and after operation as well as while performing periodic PMCS All deficiencies and malfunctions discovered during maintenance inspections must be recorded together with the corrective action taken on DA Form 2404 Equipment Inspection and Maintenance Worksheet A schedule for preventive maintenance inspections and service should be established and adhered to When operating under unusual conditions such as extreme heat or cold it may be necessary to perform PMCS more frequently The PMCS items have been arranged and numbered in a logical sequence to provide for greater efficiency and the least amount of downtime required for maintenance b PMCS columnar entries 1 2 3 5 Number Column Checks and services are numbered in chronological order regardless of interval This column is used as a source of item numbers for the Item Number column on DA Form 2404 Equipment Inspection and Maintenance Worksheet in recording results of PMCS Interval Column The interval columns tell you when to do a certain check or service before during or after operation Sometimes a dot may be placed in more than one interval column which would mean you should do the check or service at each of those intervals Item to Be Inspected Column This column lists the common
313. rmer 3 Check voltage at secondary side of transformer T1 across points X1 and X2 for 11 5 Vac If voltage is 11 5 Vac go to step 4 If voltage is not 115 Vac replace transformer WARNING Make sure bridge crane motor is electrically dead before making continuity checks Red tag disconnect switch with WARNING DO NOT ACTIVATE REPAIRS BEING MADE 2 24 TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 4 Open OFF disconnect switch disconnect wire from X1 at transformer and make continuity checks as follows a With ON button at bridge hand control held in check continuity of circuit between point of magnetic coil CM and wire end of point X1 If open circuit exists go to step b continuity exists repair or replace wire from X2 to CM point B b Check continuity of ON and OFF switches at bridge hand control between points A and B If continuity exists go to step If open circuit exists from either check replace faulty switch Check continuity of wires between points X1 and F7 B F7 A and TB X TB X and OFF switch point A OFF switch point B and ON switch point B ON switch point A and TB1 TB1 and CM point A ON switch point B and CM point 1 and CM point 2 and CM point A Repair or replace any wires indicating an open circuit If all wires indicate continuity replace contactor CM j Check voltage at inputs to fuses across terminal pairs 11 and 12 11 and 13 and 12 and 13 for 440 If voltage across all terminal pairs is
314. s INC 4699 Colt Road Rockford ILL 61109 The OHM meter should read a closed circuit between both ends of the jumper cable and both ends of the rubber cable reel at pins No 2 to No 2 and No 4 to No 4 Refer to figure 6 on page 7 Phone 815 874 9402 Telex 25 7498 18 Regular switch Id 6100007 NC NO 2 1 NC NC 12 22 Anti Two Block switch fit the existing welding brackets Did A2B cpl Id 6100011 switch Id 6100007 Fanal ET 11 New 2 cpl 14 6110002 switch Id 61 00026 Fanal ETW 02 Connect wires to 1 2 to close the circuit Connect wires to 11 and 12 or 21and 22 to close the circuit The electric switch amp 61 00026 does not fit into the 4 61 00011 Both Anti Two Block switches have the same outside dimensions and Krueger Crane Systems 4699 Rockford ih 81109 USA 22 E cm 974 0802 Telex 25 7498 EK SYSTEM MARK H PARTS LIST Baugruppe Lid Nr Serial 15 Kabeltrommel Baugrumpon Ar Cabl e reel Graup e Type Sezeichnung Name Cable reel body assy comp Cover compl consisting of Cover Seal Fastener assy consisting of Angle clamp Cyl screw Masher Cable Spacer Slipring 3 pol Screw GFK angle bracket Allen setscrew Terminal strip 3 pol Cyl screw Slipper compl Cyl screw Screw assy consisting of
315. s and examine friction linings and friction surfaces for excessive wear scoring or warpage b Check shading coils to be sure they are in place and not broken A missing or broken shading coil will cause the brake to be noisy when hoist is operated Any of these symptoms indicate the need for replacement of parts 4 Turn adjusting nuts clockwise gaging the air gap at both ends 5 Replace cover reconnect the power and check operation LIMIT SWITCHES ENCLOSED TYPE If limit switch operation has been checked as described on page 5 and is not operating correctly or is not automatically stopping the hook at a desired position proceed as follows 1 Disconnect hoist from power supply 2 Remove back frame cover see Figure 4 3 The position of upper and lower limit switches are indicated on the fiber insulator 4 Loosen the screws and lockwashers to permit guide plate to be moved out of engagement with the traveling nuts refer to Figures and 15 CAUTION THE A DIMENSIONS SHOWN IN THE TABLE ARE THE MINIMUM ALLOWED FOR SAFE OPERATION AND SHOULD NOT BE REDUCED Figure 14 ENCLOSED TYPE LIMIT SWITCHES Models A thru H and A 2 thru H 2 1 Limit switch sub assy 4 Guide plate 2 Limit switch shaft 3 Traveling nuts Figure 15 ENCLOSED TYPE LIMIT SWITCHES Models J thru RR and J 2 thru RR 2 1 Limit switch sub assy 4 Guide plate 2 Limit switch shaft 3 Traveling nuts 5 Screws and lock washers
316. s well as a conscientious inspect and repair as necessary if unusual observance of safety rules may save lives as well as time and performance o visual defects such as peculiar money noise jerky operations or travel in improper direction or obviously damaged parts are noticed DON TS HOISTS 1 4 ESTABLISH a regular schedule of inspection and 1 NEVER lift or transport a load until all personnel are maintain records for all hoists with special attention clear given to hooks ropes chains brakes and limit 2 DO NOT allow any unqualified personnel to operate Switches hoist 5 CHECK operation of brakes for excessive drift 3 NEVER pick up a load beyond the capacity 6 CHECK operation of limit switches appearing on the hoist Overloading can be caused T CHECK for damaged hooks ropes or chain by jerking as well as by static overload 8 KEEP load chain or rope clean and well lubricated 4 NEVER carry personnel on the hook or the load 9 CHECK the wire rope or chain for improper seating 5 DO NOT operate a hoist if you are not physically fit twisting kinking wear or other defects before 6 DO NOT operate hoist to extreme limits of chain or operatting the hoists rope 10 CHECK for broken wires in wire rope Twelve 7 AVOID sharp contact between two hoists between randomly distributed broken wires in one rope lay or hoist and end post and hooks and hoist body four broken wires in one strand in one rope lay are 8 DO NOT tamper
317. sary Crane and Carrier Drive Machinery 1 2 Inspect line shaft for loose bearing support bolts Inspect couplings and drive wheel hubs for loose keys bolts or set screws Inspect trolleys for loose axles locknuts or axle clamp bolts Inspect bridge connections to end trucks and tighten if necessary Check cross bridge conductors for bends or kinks and loose splices and correct if necessary Inspect motor mounting bolts and tighten if necessary Miscellaneous Accessory Equipment 2 Inspect electrical conductor system for bends and kinks and loose splices and correct if necessary Inspect and adjust all limit switches on operating trips replace any worn or pitted contacts or any other worn or weak parts Inspect cab or special carrier structures for loose bolts or connections Tighten if required PMP 3 SPANMASTER SEMI ANNUAL INSPECTION AND SERVICE ROUTINE The following are recommended in addition to those previously listed for the monthly and quarterly inspections 1 Check the track system and supporting structure for loose bolts clamps or rail splices 2 Change oil in all gear cases and refill with proper lubricant as noted on gear case name plate 3 Thoroughly clean equipment touch up any bare or rusty areas with paint 4 Inspect all load carrying swivels or trolley to hoist or carrier connections for wear or cracks Magna fluxing or other accepted method of deter mining invisible fractures is reco
318. sembly S 262 Included Brake Friction Disc Sub Assembly Brake Shading Coil Hex Brake Stud Spring Hex Brake Stud Spring Washe Hex Brake 5100 Hex Brake Stud Lockwasher Liftwheel Liftwheel Gear Liftwheel Gear Nut Liftwheel Gear Nut Lockwasher Liftwheel Bearing Gear End Littwheel Bearing Moto End Drive Shaft amp Pinion Sub Assembly Items S 311 5 312 5 314 amp S 315 Drive Shaft amp Pinion Drive Shatt amp Pinion Bearing Brake Hub Brake Hub Snap Ring intermediate Gear amp Pinion Bearing Outboard Intermediate Gear Snap Ring Intermediate Pinion Intermediate Gear amp Pinion Bearing Inboard Lodestar Protector Lodestar Protector Kit Items 124 5 225 5 321 5 323 325 amp 5 327 tor Models J L J 2 2 Items 5 124 S 225 5 323 amp 5 327 for Models JJ LL JJ 2 LL 2 Items 5 124 S 225 S 321 5 323 325 5 327 5 834 5 835 amp 5 837 for Models R amp R 2 Items 5 124 5 225 323 5 327 5 834 5 835 amp S 837 for Models RR amp RR 2 Motor Shaft Bearing Retaining Nut Motor Shaft Bearing Outboard NUMBER REQUIRED o on omo rnm or aan ama m a 1 1 Specify No Shim For Motor Reverse Switch Motor Reverse Switch S 403 Included Motor Reverse Switch and or Bearing Retainer Attaching Screw Line Connector Bearing Retainer Motor End Bell Motor End Bell Attaching Screw
319. shing tool DO NOT use emery paper or steel wool Vacuum to remove residue Touch up paint according to TB 43 0144 Do not paint threads or labels 3 23 TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 3 19 2 2 4 2 Test and repair a With switchboard circuit breaker P16 closed ON and secured check motor controller input line voltage across points Al and B1 B1 and Cl and Al and Cl If voltage across any terminal pairs is not 440 Vac power source is at fault go to step b to correct problem If voltage across all three terminal pairs of points is 440 Vac go to step Check switchboard circuit breaker P16 output line voltage If voltage across any terminal pairs is 0 circuit breaker or power source is at fault If circuit breaker voltage across all three terminal pairs is 440 Vac replace faulty power cable from circuit breaker to motor controller Close motor controller disconnect switch and check line voltage across points A2 and B2 B2 and C2 and A2 and C2 If voltage across any terminal pair is not 440 Vac check main contactor contacts If bad or corroded clean or replace contacts If contacts are good replace disconnect switch If voltage across all three terminal pairs is 440 Vac go to step d to check inputs to main contactor Check input voltage at main contactor across points L1 and 12 L2 and L3 and L1 and 13 If voltage across any terminal pairs is not 440 Vac replace faulty wire s If voltage across all three terminal pairs is 440 Vac go
320. sing subsequent failure at less than rated capacity When in doubt use the next larger capacity of CM Lodestar Hoist 4 Do not use this or any other overhead materials handling equipment for lifting persons 5 Stand clear of all loads and avoid moving a load over the heads of other personnel Warn personnel of your intention to move a load in their area 6 Do not leave the load suspended in the air unattended 7 Permit only qualified personnel to operate unit 8 Do not wrap the load chain around the load and hook onto itself as a choker chain Doing this will result in a The loss of the swivel effect of the hook which could mean twisted chain and a jammed lift wheel b The upper limit switch is by passed and the load could hit the hoist c The chain could be damaged at the hook 9 On two part reeved hoists check for twists in the load chain A twist can occur if the lower hook block has been capsized between the strands of chain Reverse the capsize to remove twist SECTION C MAINTENANCE Inspection To maintain continuous and satisfactory operation a regular inspection procedure must be initiated so that worn or damaged parts can be replaced before they become unsafe The intervals of inspection must be determined by the individual application based upon the type of service to which the hoist will be subjected and the nature of the critical components and the degree of their exposure to wear deteriorati
321. slew crane around in one complete circle 2 During each movement check for a Crane jerks change in pitch of hydraulic pump sticks or parts noise and any jerky sticking or move uneven movements any part of unevenly crane 3 Note any symptoms and check crane carefully before using NOTE Lubricant Temperature Range Type Grease ESSO Multipurpose Grease H AGIP F1 Grease 16 Industrial less than 15 C ESSO NUTO H15 15 35 C ESSO NUTO H46 greater than 35 C ESSO NUTE H4100 Motor less than 15 C ESSO NUTO HD5W 15 35 C ESSO NUTO HD20W greater than 35 C ESSO NUTO HD30 NOTE Industrial oll can not be mixed with motor oil When Industrial oil is not available use the motor oil See also service lubrication specifications contained in MIL L 2104 and MIL L 46152 WARNINGS Sheave block must be installed before using bow crane winch to lift loads of more than 10 000 Ib Maximum lift for crane winch with sheave block installed must not exceed 20 000 Ib 250 hrs i Checkreturn and suction filters Replace as necessary TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 Table C 1 Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services for Handling Equipment Continued ITEM NO B oja ofw mj lt stal 8 B Before D During A After INTERVAL TO INSPECTED Hoisting Machinery D Daily PROCEDURES CHECK FOR AND HAVE REPAIRED OR ADJUSTED AS NECESSARY Inspect hoist cables for frayin
322. solvent and dry with low pressure compressed air 1 With grease gun grease all joints m Lubricate all jointed lever rods n Clean components as necessary o Remove rust corrosion and worn or chipped paint by wire brushing ping or scraping Immediately paint cleaned area with zinc chromate paint and finish to match surrounding area according to TM 43 0144 p Replace oil filter element q Clean the air filter in the oil filter cap r Drain and replace the hydraulic oil S Request annual proof testing of bow crane and allied slings and lifting devices Test in accordance with TM 43 0142 Record and maintain certification of all proof testing C 18 TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 By Order of the Secretary of the Army GORDON R SULLIVAN General United States Army Official Chief of Staff Ham LOS MILTON H HAMILTON Administrative Assistant to the Secretary of the Army 06921 DISTRIBUTION To be distributed in accordance with DA Form 12 25E qty rqr block no 3660 requirements for TM 55 1930 209 1 4 amp P 13 U S GOVE RNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 1994 555 121 80077 RECOMMENDED CHANGES TO EQUIPMENT TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS SOMETHING WRONG wim mis FROM PRINT YOUR UNITS COMPLETE ADDRESS poe B BE EXACT PIN POINT Hor MINE 15 THIS SPACE TELL WHAT 18 WRONG I Fonn 2028 2 PREVIOUS EOITIONS 5 YOUR
323. spection for damage or wear and replacement if required of mating parts liftwheel chain guides motor and gear housings There is no safe substitute for CM Alloy load chain because of size requirements and physical properties These chains are specially heat treated and hardened and should always be returned to the factory for repair When installing new load chain or mating parts refer to lubrication instructions for chain guides liftwheel lower sheave wheel and load chain on page 16 GAGING LOAD CHAIN WEAR To determine if load chain should be continued in service check gage lengths as indicated in Figure 12 Chain worn beyond length indicated nicked gouged or twisted should be replaced before returning hoist to service Chain should be clean free of twists and pulled taut before measuring In cases where the wear is localized and not beyond serviceable limits it is sometimes possible to reverse the load chain end for end and allow a new section to take the wear Removal and installation of the load chain is covered in subsequent paragraphs To aid in gaging load chain for wear a chain gage can be obtained from the factory CUTTING CHAINS CM Alloy load chain has a hard long wearing surface and is difficult to cut However the following methods are recommended when cutting a length of new chain from stock or cutting off a length of worn chain 1 Use a 7 inch minimum diameter by 1 8 inch thick abrasive wheel of type rec
324. station is not supported by the electrical cable Inspect the push buttons for broken or damaged buttons or elements Check the oil level in gear case and add if necessary using type and grade as specified by hoist manufacturer Inspect electrical connections for loose connection or damaged wiring Inspect collectors for shoe wear and alignment and check the electrical connections Test brakes for operation and adjust if necessary If system is cab operated and equipped with variable speed controllers inspect contacts on drum or face plates for wear or pitting Lubricate points of wear and bearings in all controllers PMP 1 SPANMASTER Crane and Carrier Drive Machinery 1 Inspect drive tires for wear and slippage and adjust all spring mounts uniformly at each drive wheel Tires should be adjusted with only sufficient pressure to prevent slipping If wheel pressure is excessive the crane will not operate properly and if extreme the drive motor can be stalled Inspect trolley wheels for wear and if equipment is equipped with lubrication fittings add any necessary lubricant NOTE Avoid over greasing which can damage bearing seals 3 4 Inspect and test interlocks for proper clearances and freedom of operation Inspect current collectors for shoe wear and alignment and adjust if necessary Inspect for loose electrical connections or damaged wiring Check oil level in gear cases and add a good grade of mediu
325. sted Action Internalleakage in c Remove and replace activating activating cylinder cylinder 4 Anti 2 block system malfunc a Bad fuse in power circuit a Replace fuse tioning b System malfunctioning b Troubleshoot system 3 19 Maintenance procedures 3 19 1 General Maintenance procedures for the bow crane system follow Repair concerns lubricating disassembling repairing replacing and reassembling equipment using repair parts listed in TM 55 1930209 14 amp P 18 No special tools are required A list of tools and test equipment is in TM 551930 209 14 amp P 18 When performing maintenance be sure to observe safety precautions in this manual the manufacturers manual instructions and the following general shop practices a Always use new seals and gaskets same as original when reassembling components that have been disassembled for repair Carefully install so as not to damage during assembly When replacing gaskets make sure all mating surfaces are clean and free of old gasket material adhesive oil or grease These precautions will ensure a leakproof joint When replacing O ring seals make sure all surfaces are thoroughly clean and free of grit dirt and foreign material Prior to installation apply a thin coat of protective lubricant to O ring for ease of assembly Protect the O ring by applying tape over threads sharp corners or edges When replacing or repairing electrical components follow proper precedures for sol
326. t Deckhouse Roof Sheet 1 of 3 1 2 TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 INVERTER SEARCHLIGHT 2PL FOGHORN CHARGER BATTERY MONITORING MOORING BITT 4PL EZ u 23 SQ P us 28 NN d g 8 7 AMAN y CES NS 69542 RISE A X NZA SC 45 SSS AN SA 77 We nm x gj i f VA N s S S 55 BR NW 4o NN LN M 2252533 K 5 ed LL oe 5 4 FUEL OIL DAY TANK d o 22 u gt o z E gt z 5 ET 8885 82 5 gets HE 2 A o ul 55 9 2 zen E dor c HR Fa Fu gs 5 oz ru EE oo ER y lt ARE D w Bm ES us 85 T az 92 i lt 1 EZ 29 08 Duc oug GE S SHORE DIS CHARGE HOSE REEL SHORE POWER RECEPTACLE LIFE RAFT 2PL ANCHOR WINCH 4PL Major Components of ROWPU Barge Systems and Equipment Deckhouse Sheet 2 of 3 1 3 Figure 1 1 AIR CONDITIONER COOLING PUMR BOW CRANE HYDRAULIC UNIT EYE WASH STATION 2PL UNIT DRINKING WATER RESERVE TANK PRESSURE SET DRINKING WATER DISCHARGE PUMPS SPARE ROWPU DIESELS 2 GENERATOR COOLING SEA CHEST TROLLEY HOIST FUEL TRANSFER PUMP SPARE SEAWATER PUMPS PARE HIGH PRESSURE PUMPS 20 KW GENERATOR 155 KW GENERATOR 2PL BOLSTER VOID 4 STBD 4PL
327. t leader or bargemaster When operating with Class or Class II leaks continue to check fluid levels as required by PMCS and operating instructions 8 The following fuel and hazardous material leakage procedures apply for any fuel chemical or bilge system WARNING Class li or leaks or seepage occurring In a fuel chemical or bilge container tank line piping or valve can cause fire or health hazards a If any leaks or seepage from a fuel chemical or bilge container tank or fluid line is detected it must be immediately reported to the shift leader or bargemaster for corrective action b To prevent combustible or toxic fumes from collecting or contaminated material from spilling exercise extreme caution after detecting leaks or seepage of flammable or hazardous material c Continuous operation When equipment must be kept in continuous operation for extended periods of time check and service only those items that can be checked and serviced without disturbing operations Perform complete checks and services when the equipment can be shut down d Maintenance log Always record the time and date of PMCS any deficiencies noted and corrective action taken in the PMCS log book C 2 Major components Handling equipment for the ROWPU Barge consists of a bridge crane bow crane and trolley hoist Refer td Appendix A of TM 551930 209 14 amp P 20 for the Components of End Items List for this equipment C 2 TM 55 193
328. t of stowage area d Clean crane hoist components as neces sary Clean and or remove debris and foreign matter from work area NOTE All bearings and bushings except the lower hook thrust bearing are prelubricated and require no lubrication e Lubricate lower hook thrust bearing f Check hooks and latches for damage Hooks and or cracks twists excessive opening or latches damag wear Repair as necessary ed cracked twisted or worn excessively WARNING Never degrease the protector or attempt to disassemble this device Degreasing the protector may damage parts and using a device that has been degreased may cause erratic inconsistent operation if the protec tor has been degreased it must be replaced by a factory calibrated device CAUTIONS The Lodestar Protector friction clutch assembly should operate for the normal life of the hoist without service The device has been lubricated and calibrated at the factory for a specific model of Lodestar Holst and is not adjustable or interchangeable with other models The CM Lodestar Protector is to b used with American Lubricants 6283 Grease Do not use any other grease the protector will not operate properly and parts could be damaged The gears and protector Part Nos S 327 and S 328 are packed at assembly with grease and should not need to be renewed unless the gears have been removed from the housing and degreased C 7 ITEM INTERVAL
329. t shoulder and the centrifugal mechanism as shown in Figure 18 Using a slow acting press apply pressure to the press on tool and press the mechanism onto the shaft until it sets against the spacer To prevent damaging the mechanism and or spacer the force applied to the press on tool to press the mechanism onto the shaft should not exceed 3000 pounds 922 32009 Diae 748 995 1 32 4 16 1 32 R MI 722 1 008 Dias 922 009 Dia FIGURE 17 CENTRIFUGAL MECHANSIM PRESS ON TOOL 27 COUNTERBORED END OF PRESS ON PRESS ON TOOL SEE FIGURE 17 PRESS ON TOOL SEE FIGURE 17 COUNTERBOR D END OF PRESS ON CENTRIFUGAL MECHANISM CENTRIFUGAL MECHANISM SPACER 5 413 ROTOR SHAFT SHOULDER S 413 ROTOR SHAFT SHOULDER MODELS THRU H MODELS J L AND R FIGURE 18 CENTRIFUGAL MECHANISM ASSEMBLY MOTOR REVERSWITCH When replacing the switch on Models J L and R discard any plastic shims used with the old switch Replacement switch includes an appropriate shim when required Be sure to reuse steel bearing retainer WEATHERPROOF HOIST Apply Permatex 2 or equal on all mating surfaces where gaskets are used when reassembling Check to see that control station gasket and neoprene grommet are in good condition and in correct position when reassembling GEARING Models JJ LL RR JJ 2 LL 2 and RR 2 have a special Liftwheel S 302 Liftwheel Gear S 303 and Intermed
330. t the end of the trolley side frames Low Headroom Trolley This trolley is packed separately and must be properly adjusted by the user to fit the runway beam as follows 1 Arrange the side frames load bracket spacer washers and nuts on the suspension bolts according to Figure 6 and Chart 1 Warning special trolleys shown in chart require special suspension bolts Do not assemble cotter pins to the bolts FIGURE 6 LOW HEADROOM LODESTAR TROLLEY 2 The number of spacers as given in Chart is nominally correct however due to the variation in size encountered on structural steel sections it will be necessary in some cases to vary the number used Therefore the distance between the trolley trackwheel flanges and the beam flange width should be measured to determine the exact distribution of the spacer washers The distance between trackwheel flanges should be 1 8 to greater than the width of the beam flange for straight runway beams and 3 16 to 1 4 if runway system includes sharp curves The number of spacer washers between side frames and load bracket should be the same or differ only by one spacer to keep the hoist hook centered under the runway beam 3 Install the trolley on beam by sliding one side frame out far enough to allow the trackwheels to clear the beam flange WARNING Deviation from CM washer recommendations can cause trolley to fall from the beam The trolley should be inspected periodically to
331. tch and anti 2 block key lock are in a watertight storage box aft of the crane control levers Another START STOP control switch primarily for emergency use is on the weather deck forward bulkhead Hydraulic pressure for the bow crane is supplied by a hydraulic power unit in void 1 port A 30 Hp electric motor drives the pump to produce 3600 psi of hydraulic pressure A motor controller in void 1 starts and stops the local unit and supplies power to the two remote START STOP control switches The motor controller requires 440 Vac 3 phase 60 Hz power Bow crane system installation is shown on drawings listed i Appendix A 3 2 Capabilities The bow crane is primarily used for launching and retrieving the barge s work boat and for loading and unloading the shore winch It is also used to move barge batteries located on top of the deckhouse and other equipment and supplies CAUTION The crane s control valve system has built in pressure relief valves that protect the various hydraulic components in the event the crane is overloaded In case of overload the boom will begin to drop at a slow rate Correct this condition before continuing the lifting operation NOTE A Non Commissioned Officer in Charge NCOIC must be present to direct operator in crane movement of material Position the NCOIC so that he can direct crane operation with a standard system of hand signals Figure 3 5 To avoid any confusion during lifting operation only the NCOI
332. tch is located in the watertight storage box aft of the bow crane control levers on the deckhouse top forward 3 19 2 2 3 1 Cleaning and inspection a Make sure remote station 1 or 2 START STOP switch is electrically dead by opening OFF switchboard circuit breaker P16 for crane hydraulic unit Redtag circuit breaker with WARNING DO NOT ACTIVATE BEING MADE b Wipe clean exterior of remote station 1 START STOP switch with clean rag Open remote station 2 door and vacuum clean or clean inside with electrician s brush Avoid using solvents for cleaning inside control station Solvents leave a greasy film that may reduce electrical conductivity of components c Visually check for indications of burns loose connections or damage Clean corrosion from terminals tighten loose connections and replace switch if damaged 3 19 2 2 3 2 Test and repair a Control station START STOP switch 1 With switchboard circuit breaker P16 closed ON and AUTO OFF HAND in HAND position check input voltage to START STOP switch If input voltage is not 440 go to step 2 If input voltage is 440 Vac go to step 3 2 Open OFF and redtag switchboard circuit breaker P16 and position AUTO OFF HAND switch to OFF Check continuity of input wires to START STOP switch If check indicates open circuit replace bad wires If check indicates closed circuit check hydraulic power unit motor controller 3 Open OFF and redtag switchboard circuit bre
333. ten steel strain cable Green wire and strip insulation for 2 16 7 Slide clamp sleeve Nicopress sleeve type 18 1 C onto strain cable Form a tight loop in cable at a length of 11 2 3 from end of outer insulation jacket inserting the loose end into sleeve 8 Squeeze or crimp sleeve with a vise or large pliers to secure loop GROMMET RETAINER RING 1 32 CLAMP SLEEVE GROMMET 2 5 16 9 10 11 12 13 FIGURE 5 SHORTENING CONTROL CORD Remove from the cut off piece of cord the rubber sleeve covering the loop clamp and slip it over the clamp sleeve which you just prepared Or cover sleeve with vinyl electrical tape Insert control cord into control station case Attach steel strain cable Refer to wiring diagram inside back fram cover of hoist or packed with hoist and care fully reconnect wires Reposition the neoprene grommet so that it fits in top of control station case and assemble grommet retainer ring Reassemble cover and gasket Operate hoist carefully in both directions to check correctness of electrical connections WIRE LENGTH MEASUREMENT STEEL STRAIN CABLE SEE VIEW BELOW F 3 32 1 32 FOR INSULATOR WIRE LENGTH MEASUREMENT STEEL STRAIN CABLE LENGTH BEFORE MAKING LOOP All Trolleys For all trolley supported hoists rail stops must be installed These stops must not be positioned to exert impact force on the hoist but should contac
334. ten the dead end side of load chain d Continue to disassemble the hoist and inspect the liftwheel chain guides motor housing and gear housing which if worn or damaged could cause early failure of the new chain Parts can be easily identified by referring to pages 29 and 31 e If the liftwheel pockets in particular the ends are worn or scored excessively replace liftwheel If chain guides and housing are worn or cracked these parts should also be replaced f Reassemble hoist with the new load chain inserted over the liftwheel Position chain with the weld on upstanding links away from liftwheel and leave only one foot of chain hanging free on loose end side Make sure the last chain link is an upstanding link and on double chain models that the new load chain has an even number of links This will help prevent resulting twist in chain To simplify handling when reassembling the hoist a short undamaged piece of the old chain may be used as a Starter chain Position this piece of chain in exactly the same manner as explained above for the new chain and complete the reassembly of the hoist 15 g Attach the loose end link to chain and connect it to the hoist frame with the loose end screw washer and lockwasher see Figure 2 BE SURE THERE IS NO TWIST If a starter chain is used the loose end link two links required for double chain models can serve as a temporary coupling link to connect together the starter chain in t
335. term storage If barge is in administrative storage and is to be taken out of service and placed in depot long term storage 6 months or more process barge and bow crane system for normal operations before releasing to depot Section VI Manufacturers service manuals instructions 3 23 General These references provide additional information on bow crane components A ready reference copy is in Refer to both this manual and drawings listed in hile performing procedures in these manuals Component Document Title Manufacturer FASSI bow crane F 10 Terms of Warranty FASSI Gru Idrauliche Model F10 3 Use and Maintenance Supplier Morgan Crane Co Inc F 10 Spare Parts Catalogue 1009e Chestnut Avenue Santa Ana CA 92701 Anti 2 block System Mark H Installation Krueger Crane Systems Inc and Checklist Trouble 4699 Colt Road shooting List Rockford IL 61109 Ph 815 874 9402 3 29 TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 Section VII Manufacturers warranties guarantees 3 24 General Information on bow crane component warranties guarantees is listed below Component Manufacturer Duration Coverage FASSI bow crane FASSI Gru Idrauliche 6 months from date Materials and Model F10 3 Via dei Carmelitani 2 of delivery workmanship 24021 Albino Bergamo Italia Ph 035 751 158 3 30 TM 55 193 209 14 amp P 13 CHAPTER 4 VOID 4 TROLLEY HOIST Section l Description and data 4 1 Description Void 4 trolley hois Figure 4 1 in void 4 starboard is
336. the beam stops If everything is satisfactory the procedure should be repeated with a capacity load as a functional installation test Feature not available on units operating on patented monorail tracks CHESTER HOIST DIVISION MONOGRAM INDUSTRIES PHONE 216 424 7248 LISBON OHIO U S A 44432 requent A B Annual Written page 6 INSPECTION Inspection Daily or before using BRAKING MECHANISM Check by lifting load a short distance then lowering to its original position while checking for slippage or free run LOAD CHAIN For wear twists broken or otherwise damaged links Chain should be clean and free of foreign material or excessive rust Chain should be properly lubricated HOOK For wear heavy nicks cracks or deformation The hook must turn freely and the latch should be operative Note Any hook that is twisted or has throat opening in excess of normal indicates over loading or abuse of the hoist and requires an inspection of all other load bearing components for damage nspection More often if in heavy use or an adverse environment Chain load sheaves and other sheaves for excessive wear or chain stretch HOOK Dye penetrant magnetic particle or other suitable crack detecting inspection The hook must turn freely and the latch should be operative HOOK RETAINING PINS OR WELDS should be inspected BRAKE MECHANISM Worn glazed or contaminated friction discs worn pawls and damaged pawl springs
337. the load Make sure il i nol over hl ling capacities shown on radius plate lime must Ihe crane be overloaded or the load moved nul of the radu given on the capa City plate The loads that may be with the sian dard hook correspond lo those shown on the radius plate at the diflerent extensions of the secondary boom Heavier loads within the capacity of the crane must lifted by the main hook to be In the special sup placed on secondary boom To avoid possible damage to the lifting hook during operation check that it Is always free to rotate on It s pin and that there are no ob slacles preventing vertical litt Furthermore check the elliclancy hook security clip FASSI OPERATING AND USE OF THE CRANE Pag n 2 10 Avoid jerking the ciane especially de scent ol the load Avoid sudden 51301019 amd Stopping niovemenls when loading these can cause damage to the hydraulic system 11 The speed of dilerent movements can be requ lated by feathering the controls Operate te ver gently applying more pressure Io faster movement 12 Slew loads wilh maximum care avoid ste wing Pay attention to the slabilily of Ibe vehicle when slewing especially when the load hangs in Font ol the truck cab In this area the Canacilies are generally 17 tess 13 Do not continue to pull on any levers when Ihe has come lo Ihe end ol stroke Ihi voll Present
338. the operation of the hoist At this point the load should be reduced to the rated hoist capacity or the hoist should be replaced with one of the proper capacity When the excessive load is removed normal hoist operation is automatically restored CAUTION The CM Lodestar Protector is susceptible to overheating and wear when slipped for extended periods Under no circumstance should the clutch be allowed to slip for more than a few seconds Due to the above the Lodestar Hoist equipped with a Protector is not recommended for use in any application where there is a possibility of adding to an already suspended load to the point of overload This includes dumbwaiter installation containers that are loaded in mid air etc Also if a Lodestar Hoist with a Protector is used at unusual extremes of ambient temperatures above 150 F or below 15 F changes in lubricant properties may permit the hoist to raise larger loads than under normal operating conditions and presents possibility of damage or injury 2 All hoists are equipped with an adjustable screw limit switch which automatically stops the hook at any predetermined point when either hoisting or lowering 3 The control station used on two speed hoist is similar to single speed unit except that either of two definite speeds may be selected by the operator in both hoisting and lowering Each control when partially depressed provides SLOW speed and when fully depressed
339. thru RR 2 tighten limit switch bracket attaching screws S 213 motor end bell attaching screws S 411 brake attaching screws S 253 and hexagonal brake stud S 265 to where they have a minimum breakaway torque of 50 inch pound LOWER HOOK BLOCK PIN When removing or installing the lower hook block pin S 764 care must be taken so as to prevent damaging the pin and or hook block These pins are tapered groove pins and as a result they can only be removed in one direction To remove the pin a V Block drift and hammer or slow acting press are required The drift should be the same diameter as the pin 5 16 diameter for Models A A 2 AA AA 2 B B 2 C C 2 F and F 2 and 3 8 diameter for Models J J 2 L and L 2 and it should be placed on the small end of the pin The small end of the pin is the end opposite the end on which the 3 grooves are visible Place the hook block in the V Block and drive the pin out using the drift and a hammer or slow acting press To re install the pin the parts must be arranged the same as they were when the pin was removed To do this use the small end of the pin as a gage First check the holes in the hook block body and determine which hole is the largest Place the hook block body in the V Block with the larger hole on top Next check each end of the hole in the lower hook chain block S 775 and determine which end is the largest Place the chain in the slot of the chain and insert the cha
340. tly at reassembly Brake square thread Coat lightly at reassembl NLGI No 2 with E P additive After prolonged use or at reassembl Intermediate oils preferably Chain Immerse in container or swab with E P additives with oil soaked rag Wipe off excess oil Should maintain chain rust free Bonded lubricants similar to Chain Use in place of oil if oil residues Dow Molykote M 88 are objectionable Not required on units equipped with sealed ball bearings Wheels will not have grease fittings CHAIN REEVING gt EES lex LOADED SIDE LOADED SIDE UNLOADED LOOP e uNLoaDED loop 1 2 5 amp 6 TON 3 4 8 10 amp 12 TON NOTE LOOKING AT HANDWHEEL SIDE LOADED SIDE UNLOADED LOOP 16 20 amp 24 TON CHESTER HOIST DIVISION MONOGRAM INDUSTRIES PHONE 216 424 7248 LISBON OHIO U S A 44432 9 Mechanism Handwheel End CHESTER HOIST OIVISION MONOGRAM INDUSTRIES PHONE 216 424 7248 LISBON OHIO U S A 44432 10 Mechanism Handwheel End PART NO PER CAPACITY PC i Sore Chain Guide ooi 5 9992 8 993 10 COIN Ola alo 5 5 gt 00 11 2 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 Chain Hand _______ 697 cor Te 2 1 3 914 5 914 6 2 4 Screw Hand Chain Guide 9994 8 995
341. to the instruction manual packed with the unit Enclosed Collectors and Wiring On low headroom trolley collectors are to be installed on each side of trolley On motor driven trolley all collectors are to be installed on one side of trolley Installation Procedure 1 Make sure power supply to conductor system is shut off 2 Refer to Figure 9 to determine the proper mounting position for the collector bars and brackets 3 Attach the brackets by inserting the screws into tapped holes in the side frames Tighten screws securely ATTACH HOIST POWER CORD TO COLLECTOR SHUNT SCREW ENCLOSED CONDUCTOR SYSTEM ENCLOSED COLLECTOR SHUNT SCREW FIGURE 8 4 Place an insulator on each collector bar 5 Position the bars in the brackets and lock with set screws Mount collectors on bar to match conductor system 6 Again refer to Figure 9 position the collectors on the bars as shown 7 Measure the length of power cable needed t reach the farthest collector Allow for connecting the wire to the collector shunt screw and cut off the cable 8 Strip back the insulation as required and cutoff Green wire if no ground conductor is installed 9 Attach wires to collector s shunt screw Fig 8 10 Check installation to make sure that the collectors make proper contact throughout the entire length of trolley travel 11 Energize conductor system On three phase units check for proper direction of hook travel by followin
342. to damage or require periodical replacement due to wear and it is recommended that the following list of repair items be stocked to avoid costly delays or extended downtime 1 2 Reversing contractor for bridge and carrier i A complete replacement pendent control cable and pushbutton station Mainline contractor Replacement brake coils for each type of electric hoist operated on the system A replacement hoist cable for each type of hoist operated on the system Replacement drive wheels for each type of drive crane carriers or tractor operated on the system A set of resistor coils for each unit equipped with ballast resistor type control A complete set of replacement current collectors Part numbers are listed on assembly drawings service bulletins or catalog sheets enclosed in this manual See repair part order sheet for part number and other electrical parts recommended OSR 2 SPANMASTER QUARTERLY INSPECTION AND SERVICE ROUTINE The following are in addition to those previously recommended for the monthly inspection Hoisting Machinery 1 2 3 4 Inspect all magnetic contractors and check operation Check contractor surfaces for wear or pitting replace worn parts Check control items for weak springs worn bearings and replace worn items Adjust and lubricate the bearing points with a drop of oil Inspect limit switches and test operation Check contacts and clean and adjust if neces
343. ts 1 GSC 40 comoleto ngnt ram 7 90313 I Znoro N 90314 z Suarmzone OR O cng 30142 5 Smera Fang nut 51179 1 Guarnizione Seal SM370 8 Guaenzione Gust cover seal Swai3 1 si 303 5 M Guarmzione OR O ring 30 32 i 5 asione asion j 21 82 3 Suarnzione OR O nng 3 GO142 0 Anello anuesirusione 5 3 3K920 gt 11 Seit tocking nut 24619 1 Serie completa quarniziont Comoptete set of 56815 3 21 alate tme r S EASS GAU IDRAULICHE MAH LINELILSTABILICZATOHL OUTRIGGER RAMS i DENOMINAZIONE DESCRIPTION dv aoe T POR DENOMINAZIONE DESCRIPTION pon s Aarinens ram 2 100174 1 Cuncro x 100175 ie 2 60128 E Shera Ring nut 1 100177 5 ar guisa Guide nng 2 AG391 5 Suarmzione Seal 1 38405 5 Guarnizione parapovere Dusit cover seal 1 GW430 1 7 Siew Roa 1 100175 5 Guarnizone Seai 1 GP343 L 2 slenco Bail joint 1 100178 9 d arresio I AS998 e Anello ai termo Stoo nng 90766 132 2 astra d 90 Backing 1 100179 E i 13 ngrassatore Grease nippie IN702 Sene comoteta Quamizion Complete sar of seals 1 GSC118 vale fino gru matr 056 e Appl
344. tted contacts and loose o corroded terminals Clean and tighten terminals Replace when required e On single phase units without a contactor and two speed units check operation of the control station switching arm that it pivots freely and does not stick in either position 12 f Inspect electric brake friction linings and friction surfaces for wear scoring or warpage Check air gap between armature and field If the gap exceeds 0 045 inch adjust as described on page 16 g Inspect the liftwheel pockets for wear as evidenced by a widening and deepening of the load end of pocket That condition will cause the chain to lift up in pocket and result in binding between liftwheel and chain guides Severely worn liftwheel should be replaced h Inspect the chain guides for wear or burring where chain enters hoist Severely worn guides should be replaced i Inspect load chain chain guides and liftwheel pockets for clogging with foreign matter which causes chain to bind See hoist lubrication of chain guides liftwheel lower sheave wheel and load chain on page 16 j Inspect trolley trackwheels for external wear on the tread and flange and for wear on internal bearing surfaces as evidenced by a looseness on the stud k Inspect collector wheels or collector shoes and cotter pins for wear Check the wheels and studs for corrosion and free turning Badly worn parts should be replaced Inspect the gasket between the gear housing
345. uire 41 pounds of pull to lift a full load The hook assembly has a diameter of 1 3 7 inches The I beam measures approximately 6 inches in width C 3 NO s a HANDLING EQUIPMENT TM 5 1930 209 14 amp P 13 PROCEDURES CHECK FOR AND HAVE REPAIRED OR ADJUSTED AS NECESSARY NOTE if Handling Equipment System equipment fails to operate troubleshoot according to TM 55 1930 209 14 amp 13 Report defi ciencies and failures to the shift leader or bargemaster Use proper forms to describe maintenance or repair problems Keep Han dling Equipment System operations and PMCS logs current WARNINGS Severe personal injury and equipment dam age may result from improperly attaching slings lifters or hoisting rigs Maximum load lift for trolley hoist is 5 tons and not more than 2 when using electric hoist Observe all safety recommendations in this manual in the manufacturers service ual and in TB 43 0142 Be sure electrical power 13 OFF before per forming maintenance or repair on this tem OPEN circuit breakers Redtag circuit breakers or motor controller with WARNING DO NOT ACTIVATE REPAIRS BEING MADE Observe safety precautions listed In the beginning of this manual and in manufacturers manuais instructions CAUTIONS e Avoid excessive jogging and inching This causes crane and hoist to absorb impulse
346. ver 83 foot lift F B2 F 2 over 20 foot lift E H E 2 H 2 over 10 foot t Not Shown REFER TO PAGE 26 FOR ORDERING INSTRUCTIONS 30 5 700 COMPLETE SWIVEL HOOK SUSPENSION 5710 COMPLETE RIGID HOOK SUSPENSION Anemale maa Beorng Shom 5705 K 5796 1 5601 7704 33 gt 5 77 5 771 5863 5771 5714 gt 5 720 COMPLETE LUG SUSPENSION 5934 57218 ADAPTER FOR MODELS B 5704 R RR R2 amp RR 2 SHOWN UPPER OR OWER LATCHLOK s303 5328 LODESTAR PROTECTOR KIT MODELS RR amp RR 2 MODEL R amp R 2 MODELS J amp L J 2 amp L 2 S 760 COMPLETE LOWER HOOK COMPLETE LOWER HOOK BLOCK ASSEMBLY MODELS JJ amp LL JJ 2 amp 4 2 5760 COMPLETE LOWER HOOK BLOCK ASSEMBLY BLOCK ASSEMBLY 31 5129 UPPER OR LOWER LATCH HOOK S 701 S 770 5 771 de 32 TYPE HOOK S 701 S 770 S 771 G E 5224 REFER TO ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS PAGES 27 AND 28 SINGLE PHASE WITHOUT TRANSFORMER ELECTRIC BRAKE 5 250 ELECTRIC ASSEMBLY SEE EXPLODED VIEW ABOVE 1 5 203 THREE PHASE 7 SINGLE 5 WITH TRANSFORMER Exploded View LODESTAR HOIST Models J thru RR J 2 thru RR 2 KEY NO S 101 S 102 S 106 S 107 S 108 S 109 5 109 5 110 S 111 112 113 5 114 5 115 5 16 5 11
347. ver members located between the port and starboard bridge cranes provide for transfer of the geared trolley hoist A four button hand held electrical control is used for controlling fore and aft crane movement Electric power is provided to the crane through a cable that is extended or retracted by the cable reel as the crane moves forward or aft Additionally a 2 ton electric hoist provides for lifting lighter loads jib rail provides a method for moving suspended loads through the barge sliding door The bridge crane system installation is shown on drawings listed in Appendix A C 3 2 Bow crane system The bow crane is a hydraulically operated articulating boom crane with a maximum outreach of approximately 47 feet Maximum lift capacity at this extension is 2 425 pounds Maximum lift is 41 895 at an outreach of only 6 feet 7 inches The crane is corrosion proof and suitable for operation in a marine environment The crane has five major assemblies crane body inner boom outer boom mounting base and hydraulic control unit When not in daily use bow crane must be placed in its traveling stowed configuration The crane body is a steel casting with the upper part being a closed welded box design through which hydraulic hoses are routed to inner and outer boom actuating cylinders Inner and outer boom assemblies are positioned as required by extending or retracting hydraulic actuators A winch assembly is mounted on top of the primary element of
348. ver spool hold spool from turning and place cable back on reel Repeat until desired tension is set After tension is set pull cable out completely to insure enough spring travel remains for operating Failure to test in this manner can lead to spring damage Failure to pretension the reel may shorten the life of the spring Caution Always check for shorts and continuity before turning on electrical power Service Section On Page 4 many Qu 6 AERO MOTIVE MFG Parts List P O Box 2678 Kalamazoo Michigan 49003 200a amp 300a POW R MITE DATED APRIL 1 1980 Telephone 616 381 1242 Telex 224420 ITEM NO DESCRIPTION ITEM NO QTY DESCRIPTION r BK 1 1 Guide Arm BK 35 1 washer BK 2 1 Screw 5 16 18 x 2 BK 36 1 Flange amp Drum Assy BK 3 1 Lockwasher 5 16 BK 37 1 Flange amp Ring Assy BK 4 4 Screw 1 4 28 x 1 2 BK 38 1 Clamp BK 5 4 Lockwasher 1 4 BK 39 1 Main Shaft BK 6 1 Junction Box Cover BK 40 1 Hub BK 7 4 Screw 1 4 28 x 1 2 BK 41 1 Mainspring amp Cup BK 8 4 Lockwasher 1 4 BK 42 1 Ratchet Spring BK 9 1 Gasket BK 43 1 Pivot Base Opt see Kit BK A BK 10 1 Stand Assy BK 44 2 Screw 3 8 16x7 8 Opt Kit BK A BK 11 1 Set Screw 5 16 18 x 13 16 BK 45 2 Lockwasher 3 8 Opt Kit BK A BK 12 1 Nut Jam 5 16 18 BK 46 2 Nut Hex 3 8 16 Opt Kit BK 13 1 Ratchet Lever BK 47 1 Terminal Board 3 4 Cond only BK 14 1 Retaining Ring BK 48 4 Screw 488 32 x 9 16
349. vide additional forced air ventilation TM 55 1930 209 14 amp P 13 Before welding on fuel oil or sludge tank make sure tank is gas free by 1 removing all liquid from tank 2 cleaning tank thoroughly 3 seeing that tank is thoroughly dry and 4 force ventilating tank Connect arc welding work cable as close to welding area as possible Work cables connected to barge framework or other locations far from welding site increase the possibility of the welding current passing through lifting chains crane cables or other possible circuit paths This can create fire hazards or weaken lifting chains or crane cables until they break or fall Always weld with all doors portholes and hatches propped open and necessary ventilation systems operating Take frequent breaks away from the area where you are welding Do not take oxygen and acetylene tanks into confined areas when welding Always use a friction lighter to start oxyacetylene torch Always maintain all welding equipment in proper working condition If you have any doubts about the safety of any welding equipment do not use the welder ELECTRICAL SHOCK SAFETY STEPS Five safety steps to follow if someone is the victim of electrical shock Do not try to pull or grab individual Turn off electrical power when possible If you can not turn off electrical power pull push or lift person to safety using a wooden pole rope or some other insulating material Get medical help as soon as p
350. w COM 5 3 20 Hex Nut COM 1 Lockwasher sory COM 7 1 1 4 20 x Bolt COM 8 2 4 x 1 Roll Pin COM 9 2 Dot Fastener COM 10 1 6 Non Insulated Terminal COM 11 1 Ya Retainer Ring Specify whether for Single or Three Phase size of Beam and Capacity of Hoist For Collector Bracket and Bar Key Nos 5 960 thru S 968 Refer to Page 38 Two assemblies required for single phase installation Three assemblies required for three phase installation COLLECTOR FOR ENCLOSED CONDUCTOR SYSTEM Refer to Page 9 for Mounting Instructions NUMBER 100E NOTE Assemblies Discontinued Individual Components Available For Repairs Only 53 WHEEL AND SHOE TYPE COLLECTORS FOR BARE COPPER WIRE CONDUCTOR SYSTEMS CURRENT COLLECTOR MOUNTING FOR LODESTAR LOW HEADROOM AND MOTOR DRIVEN TROLLEY LOW HEADROOM TROLLEY MOTOR DRIVEN TROLLEY CONTACT SURFACE OF CONDUCTOR CONTACT SURFACE OF CONDUCTOR U proin 5 ge U COLLECTOR LOCATION COLLECTOR LOCATION CAUTION Trolley Beam should always be electrically grounded Be sure that there is goad electrical contact between Trolley Beam and Trackwheels Avoid the use of paint or other coatings on the Beam Flange which might form an insulation Use Two COLLECTORS TanEE Prase Use TnnEE COLLECTORS When one ton low headroom trolley with wheel type collectors is used on 4 and 5 Beam al collectors must be mounted on one side MOUNTI
351. wing and at the same time they eliminate any tendency of the trolley to rock fore and aft in the direction of the rail This action would of course be undesirable since it causes chatter of the trolley and is detrimental to smooth easy operation When negotiating curves it is necessary for the trolley load bar to swivel laterally in relation to the trolley yoke If there is no provision for this swivel ing the trolley will bind on the rail and go around a curve with great difficulty if at all On the other hand if this swivel action is too free the trolley will have a great tendency to oscillate and chatter especially on straight rail Spanmaster meets these requirements by permitting the rocker seat to swivel in the yoke with just enough resistance to prevent oscillation or chatter of the trolley SA RN i RN RR i i r 4 Z 15 TROLLEY LOAD BAR Lit S V 9 ASI TROLLEY TROLLEY ROCKER ROCKER SEAT TROLLEY YOKE 12 12 DIMENSIONS ARE FOR ESTIMATING PURPOSES ONLY REQUEST CERTIFICATION FOR CONSTRUCTION Copyright 1965 A DIVISION OF JERVIS B WEBB COMPANY Page 16 1 Jervis B Webb co 739 MOORE ROAD AVON LAKE OHIO 440121 0 1 80 MONORAILS SPANMASTER TROLLEYS The Spanmaster line of monorail trolleys has been designed with an eye first to quality and service ability and secondly to economy for the different capacities and service factors for which
352. witch Shatt Bearing Limit Switch Shaft Bearing Attaching Screw Limit Switch Sub Assembly Mounting Screw Limit Switch Shaft Spring Warning Label Limit Switch Shaft Sub Assembly Items 5 221 S 223 amp Shaft limit Switch Traveling Nut Limit Switch Sub Assembly Limit Switch Shaft Gear Limit Switch Worm Limit Switch Worm Attaching Pin Warning Tag Limit Switch Bracket Electric Brake Assembly Items 5 251 amp S 254 thru S 261 Brake Base Plate amp Stud Sub Assembly Brake Attaching Screw Lockwasher Brake Attaching Screw Brake Intermediate Plate Brake Spring Color Coded Yellow tor Models J J 2 L 1 2 R and R 2 Color Coded Green for Models JJ 11 2 LL LL 2 RR and RR 2 PARTS LIST LODESTAR HOIST MODELS J THRU RR amp J 2 THRU RR 2 NOTE NOT EVERY PART LISTED BELOW S USED ON EVERY MODEL NUMBER REQUIRED Ree IO IS e IN S s n RENEE BE END EEN ND S d i p KEY NO 256 5 257 5 257 5 258 5 259 S 260 S 261 S 262 S 263 5 264 5 265 5 272 5 302 5 303 5 305 5 306 5 307 5 308 5 310 5 311 5 312 5 314 5 315 5 321 5 323 5 325 5 326 5 327 5 328 S 401 S 402 S 403 S 404 S 406 S 407 S 409 S 410 S 411 S 412 S 413 5 415 5 416 5 417 5 418 5 421 5 423 PART Brake Field Sub Assembly Brake Stud Nut Hex Brake Stud Nut Brake Coil Retainer Strap Brake Coi Brake Armature Sub As
353. ydraulic lines for cracks or leaks Check crane based Figure 3 7 to ensure that it is secure and make sure forward weatherdeck is clear of any material that might obstruct bow crane movement Inspect hold down bolts for damage and check for tightness If tightening is required tighten to 350 foot pounds CAUTION The anti 2 block horn must be activated This system is an emergency switch that prevents the hook block from hitting the boom nose g On deckhouse top inside watertight control box make sure anti 2 block system HORN ON OFF switch Figure ON Make sure that warning light is OFF h Push START button on START STOP control station inside watertight control box High pitched whine of hydraulic pump indicates that crane is ready for use WARNING S Sheave block must be installed before using bow crane winch to lift loads of more than 10 000 Ib Maximum lift for crane winch with sheave block installed must not exceed 20 000 Ib i Install sheave block when using bow crane winch to lift loads in excess of 10 000 Ib Using crane control levers Figure 3 2 for Barge 1 and Figure 3 3 for Barges 2 and 3 deploy crane from traveling position and exercise crane without load as follows Extend all booms to their maximum length and slew crane around in one complete circle During these movements check for any change in pitch of hydraulic pump noise and any jerky sticking or uneven movements of any part of the crane Note such sym
Download Pdf Manuals
Related Search
Related Contents
Please read over this user manual before using Kenwood DNX9280BT User's Manual Satellite Pro U500-18M - Spécifications produit - Toshiba 2. KGP-920 - SI-TEX Marine Electronics Bulletin technique pour la gestion industrielle de la LG VI-5225 User's Manual DVR Serie 75.KR51xx 04/08/16CH Manuale Utente Copyright © All rights reserved.
Failed to retrieve file